The URL can be used to link to this page

1991-028geono ORDINANCE NO -..DoZ AN ORDINANCE AWARDING A CONTRACT FOR DATABASE CONVERSION SERVICES TO GEONEX MARTEL, INC , PROVIDING FOR THE EXPENDITURE OF FUNDS THEREFORE, AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE WHEREAS, the City has solicited, received and tabulated com- petitive sealed proposals for the purchase of database conversion services in accordance with the procedures of state law and City ordinances, and WHEREAS, the City Manager has reviewed and recommended that the proposal of Geonex Martel, Inc is the lowest responsible proposal for the services as shown in the "Bid Proposals" submitted there- for, and WHEREAS, the City Council has provided in the City Budget for the appropriation of funds to be used for the purchase of the ser- vices approved and accepted herein, NOW, THEREFORE, THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DENTON HEREBY ORDAINS SECTION I That the proposal of Geonex Martel, Inc is hereby accepted and approved as being the lowest responsible proposal for the items set forth in the proposal SEC'T'ION II That the City Manager is hereby authorized to ex- ecute a contract with Geonex Martel, Inc for the services refer- enced above, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein SECTION III That by the acceptance and approval of the above proposal, the City Council hereby authorizes the expenditure of funds therefor in the amount and in accordance with the written contract made pursuant thereto SECTION IV That this ordinance shall become effective im- mediately upon its passage and approval PASSED AND APPROVED this the 4-v day of 1991 ZI BOB CASTLEBERRY, MAYO ATTEST JENNIFER WALTERS, CITY SECRETARY BY (4 / APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM DEBRA A DRAYOVITCH, CITY ATTORNEY BY PAGE 2 3050L AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF DENTON AND GEONEX MARTEL, INC THIS AGREEMENT for services and materials is entered into be- tween Geonex Martel, Inc ("GEONEX") and the City of Denton, Texas, a municipal corporation ("CLIENT" or "CITY") IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises of the parties, IT IS AGREED 1 Project The CLIENT proposes to develop the Project as described in the Request for Proposals and in GEONEX'S Proposal dated November 16, 1990 (attached hereto as Exhibit "A' is incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement ) 2 Services GEONEX shall perform all services and fur- nish all materials, equipment, labor and other things to complete the "Work" or "Services' described in the Aggregate Schedule of Work (attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and incorporated herein by reference) in the CLIENT'S Request for Proposal and GEONEX'S Proposal Exhibit "A") GEONEX shall promptly commence the Work upon the CLIENT'S notification to proceed and shall diligently continue the Work so as to progress with the Work in compliance with the defined times set forth in GEONEX'S proposal and with the completion date as shown in the Schedule of Work, except as provided herein 3 Conflicts In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit "A" and the terms and condi- tions of paragraphs 1 through 24 hereof (including Exhibit "B"), then the terms and conditions of Exhibit "A" shall control, unless such contrary agreement is specifically set forth herein 4 Progress Reports Upon reasonable written request from CITY'S designated person, GEONEX shall provide a written progress report regarding the status of delivery of items and completion of work to be performed and an explanation of any problems or delays that have been or are expected to be encoun- tered, plus any other information reasonably requested by CLIENT 5 Warranties GEONEX warrants that the services and ma- terials purchased hereunder meet all requirements specified in Exhibit "A" 6 Survival of Warranties GEONEX agrees that the warran- ties and representations made by it in its Proposal and herein are effective as of the date of the execution of this Agreement, and further shall survive the execution hereof 7 Venue The Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas Venue shall be in Denton County, Texas 8 Source Maps CITY agrees to provide source maps for the key maps on file with the City, and tape data for the trans- lation pursuant to Sec 5 4 of Exhibit "A" 9 Map Definition GEONEX agrees to provide the defi- nition of final map layers represented in composite form in Exhibit "C", "Photogrammetric Features", attached hereto and incorporated by reference 10 Pilot A Pilot project is included in the scope of the contract and described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incor- porated herein by reference GEONEX agrees to perform the ser- vices required for such project as described in Sec 5 9 The Pilot project shall be designated as Phase I of the Services 11 Payments Payments will be based on the Pilot Services (Phase I) and Post Pilot Services (Phase II) as described below Phase I Pilot Project Cost ° Aerial Photography $ 38,205 00 ° Four Key maps with Planimetric Features $ 51486 00 Total Pilot Project Fee $ 43,691 00 The CITY shall pay $19,102 50 data The remaining $24,588 50 is CITY accepts the pilot project pilot, the CITY shall pay $24,588 50 Total Project Cost (Phase I and Phase II) upon receipt of all pilot due and payable only if the If the CITY accepts the within 30 days Less Pilot Cost Remaining Contract Price (Phase II) For Phase II Services, payment shall be as follows $249,621 00 $ 43,691 00 $205,930 00 A For Photogrammetric Mapping, the CITY shall pay the sum of $25,666 49 upon acceptance of each of the three (3) agreed work areas and within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice PAGE 2 B For Contour Translation Services, the CITY shall pay the sum of $19,596 60 upon acceptance of the contour translation and within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice C For Key Map Conversion, the CITY shall pay the sum of $498 54 upon delivery, installation, and acceptance of each key map and within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice D Upon acceptance of the total project and services, the CITY shall pay the sum of $20,593 00 12 Protection of source material Pursuant to Section 5 0 of Exhibit "A" of GEONEX'S Proposal, attached hereto and incor- porated herein by reference, GEONEX shall provide and maintain valuable papers insurance in the amount of $6,000,000 which covers the restoration of any maps, photography, plans, drawings, com- puter tapes, computer programs, or any other data or reports re- lating to services provided under this contract in the event or their loss or destruction while in the GEONEX'S possession 13 Deliverables GEONEX shall provide CITY with the deliverables described in Exhibit "D" attached hereto and incor- porated by reference herein GEONEX shall utilize the standard ARC/INFO attribute data types which will be related to their as- sociated graphic features as described in Appendix B to Exhibit "A" GEONEX shall provide data according to the Miner & Miner database design document The end product of all deliverables shall be in digital tape form loaded in place on the CITY'S system 14 Integration This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the CITY and GEONEX (which includes all documents stated in Paragraph 1 of this Agreement) Any agreement for additional work or additional terms shall be in writing and subscribed to by both parties as an Amendment to this Agreement 15 Indemnification Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the following indemnification provisions shall apply to this Agreement GEONEX shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, and regulations in connection with the services of GEONEX and shall exonerate, indemnify and hold harmless the CLIENT, its elected officials, officers, agents and all employ- ees from any and all liability, loss or damage arising out of non- compliance with such laws, rules and regulations, without limita- tion, GEONEX shall assume full responsibility for payments of PAGE 3 federal, state and local taxes or contributions imposed or re- quired under the Social Security, Worker's Compensation, and in- come tax laws with respect to GEONEX's employees Further, GEONEX shall exonerate, indemnify and hold harmless and to defend, or to provide for such defense, at the CITY'S option, the CITY, its elected officials, officers, agents and all employees from any and all liability, loss, damages, expenses, or claims on account of, arising from or resulting, directly or indirectly, from the work or services to be performed under this Agreement, including but not limited to those of bodily injury, death or property damage arising from or resulting, directly or indirectly, from the negligence of GEONEX or any subcontractor of GEONEX, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents or any subcontractor of GEONEX or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents, or where strict liability or liability without fault is imposed upon GEONEX solely by reason of GEONEX's operations under this Agreement To the extent of the policy limits of the insurance policies required by this Agreement, GEONEX will further indemnify CITY for all liability, loss, damages, expenses or claims for bodily injury or death occurring to officers, directors, agents or em- ployees of GEONEX or to officers, directors, agents or employees of subcontractors of GEONEX which occur during the course of and as a result of operations conducted by GEONEX or its subcontrac- tors under this agreement, specifically including, but not limited to, liability, loss, damage, expenses or claims attributable to, arising out of, or resulting from the sole or concurrent fault of negligence of CITY, when such liability, loss, damage, expenses or claims is attributable to, arises out of, or results from the sole or concurrent fault or negligence of CITY, GEONEX and/or any subcontractor of GEONEX, or any of their respective elected officials, officers, directors, agents or employees, or from theo- ries of strict liability by operation of law 16 Change Orders CITY may at any time, including, without limitation, following the completion of and delivery to CITY of all deliverables for the Pilot Project, by written order, and without notice to the sureties, if any, make changes, in accordance with the results of negotiations arising from GEONEX'S proposal or CITY'S request, within the general scope of this Agreement in any one or more of the following a Description of services to be performed b Time of performance (i e hours of day, days of the week, etc ) c Place of performance of the services PAGE 4 If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work under this Agreement, whether or not changed by the order, the CITY shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price, the delivery schedule, or both, and shall modify the Contract in writing accordingly GEONEX must submit any "proposal for adjustment" (hereafter referred to as proposal) under this clause within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the written order However, if the CITY decides that the facts justify it, the CITY may receive and act upon a proposal submitted before final payment of the Agreement If GEONEX'S proposal includes the cost of property made ob- solete or excess by the change, the CITY shall have the right to prescribe the manner of the disposition of the property 17 Notice of Termination The performance of services under the Agreement may be terminated by CITY in accordance with this Article a Whenever GEONEX shall default in performance of any term or provision of the Agreement (included in the term "default" is any such failure by GEONEX to make progress in the prosecution of the Services hereunder as endangers the timely completion of the Services) and shall fail to correct the default within a period of ten (10) days (or such longer period as CITY may allow) after receipt from CITY of a written notice specifying the default, or b Following the completion of and of all deliverables for the Pilc ing for a reasonable period of tion, review and implementation ables by CITY, in the event that such termination is in the CITY delivery to CITY it Project, allow- time for inspec- of such deliver- CITY determines best interest of Any such termination shall be accomplished by delivery to GEONEX of a written Notice of Termination specifying whether termination is for default of GEONEX or for the convenience of CITY and the date upon which such termination becomes effective 18 Post Termination Actions After receipt of a Notice of Termination and except as otherwise directed by CITY, GEONEX shall a Stop services under the Contract on the date specified in the Notice of Termination, PAGE 5 b Place no further orders or subcontracts or orders for materials, services, or facilities, c Terminate all orders and subcontracts, d Settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and subcontracts, e Transfer title to CITY and deliver to CITY the following 1 Services in progress, completed services, sup- plies or other materials produced as a part of or acquired in respect to the performance of the services terminated by the Notice of Termina- tion, 2 The completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would be required to be furnished to CITY 3 Any other material, drawings, or equipment ac- quired for the performance of the Agreement, f Take such action as may be necessary or as CITY may direct for the protection and preservation of property related to the Agreement which is in the possession of GEONEX and in which CITY has ac- quired an interest, and, g Proceed immediately with the performance of the above obligations notwithstanding any delay in determining or adjusting the amount of the com- pensation and reimbursement as defined in this Agreement 19 Settlement In the event either party should terminate this Agreement in Phase II, GEONEX and CITY may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid and CITY will pay to GEONEX an amount determined as follows There will be included therein all costs and ex- penses reimbursable or payable in accordance with the Contract not previously paid GEONEX for per- formance of the Contract prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination 20 Insurance GEONEX shall provide and maintain an in- surance policy in amounts not less than the following limits PAGE 6 a General Liability $500,000 per occurrence combined single limit bodily injury and property damage, and an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for damages on account of all occurrences b Product Liability Product Liability or Completed Operations Insurance with bodily injury limits of liability of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per person, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per occurrence, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) aggregate c Auto Liability Auto Liability Insurance with bodily injury limits of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per occurrence and property damage limits of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) d Worker's Compensation and hmplo~er's Liability Worker's Compensation and Employer s Liability In- surance with a limit of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per occurrence 21 Certificates GEONEX shall furnish to the CITY a Certificate of Insurance or duplicate policies of insurance de- scribed above which specifically protects the CITY by naming CITY as a named insured under the policy or provides an endorse- ment under the terms of which the insurer specifically agrees not only to pay any claims incurred by or resulting to the CITY, but also agrees to enter a defense on behalf of the CITY, to any and all suits or actions, in which the liability o the CITY is vi- carious and is predicated upon allegations of some act or omission by GEONEX, subcontractor, or their agents This proof shall be received within ten (10) days after notice of award Purchase order(s) shall not be issued until Certificate of Insurance are received Such certificate must contain a provision for notification of the CITY thirty (30) days in advance of any material change in coverage or cancellation Notification shall be in writing and signed in ink by a duly authorized officer of the Insurer 22 Assignment GEONEX shall not assign this contract without the written consent of the CITY 23 Liquidated Damages In accordance with Section 2 17 5 of Exhibit "A", the parties agree that GEONEX shall be liable for and pay the CITY stipulated, fixed and liquidated damages of $500 a day for each calendar day of delay beyond the agreed upon sched- ules set forth in Fxhibit "B" until all work is completed and ac- cepted Liquidated damages shall not be due if implementation is delayed at CITY'S request PAGE 7 This Agreement is executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be original for all purposes and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto EXECUTED this the I9VC4) day of %12 , 1991 CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS BY ATTEST JENNIFER WALTERS, CITY SECRETARY BY APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM DEBRA A DRAYOVITCH, CITY ATTORNEY BY GEONEX MARTEL, INC BY O//C/ (L~v Title Fez GrAT ATTEST PAGE 8 EXHIBIT "A" REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS AND GEONEX'S PROPOSAL PAGE 9 CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL NO. 1160 DENTON GEO-MATION GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS 1 Control 2 Cadastral/Legal 3 Boundaries 4 Topography 5 Planimetric 6 Water Features 7 Points-of-Interest DHNTON OW-NATION City of Denton geographic Information System TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 Introduction and Instructions to Proposers Page 1 1 Background 1-1 1 2 General 1-2 1 3 Scope of Proposals 1-3 1 4 Qualifications of Vendor 1-3 1 5 Preparation and Submission of Proposals 1-4 1 6 Proposal Format 1-5 1 7 Proposal Document 1-5 1 8 Knowledge of Conditions 1-6 1 9 Deviation and Requested Information 1-6 1 10 Written Requests for Interpretation 1-6 1.11 Award of Contract/Rejection of Proposals 1-7 1 12 Price Quotations. . . 1-7 1 13 Schedule of Events . 1-9 2.0 Terms and Conditions 2 0 Background 2-1 2 1 Related Studies 2-1 2 2 Alternate Proposals 2-1 2 3 Omissions 2-1 2 4 Funding 2-2 2 5 Delivery of Products. 2-2 2 6 Quality Control, Data Loading and Acceptance, Payment Schedule 2-2 2 7 NOT USED 2 8 Qualifications of Successful Proposer 2-2 2 9 Prime Proposer Responsibilities 2-3 2 10 Implementation Coordinator 2-3 2 11 Equal Employment Opportunity 2-4 2 12 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. 2-4 2 13 NOT USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 14 Patents and Royalties . . . . . . 2-4 2 15 Indemnification 2-4 2 16 Liability and Insurance 2-5 2 17 Bonding . . . . . . . . 2-7 2 18 Assumption of Existing Leased or Purchased Equipment 2-7 2 19 Evaluation of Proposals 2-7 2 .20 Mandatory and Optional Features and Functions 2-8 2.21 Capacity 2-8 2 22 Proposal Format 2-8 2 23 Proposal Submission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2 24 Proprietary Information 2-9 2.25 Cancellation. . . . . . . 2-10 2 26 Advertising 2-10 m Table of Contents Page 2 Page 3 0 Selection Process 3.1 Background 3-1 3.2 Evaluation Process Detail 3-1 4.0 Technical Guidelines 4.1 Database overview . 4-1 4,2 Data Preparation (Scrub) 4-4 40 Work Unit Control 4-5 5 0 File Overview - Conversion Data Description and Requirements 5.1 Summary of Maps 5-1 5.2 City Base Maps/Easement Maps 5-1 5,3 Orthophoto Maps 5-2 5,4 Topographic Maps. . . 5-2 5.5 Plats 5-2 5.6 As Built Drawings . . 5-3 5,7 Drainage Maps . 5-3 5,8 USGS Maps 5-3 5,9 Pilot Project 5-4 5,10 Required Format . . . 5-4 5.11 Required Coat Breakdown 5-5 6.0 Required Forms to be Completed by Proposer 6,1 RFP Response Form 6,2 Non-Collusion Affidavit 6,3 Required Disclosure 6.4 Experiences and References 6,5 Production and Technical Staff 6.6 Production Equipment and Facilities 6,7 Terms and Conditions Exception 6,8 Aggregate Pricing 6,9 Detail Pricing 6.10 Project Calendar Appendix A Feature Database Symbols SECTION 1 0 INTRODUCTION AND INS! TO PROPOSERS 3209] 1.0 INTRODUCTION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO PROPOSERS 1.1 Background The purpose of this City of Denton RFP is to request proposals from qualified firms for map automation, encoding and related database production services This REP is related to ongoing implementation efforts of Denton Geo-Mation, the City of Denton Geographic Information System (GIs) project During Fiscal Year 1989-1990, the City selected computer hardware and software The GIs project encompasses and supports many governmental functions and agencies including, but not limited to o Geographic Information System (GIs), automated mapping, closely related queries and analytical functions o Property mapping and land record functions o CADD (Computer Aided Design and Drafting) activities and users o Development of regulatory systems dealing with subdivision approval and other development tracking needs o Building permitting and other code enforcement functions, including zoning, and comprehensive planning o Statistical mapping and other types of data analysis activities o Infrastructure management activities o Other geographically specific functions dealing with addressing, geographic referencing and public safety, etc Selected computer hardware for the GIs systems includes IBM computers, terminals, peripherals and IBM RT workstations located at four major locations with an upgrade of these RT's to RISC 6000's in the winter of 1990 These four workstations, located in the four participating GIs departments (Engineering/Transportation, Planning, Electric Utilities, and water/Wastewater), are connected to the large scale database processor, (IBM 4381, Model P14) located in the City Information Services Department The system is connected together with very high speed, fiber optic links in a government owned network. The network represents a distributed computing network with a central map/database on the IBM 4381 with over 2 5 Gigabytes of on-line disk dedicated for GIs. x. 1-1 Selected software involved in GIS includes Arc Info, CEAL, Scott & Scott, and Miner and Miner customized products and landbase data management tables Future phases of the GIB project shall include continued application system's development and other map database construction activities, including, but not limited to o Infrastructure mapping and encoding for electric utility systems, water distribution, storm water collection, sanitary sewer facilities, streets and other right-of-way information o Zoning and other administrative record mapping activities, and o Detailed topographic and three dimensional landform database construction The contract awarded pursuant to this RFP will provide resources to build and encode the cadastral/planimetric database that will support the above mentioned maps For additional information, see section 2 1 describing other available plans and reports Contents of this Request for Proposals (RFP) consists of the following major Sections with Appendices. This first section provides general background and instructions to PROPOSERS, the second section deals with terms and conditions under which the CITY is able to purchase goods and services. The third section describes the selection process and identifies two phases which should lead to the initiation of contract negotiation with the selected PROPOSER The fourth section details the actual technical description of what services the successful PROPOSER shall be providing to the CITY The fifth section describes the data to be converted and product requirements The sixth section includes the necessary forms that need to be completed by the PROPOSERS. These forms shall appear in various sections of the proposals to be submitted to the CITY. Appendix A contains detailed descriptions of map features and symbology as found on the existing base maps. A sample map package containing example City Base maps is included with this RFP. 1.2 General 1 2 1 The term CITY used herein refers to the City of Denton Texas, or its duly authorized representative 1 2 2 The term PROPOSER used herein refers to the company/corporation/business organization submitting a proposal to the City in response to this solicitation " 1-2 1 2.3 The City of Denton has designated the Director of Information Services or his designee as the City Project Manager responsible for conducting communications between the CITY and PROPOSERS. See section 1 10 1 for mailing address and telephone number. 1 2.4 Prospective bidders should send a letter notifying the Director of Information Services of their intention to bid no later than October 22, 1990 1 3 Scope of Proposals The City is requesting proposals from qualified PROPOSERS to provide services, labor, materials and proven experience to accomplish the following 1 3 1 Encode, scan, digitize, or using other available methods, to automate the City's base maps into a digital format compatible with selected hardware and software systems as described 1 3 2 Encode analog line symbology as components of other graphic and/or database features, such as polygons, areas or other topologically structured data 1 3 3 Automate various textual or numerical data that may appear on the analog maps, as data/map attributes that are directly computer accessible. 1 3 5 Provide all necessary links between the maps being encoded and the automated database 1 3 6 Provide the necessary staff to produce, manage, supervise, problem solve, computer software operation/ development, file translation and interchange operations, etc as required to complete this work in a timely manner. 1 4 Qualifications of Vendor The CITY is requesting proposals from qualified PROPOSERS PROPOSERS with the following qualifications are encouraged to participate in the RPP process and Submit proposals o Demonstrated experience in automating large scale (i e. 500+ map sheets) local government maps o Firms having the necessary qualified staff including those with mapping encoding/digitizing experience, supervisory and project management experience and with the required computer science and data processing specialties o Firms having the necessary existing production equipment, office space, other production facilities, computer hardware and/or software to undertake a production effort of this size. x 3209] 1-3 o A proven capacity to undertake, manage, direct, and ensure production quality. o Documented financial stability and performance. Please note exhibits are required for a complete proposal submission and cover the above items Before submitting proposals, PROPOSERS are required to examine carefully the requirements and specifications included herein Allowances shall not be made for a lack of knowledge of these requirements and conditions 1 5 Preparation and Submission of Proposals 1 5 1 Submit ten (10) copies, including original signatures, of the proposals in a sealed envelope or box, either mailed or hand carried, to Tom Shaw, Purchasing Agent GIB RFP 901-B Texas St Denton, TX 76201 prior to the proposal closing time which is 2 00 p m , November 8, 1990 1 5 2 The delivery of said proposal to City prior to the time and date stated in 1.5.1 shall be solely and strictly the responsibility of the PROPOSER 1 5 3 Under no circumstances shall proposals delivered after the time specified be considered Late proposals shall be returned to the PROPOSER unopened with the notation 'This proposal was received after the delivery time designated for the receipt of the proposals.' \ 1 5 4 Proposals must be signed by the PROPOSER with his or her signature in full. When a PROPOSER is a partnership, the proposals shall be signed in the name of the partnership by one or more of the partners When a PROPOSER is a corporation, the officer signing shall set out the corporate name in full beneath which he shall sign his name and give the title of his office. The proposal shall also bear the seal of the corporation. 1 5 5 The CITY shall not be liable for any costa incurred by respondents in preparing proposals, or other costs, related to this procurement and the conduct of any negotiations, postage, travel, interviews, site visits, demonstrations related to selection of a PROPOSER and the award of a contract. Such costs and related costs shall not be included in any part of the cost proposal 1-4 1 5 6 Where proposals have erasures or corrections, each erasure or correction must be initialed in ink by the PROPOSER 1 6 Proposal Format 1 6 1 Proposals shall adhere to specified format and content requirements Standard brochures and specifications may be submitted as additional material but not as the primary proposal data 1 6 2 All proposals should be typed, double spaced on 8 5" x 11' 1 paper and bound in a three ring binder Each of the required proposal sections are to begin a new page and be separately tabbed. Each page of the proposal shall be numbered in sequence, per subsection 1 6 4 below and have the PROPOSER's identification 1 6 3 The PROPOSER is encouraged to include as much pertinent data and information under each section as necessary to ensure proper evaluation of the proposed system Each proposal Section must be sufficiently complete to allow separate evaluation of each RFP Section 1 6 4 Pages comprising a proposal document must be numbered sequentially in the following manner Page X of Y Pages Where X_ is the current page number; and Y is the pages in the document Failure to do so may result in noncompliance with the terms and conditions described herein 1.7 Proposal Document The proposal document must be prepared to strictly adhere to the following format and labeled with the tabs accordingly, see subsection 2 22 for the exact proposal format 1 0 Introduction, Approach and Qualifications 2 0 Exceptions or Value Added Proposals to the Terms and Conditions 3 0 Proposal Summary 4 0 Financial statement 5 0 Other materials x \1 6 0 Sample contract 3209] 1-5 1.8 Knowledge of Conditions 1 8 1 Before submitting proposals, PROPOSERS must carefully examine this RFP and inform themselves thoroughly as to all the difficulties involved in the completion of all work pursuant to the mandates and requirements of this document 1 8 2 Pleas of ignorance of conditions or difficulties that may hereafter exist, or of conditions of difficulties that may be encountered in the execution of the work pursuant to this document as a result of failure to make the necessary examinations or investigations shall not be accepted for any failures or omissions on the part of successful PROPOSERS to fulfill, nor shall they be accepted as a basis for any claims whatsoever for extra compensation or for the extension of time 1 9 Deviations and Requested Information 1 9 1 All proposals must clearly and specifically detail all deviations to the exact requirements imposed by the PROPOSER by this document. Such deviations must be explained in ~ 'Exceptions to Terms and Conditions,' see EXHIBIT if applicable. Otherwise, the CITY shall consider the subject proposal as being made in strict compliance with this document, the PROPOSER being held therefore accountable and responsible PROPOSERS are hereby advised that the CITY shall only consider proposals that meet the specifications and other requirements imposed upon them by this document 1 9 2 PROPOSERS must furnish all requested information in the spaces provided on the proposal forms. Additionally, where required, pursuant to the provisions of this document, PROPOSERS must submit complete descriptive literature and/or other specifications relative to the services proposed and offered 1.10 Written Requests for Interpretation 1 10 1 No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, supporting documentation or content of this document shall be made except to contact or his designee Questions relating to the interpretation of statements contained in this RFP or associated procedures shall be submitted to Gary Collins Director of Information Services City of Denton 324-B E. McKinney Denton, TX 76201 Phone (817) 566-8562 Questions should be clearly marked on the outside as follows 1-6 Questions Concerning Denton GIs RFP Data Conversion Services Only those communications which are in writing from Gary Collins will be considered as duly authorized on behalf of the City of Denton, Texas. 1 10.2 Such written questions must be received by 5 00 p.m. November 2, 1990 Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions shall be in the form of a written ADDENDUM which, if issued, shall be sent by mail to all prospective PROPOSERS who have obtained this document not later than seven (7) calendar days prior to the date fixed for the submittal of the proposals. If requested, a copy of the ADDENDUM may be obtained by the PROPOSER or his representative at the address shown in 1.10 1 above. The CITY may issue ADDENDA as it deems necessary 1 10 3 Failure of any PROPOSER to receive any such ADDENDUM or interpretation shall not relieve said PROPOSER from any obligation under his proposal as submitted All addenda so issued shall become part of this document 1.11 Award of Contract/Resection of Proposals 1 11 1 The CITY, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, or sections thereof, and to waive any informality concerning proposals whenever such rejection or waiver is in the best interest of the CITY 1 11 2 Nothing contained herein shall place a duty upon the CITY to reject proposals, in whole or in part, or award contract, in whole or in part, based upon anything other than its sole discretion 1 11 3 CITY shall evaluate proposals received pursuant to the rules for high technology procurements contained in TEX. LOC GOVT CODE S 252 021 and Ordinance No 88-129 of the City. Quality, experience, proven on-time performance records, and costs will be critical factors in the CITY'S decision to award the contract. 1.12 Price Quotations 1 12 1 Price quotations shall include all materials, magnetic media, paper, mylar, reproducible materials, maps, graphics, plots, drawings, forme, documentation, labor and other services necessary for the proper completion of the work. Billings made by PROPOSER that are not reflected in Quotation will not be allowed. 1-7 1 12 2 All maps and other furnished materials sent to the contracted vendor shall remain the property of the CITY and shall be returned in good condition, with only normal wear and tear as required for the completion of necessary work 1 12 3 The CITY shall not be liable for any amounts beyond those proposed and awarded. Time and material quotes are unacceptable, except where specifically requested 1 12 4 The CITY is a tax exempt organization 1 12 5 Prices submitted in the proposal shall remain valid for a minimum of 180 calendar days. 1 12 6 In case of any discrepancy in computed proposal prices, the combined value of the individual unit costs shall prevail. 1 12 7 Any software developed by the vendor in conjunction with this work shall be made available to the CITY 1 13 Schedule of Events The following is a schedule of events listed in the order of occurrence, the CITY reserves the right to change this schedule as it deems necessary for whatever reason. Milestone Date Due or Completed Issuance of RFP No 1160 October 8, 1990 Intent to Bid letters Pre-proposal conference October 22, 1990 Deadline for the receipt of questions November 2, 1990 Proposals due November 8, 1990 Notification of short list November 29, 1990 Technical recommendation to City Council April 18, 1991 1 13.1 A pre-proposal conference shall be held at the City of Denton Municipal building, 215 E. McKinney Street, in Denton, Texas. This conference shall be a question and answer session The conference shall take place on October 22, 1990 at 1 00 p.m a- 1-8 Bidders planning to attend are asked to inform Mr. Collins, of the Information Services Department, by October 15, 1990 of the individuals attending and their areas of responsibility s 3209] 1 13 2 The City will publish the list of questions and answers from the pre-proposal conference to be furnished to each bidder submitting a notice of Intent to Bid The City takes no responsibility for deletions or errors so attendance of the conference is advised to insure proposal correctness 1-9 2.0 TERMS AND CONDITIONS 2 o Background The following terms and conditions are requirements for the procurement of the specified services PROPOSERS should specifically indicate exceptions and options in their proposal. It is further anticipated that specified terms and conditions will be incorporated into the Contract with the selected PROPOSER The terms and conditions are presented all potential PROPOSERS to ensure that all proposals have the same underlying basis and can be evaluated accordingly An expressed willingness to negotiate provides no basis for a consistent evaluation and is therefore unacceptable Exceptions to the terms and conditions shall be evaluated to determine whether exceptions significantly differ from other proposals and are to the detriment of the County Note that Exhibit 6 7 should be completed for EACH term or condition exception However, there are four categories of exceptions which the City may consider o The degree to which the exceptions differ from the terms and conditions is insignificant 0 The exception specifies alternate mechanism(s) for accomplishing the same result o The exceptions serve only to clarify the terms and conditions o The exception relates specifically to a condition which is not pertinent to the proposal x 2 1 Related Studies and Plans Copies of the GIs software and hardware acquisition proposals are available at the cost of $0 20 per page staff will be happy to give tours and descriptions for all in place hardware/software 2.2 Alternate proposals If more than one proposal is submitted, each must fulfill submission requirements 2.3 Omissions Omissionsi in the proposal of any provision herein described shall not be construed as to relieve the PROPOSER of any responsibility or obligation requisite to the complete delivery and support of any and all services 3209] 2-1 2.4 Funding Limitations Funds are derived from the sale of Certificates of Obligation The budget has been determined prior to issuance so flexibility for contract expansion is very limited 2 5 Delivery of Products map automation shall progress in a agreed upon manner It is expected that groups of maps called "work units" shall be made available to the selected PROPOSER on a mutually agreed upon schedule Mylar map originals shall be provided along with other source materials and data files as described in Section 5 except those source materials stated in Section 5 6 4 Automation of the work unit shall trigger acceptance, quality control and payment scheduling Products and plots shall be delivered to the CITY at a designated project location It shall be the selected PROPOSER's responsibility to ensure that all materials, contracted deliverables, original map mylars and any other source documents be delivered to the CITY in good condition at the designated project location 9 Track 6250 BPI Tape is the required final media for data loading to the City of Denton GIS system 2 6 Quality Control, Data Loading and Acceptance Payment Schedule Inspection and acceptance shall occur upon successful data loading and quality control and acceptance testing, unless otherwise provided Acceptance shall occur pursuant to mutually agreed upon acceptance criteria that shall be specified contractually If the deliverables supplied to the CITY are found to be defective or not \ conform to specifications, the CITY reserves the right to return the defective deliverables for repair or replacement as specified. All payments to the successful PROPOSER shall be synchronized with work completed, Quality Control (Q C ) procedures and deliverables acceptance 2 8 Qualifications of Successful Proposer 2 8 1 Experience The selected PROPOSER shall be fully capable and experienced in the services offered The CITY shall contract only with a PROPOSER having a successful history of service, support and production 2 8 2 References The CITY may visit or contact other customer installations to check system operations, PROPOSER's production efforts, and consult with references. 2-2 3209] The CITY reserves the right, to visit the production facilities of the PROPOSER for evaluation purposes, and for ongoing project management and contact supervision o Submitting, in writing, requests encompassing any aspect of the work, including City staff involvement 2 8 3 2 8 4 2 8 5 2 9 Prime Proposer Responsibilities A Prime Proposer must accept complete responsibility for the proposal package include within their proposal This includes all the performance and legal responsibilities. Prime Proposer responsibilities shall also include performance of project administration and the role of focal point for CITY management to coordinate and monitor plans and schedules, maintain project budget and status information, administer changes required, invoicing, participate at City of Denton meetings and oversee preparation of reports and presentations. 2.10 Implementation Coordinator Successful PROPOSER agrees to provide a Project Coordinator upon completion of contract negotiations This Coordinator's responsibility shall include PROPOSER Facility Inspection Travel costs for CITY personnel shall be the responsibility of the CITY See also Section 3 0 for more information on the selection process Financial Stability and Operational Continuity The CITY requires PROPOSERS with sufficient financial stability and operational continuity to undertake work of the nature specified in this RFP Alternative measures of financial stability and operational continuity shall be considered PROPOSERS are also required to state any material contract or performance litigation to which they have been a party since January 1 1985. Complete Exhibit 6 3, 'Required Disclosure,' if not applicable, indicates not applicable Prime Proposer Assignment PROPOSERS proposing one or more firms, corporations or legal entities shall be defined as a Prime Proposer o Conducting status meetings as deemed necessary by the CITY representatives The CITY and PROPOSERS shall determine an appropriate schedule s 3209] 2-3 o Issuing regular status reports as directed o Creating and monitoring detailed work plans, project documentation, problem definition and resolution, and procedures for each phase of the production and acceptance process s The CITY Project Manager, see Section 1 2.3 or his designee, shall be responsible for coordinating all selected PROPOSER activities and the change order approval process 2 11 Equal Employment Opportunity Selected PROPOSERs and subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age or national origin 2 12 Compliance with Laws and Regulations In all cases, the laws of the State of Texas shall apply to the proposal process, the resultant contract and the contract performance PROPOSER performance of the work shall comply with applicable Federal, State and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations PROPOSER shall give required notices, shall procure necessary governmental licenses and inspections, and shall pay without burden to the CITY all fees and charges in connection therewith unless specifically provided otherwise In the event of violation, PROPOSER shall pay all fines and penalties, including attorneys' fees, appellate fees and other defense costs and expenses in connection therewith 2 14 Patents and Royalties PROPOSER, without exception, shall indemnify and hold harmless the CITY and its employees from any liability of any nature or kind, including cost and expenses for or on account of any trademarked, copyrighted patented, or non-patented invention, process, or article manufactured or used in the performance of the contract, including its use by Denton, Texas If the PROPOSER or subcontractor uses any design, device, or materials covered by letters, patent, trademark, or copyright, it is mutually understood and agreed without exception that the proposal prices shall include all royalties or costs arising from the use of such design, device, or materials in any way involved in the work 2.15 Indemnification PROPOSER shall indemnify and hold harmless the CITY, its agents and employees from or on account of any injury or damage received or sustained by any person or persons during or on account of any operation proximately connected with the provision of any provided services by PROPOSER, its suppliers and/or subcontractors, their agents and employees or both; or by consequence of any 3209] 2-4 negligence (excluding negligence by the CITY, its agents and employees) in connection with the same] or by use of any improper materials or by or on account of any act or omission of PROPOSER, its suppliers, subcontractors, their agents and employees Further, PROPOSER, agrees at its own expense to indemnify and hold harmless the CITY, its agents and employees and to defend or to provide for such Defense, at the CITYs option, from any and all claims or liability arising from or based upon the alleged violation of any Federal, State, County, City or other applicable laws, by laws, ordinances or regulations and all suits and actions of every name and description that may be brought against the CITY which result form any operation or activity under this contract whether such activity or operation be performed by the PROPOSER or a subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either The award of this Contract to the PROPOSER obligates the PROPOSER to the obligation of acquiring the insurance hereinafter described in addition to assuming the duties of the indemnification recited herein above 2 16 Liability and Insurance PROPOSER shall assume the full duty, obligation and expense of obtaining and maintaining necessary insurance 2 16.1 Insurance Coverage PROPOSER shall provide and maintain in force such insurance, including Public Liability Insurance, Product Liability Insurance, Auto Liability Insurance, Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance as shall assure the CITY the protection contained in the foregoing indemnification provision undertaken by the PROPOSER Such policies shall be issued by United States Treasury approved companies authorized to do business in the State of Texas acceptable to the CITY's Risk Manager or Legal Department, and having agents upon whom service of process may be made in Denton County, Texas and shall contain at a minimum, the following provisions, coverages and policy limits of liability 2 16 1.1 General Liability General Liability Insurance which shall protect the CITY, PROPOSER, subcontractor, agents, and employees from claims for damages for personal injury, including accidental or wrongful death, as well as property damage which may arise from the operations under the Contract and the installation to be performed by the PROPOSER, subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by PROPOSER The limits of liability provided by such policy or policies shall be no less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (500,000) per occurrence combined single limit bodily injury and property damage, and an amount 2-5 3209] not less than One Million Dollars (1000,000) for damages on account of all occurrences 2 16 1 2 Product Liability Product Liability or Completed Operations Insurance with bodily injury limits of liability of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (0500,000) per person; Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (0500,000) per occurrence, and One Million Dollars (01,000,000) aggregate 2 16 1 3 Auto Liability Auto Liability Insurance with bodily injury limits of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per occurrence and property damage limits of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) 2 16 1 4 Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance with a limit of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per occurrence 2 16 2 Proof of Insurance PROPOSER shall furnish to the CITY a Certificate of Insurance or duplicate policies of insurance described above which specifically protects the CITY by naming CITY as a named insured under the policy or provides an endorsement under the terms of which the insurer specifically agrees not only to pay any claims incurred by or resulting to the CITY, but also agrees to enter a defense on behalf of the CITY, to any and all suits or actions, in which the liability of the CITY is vicarious and is predicated upon allegations of some act or omission by the PROPOSER, subcontractor, or their agents This proof shall be received within ten (10) days after notice of award. Purchase order(s) shall not be issued until Certificate of Insurance are received Such certificate must contain a provision for notification of the CITY thirty (30) days in advance of any material change in coverage or cancellation. Notification shall be in writing and signed in ink by a duly authorized officer of the Insurer 2 16 3 Claims In any and all claims against the CITY or any of their agents or employees by any employee of the PROPOSER, any subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of the contracting parties or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under s 3209] 2-6 section 2.15 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or types of damages, compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts 2.17 Bonding 2 17 3 Proposal Bond The Proposals shall include a Surety Bond, Certified Check, Cashier's Check, Treasurer's Check or bank draft of any State of National Bank representing 58 of the total amount of the proposal The bonding company must appear on the U S Treasury list. The proposal bond shall be retained until after award No proposal shall be considered unless the proposal bond is submitted with the proposal 2 17 4 Certificate of Completion Request for payment must be accompanied by a 'PROPOSER's Affidavit and Certificate of Completion The successful PROPOSER shall provide a certificate to be executed with the Purchase Order. 2.17.5 Failure to Complete and Liquidated Damages Because the actual damages for delay in completion are impractical to determine, the successful PROPOSER and its sureties shall be liable for and shall pay the CITY stipulated and fixed, agreed and liquidated damages of no more than $500 a day for each calendar day of delay beyond the scheduled system implementation date until all work is completed and accepted These damages will accrue to a maximum of $25,000 00 Mutually agreeable liquidated damage schedules shall be specified in all contracts subsequent to this RFP. 2 17 6 Contract Assignment Successful PROPOSER may not assign any part of a resultant contractual agreement (except contract payments) without the prior written authorization to the CITY 2.18 AssuaWtioa of Boating Leased or Purchased Equipment The Successful PROPOSER(s) shall not be required to purchase or assume any leases on existing City of Denton equipment. 2.19 Evaluation of Proposals See Section 3.0 for details concerning the two phase selection process A selection and evaluation committee will be composed of various City technical staff 2-7 3209] 2 20 Mandatory and Optional Features and Functions 2 20 1 Mandatory Features and Functions All specified features and functions are to be considered as mandatory for inclusion in proposals As appropriate, PROPOSERS shall specify customization charges necessary to fulfill requirements 2 20 2 Optional Features and Functions PROPOSERS are encouraged to propose features, functions, tasks or other services not specifically requested within this RFP which shall enhance system functionality, data or map availability, utility, or cost characteristics 2.21 Capacity The PROPOSER guarantees that the proposal satisfies the technical and performance requirements as described in this RFP 2.22 Proposal Format The Proposal should be organized as follows with the appropriate Sections "tabbed " 2 22 1 RFP Response Form, see Exhibit 6.1 in Section 6 0, this should appear as the first sheet in the proposal This exhibit should be typewritten and signed by a duly authorized officer of the PROPOSER and must be notarized 2 22 2 Executed "Non-Collusion Affidavit" form, Exhibit 6 2, see Section 6 0, this form should appear at the front of the proposal Exhibit 6 3, "Required Disclosure" form should also be included at the front of the proposal 2 22 3 Proposal Section 1.0 Introduction, Approach and Qualifications This section of the proposal should describe the history and nature of the PROPOSER and provide background information as to the technical approach and how the firm can complete the services required within the timeframes proposed This section also includes completed Exhibit 6 4, for "Experiences and References," as many times as is applicable 2 22 4 Proposal Section 2 0 Exceptions to the Terms and Conditions, complete Exhibit 6 7 as often as needed 2 22 5 Proposal Section 3 0 Proposal Summary The purpose of this section of the proposal is for the PROPOSER x 3209] 2-8 to demonstrate an understanding of the technical requirements and approach of the required services, to describe how the work shall be undertaken, including an implementation plan and to provide other details the PROPOSER believes is important for a thorough evaluation. The proposer is required to submit a Gantt Chart depicting all phases of conversion and including the pilot project. Any necessary responses from Section 4 0 of this RFP, titled, "Technical Guidelines,' should also be covered in this section of the proposal The PROPOSER shall also need to demonstrate the technical capabilities to complete such work, especially in terms of ArcInfo capabilities (see RFP subsection 5 8). This section should also include completed Exhibits 6 5 and 6 6 dealing with staffing, equipment and facilities, Exhibits 6.8 and 6.9 dealing with pricing, and Exhibit 6 10, a calendar Staffing commitment and production scheduling should also be detailed in the section of the proposal This section of the proposal should also specify exact tasks that the CITY must perform, or be responsible for, to accomplish the delivery of services required 2 22 6 4.0 Financial Statement This section of the proposal should include relevant financial statements or annual reports, etc that demonstrate the PROPOSER's financial stability and earnings history 2.22 7 5 0 Other Materials This section of the proposal shall include other descriptive literature, like marketing brochures or project detail or fact sheets 2 22.8 6 0 Sample Contract This section of the proposal should include a sample contract from the PROPOSER for information purposes only The RFP and proposal documents, may in their entirety (including all addenda), may become a part of any subsequent contract 2.23 Pgawaal submission PROPOSERS must adhere strictly to the format specified in section 2.22 and in the completion of all Exhibits as described. Failure to do so shall result in noncompliance with the Terms and Conditions as stated herein 2.24 Proprietary Information The City shall not disclose proprietary information unless required by the Texas Open Records Act. TEX REV. CIV. STAT. art 6252-17a 3209] 2-9 PROPOSERS will not submit pages marked 'proprietary' or otherwise restricted The CITY reserves the right to reproduce the submitted proposals 2 25 Cancellation In the event provisions of the Request for Proposal or Contract are materially violated by the PROPOSER, the CITY may give written notice to the PROPOSER stating the deficiencies and unless deficiencies are corrected within thirty (30) days, the City may cancel and terminate the contract. 2.26 Advertising In submitting a proposal, PROPOSER agrees not to use the results therefrom as a part of any commercial advertising without prior written approval of the CITY x 2-10 3209] 3.0 SELECTION PROCESS 3 1 Background The selection process will consist of two major phases, the first will be to produce a list of three finalists for a more detailed selection and evaluation The second phase will end with a recommendation to the City Council to enter into contract negotiations with three firms. The High Technology Rule for contract negotiations will be utilized for negotiations with the three finalists See Section 1 11.3 for High Technology Rule description In these discussions, PROPOSERS shall be treated equally with respect to any opportunity for discussion and revision of proposals Revisions may be made to obtain the best final offers The first phase selection process will be based on the following criteria 3 1 1 Completeness of the response to the RFP 3 1 2 Demonstrated understanding of the technical approach 3 1 3 Ability to successfully complete the work-facilities 3 1 4 Ability to successfully complete the work-project management 3 1 5 Ability to successfully complete the work-schedule 3 1 6 References and experiences 3 1 7 Value added approach 3 1 8 Cost approach detail The finalists will be rank ordered in the second phase by the following criteria 3 1 9 Interview and presentation by finalist PROPOSERS 3 1 11 Ability to successfully complete the work 3 1 12 Cost A. 3 2 Evaluation Process Detail During the first phase selection process, criteria 3.1 1 through 3 1 8 will be used to identify PROPOSER finalists as determined exclusively from the RFP responses, therefore it is of the utmost importance that all sections, forms, and responses to each of the RFP sections are complete, clear and concise (3 1 1) A demonstration of the understanding of the technical approach (3 1 2) will be determined from proposal responses, form checklists and other RFP response materials. The ability to complete the work (3 1.3) will be determined from proposal responses and will cover hardware, workstations and peripherals, as well as software tools and technical staff Ability to complete the work-project management, (3.1.4) will be determined from proposal responses Ability to complete the work-schedule (3.1.5), will be based on response forms, reference checking and other RFP response materials. References and experience (3.1.6) will be derived from reference checking and a review of completed Exhibits, numbered, 6.4 3209] 3-1 Value added responses (3 1 7) will be derived from PROPOSER responses and will be used to help measure other benefits available from each PROPOSER for Services above and beyond the minimum requirements required in the technical response to the RPP Coat approach detail (3 1 8) will allow the PROPOSER to demonstrate a complete understanding of the technical requirements, computer data file deliverables and services required as they affect detail costing Please note that costing is but one criteria in the first phase selection process and appears again during the second phase Detail cost line items will be discussed during contract negotiations, the basis for these negotiations will be from cost and services data prepared during the RFP response Second phase selection will include one-half day, or longer, interviews and presentations (3 1 9) by PROPOSERS in Denton Selected finalists may receive a site visit (3 1 10) by the Selection and Evaluation Committee The purpose of the visits would be to determine production capacity, staffing levels and for other technical/corporate fact finding as needed The second phase selection criteria, ability to successfully complete the work (3 1 11), will be a composite score of earlier criteria from phase 1, updated following interviews, presentations and site visits Final cost (3 1 12) will be an important factor during the second phase selection process, though not the overriding factor. The CITY is seeking the best qualified vendor able to complete this work within projected schedules and timeframes the CITY may also negotiate financial incentives for on-time and/or early project completion. x 3-2 3209] 4.0 TECENICAL GUIDELINES 4.1 Database Overview The City of Denton has acquired an Arc Info System which will be utilized for maintenance of data created by the vendor, and for creation of data beyond the conversion phase. Other Systems are utilized at the City of Denton that supply data to be utilized in the GIB database, and which will be maintained in parallel with the Arc Info System Data will be integrated to the Arc Info System from the database relative to census lines, census segments, associated identities for segments and nodes, and street names. Note that all features presently shown on the original maps must be included in the digital file unless their exclusion is explicitly mentioned in this document This specification is of utmost importance The GIB staff at the City of Denton have made an effort to correct street names as contained in conjunction with the 911 System. The result of this review has been that appropriate names are contained in the 911 Index Database, and will be provided accordingly to the Vendor on media as well as respective tabular listings. 4.1.1 General Content Text Reading Angle Text shall be digitized in accordance with the proper reading angle (as when viewed from the bottom of the may sheet) The text will switch the direction of the reading angle at 1000 and 2800, as illustrated in the following example. w.u d a V0 WM ~ a led I 3W >00 to 4-1 3209] 4 1.2 Accuracy and Acceptance Criteria 4 1 2 1 Digitizing accuracy cannot be expected to be greater than those associated with the input source map records from the City of Denton Actual coordinate positions cannot be identified to locations on the source records except for Grid tic positions as provided by the City of Denton All digital data delivered to the City must be in the Texas State Plane coordinate system, North Central Zone Any circumstances requiring deviation from this requirement must be documented in writing and are subject to the prior written approval of the City Features from the mapping manuscript will be interactively captured. The manuscripts will be related to the map sheets by selecting a minimum of three (3) well spaced 'control points " The tolerance for relative digitizing error is + or - 0 5 mm. (0 20) from the center line of linear features and + or - 0 5 mm. (0 21) from a symbol origin for point data, as measured at the source document scale. 4 1 2 2 Text input - Text will be input along the side of the features it names (hydrology or streets) or at zero degrees if it is to appear horizontal in the sheet (lot identities, metes and bounds symbols, etc.). The text will also be placed in accordance with the 1000 and 2800 text rotation rule (see section 4 1 1 reading angle illustration). Text will be positioned to avoid conflict with other map features, but the positioning must not introduce ambiguities as to what the text is labeling 4.1 2.3 Map Accuracy It is the responsibility of the proposer to suggest methods to generate corner tics for the City base map source data and for the digital database to be created It is further the responsibility of the proposer to outline each alternative method, the accuracy involved with each alternative and the cost associated with each alternative While the costa for these alternatives are requested they will remain a part of the aggregate cost of the proposal. The City reserves the right to choose the alternative for assigning corner tics. Horizontal control. Horizontal control points and monuments shall be entered within the coordinate grid in which they lie to an accuracy of one-hundredth of an inch ( 010) or their true position as expressed by the plane coordinates for the control points. 3209] 4-2 Planimetric Features Ninety percent (90%) of all planimetric features shall be entered so that their positions on the finished map will be accurate to within one-fortieth (1/40) of an inch (.025•) of the source map position (prior to coordinate transformation) 4 1 2 4 Graphic Representation Linear features must be continuous throughout their length without breaks or gaps. Polygon features such as land parcels must be precisely closed All linear features of a related feature group (as listed below) that cross or intersect each other, will be precisely joined at that point, forming a junction (or node) For example, when a street connects to another street, the main branch will become two individual segments precisely joined with the incoming street at the intersection Features in different feature groups that cross or intersect will not have junctions (e.g where a road crosses a river). Features within the following related groups will be functioned a Roads and railroads b Lot, parcel, subdivision boundaries, and abstract boundaries c Jurisdictional boundaries d Hydrology/contours 4 1 2 5 Computer Generated Proof Plots The plot will be generated using ball point pens on translucent Vellum at least 003 inches thick The plotter used must meet or exceed the following specifications Accuracy +/-0 25 mm or +/-0 01016' Resolution +/-0 0125 mm or +/-0 002032" Repeatability +/-0.125 mm or +/-0 02032• Accuracy is defined as the comparison of the measured diagonal distance of the map sheet corners on the plot to the true distance Resolution is the smallest distance between addressable plot coordinates Repeatability is the ability of the potter to repeat a plot within the specified tolerance Visual plots prior to rubber sheeting and transformation should be an "exact' match with existing city Base Map sheets sent to vendor with allowance for some discrepancy for curved lines a 3209] 4-3 The City of Denton will provide attribute editing tables where appropriate, for verification of data content (e.g valid street names, valid subdivision numbers, municipal names and codes, lake and other hydrology names) 4 1 2 6 The proposer will be required to provide digital files for each Base Map tile In addition to establishing a tile structure maintaining the existing 182 tiles the proposer will be required to o Tile the entire County of Denton by continuing the same grid scheme o Create coverages for each tile using USGS o Produce a digital database for created tiles that match existing tile format o All tiles will be edge matched and meet the accuracy standards stated in this RFP 4 1 2 7 The proposer will be required to provide random proof plots as chosen by the City for checking quality and accuracy 4.2 Data Preparation (Scrub) During this stage efforts by a team from the following departments will coordinate data verification procedures City Engineering staff GIB staff Public Utilities City Planning and Zoning Other users as required 3209] 4-4 A data verification function will be performed first In this step, the PROPOSER shall review MAP records for identification of areas which are unclear, erroneous or where data is missing. It is expected that as the scrub process proceeds, other conditions will be identified and included in the scrub list Among elements currently identified which are to be specifically checked are Correction of Erroneous Data incorrect lot footage dimensions Incorrect hydrology names Incorrect Municipal boundaries Street name duplications Street name discrepancies Consistency of parcel dimensioning relative to submerged parcels Addition of Missing Data Corner Tics for City Base Maps Dimensions (City Engineering Maps or research) Grid Tics Hydrology Names Ownership information (15-digit parcel number) Lot or parcel dimensions Lot or parcel identifiers Municipal boundaries Linework for Lots, Parcels, Subdivisions, Municipalities Right-Of-Way Dimensions from City Engineering or other source records Submerged Lot Lines Submerged Parcel Lines Easements Deletion of Superfluous Data Erroneous parcel boundaries Names of abandoned streets Data Items Which May Be Scrubbed - Determination To Be Made Address Range Text Footage dimensions with Special Conditions Addition of City Engineering map windowsC , Identification of ownership conflicts 4.3 work Unit Control Proposer shall designated a contact person who will be responsible management of the contract and contact with City. 3209] 4-5 Proposer shall produce and deliver to the City weekly status reports indicating the production status of all work units in their possession. Database conversion will be performed on a contracted 'conversion work unit' basis. A work unit is synonymous with one City Base Map Data acceptance by City will be indicated on an individual map sheet basis, and be communicated to City in writing The Vendor is responsible for pick-up and delivery of data sources to the City of Denton Site 4 3 1 Shipping And Receiving Original mylar records will be provided to the proposer for purposes of conversion. A strict control is necessary to account for these source materials at all times It is expected that transportation of map records will occur through the use of a courier to minimize the amount of time in transit With shipment of records to the proposer, City will provide a listing of all map sheets constituting the shipment Upon receipt of source records, the proposer is to verify that the exact listed records are contained in the shipment Discrepancies must be communicated to City immediately for mutual resolution. In returning original mylar records to City, the reverse of this procedure must apply 4-6 3209] SECTION 5 FILE OVERVIEW - CONVERSION DATA DESCRIPTION AND REQUIREMENTS 32091 5.0 FILE OVERVIEW 5 1 Summary of Maps No of Maps 182 522 122 75 108 5 Plata varies 700+ 5 1 1 Maps to be Converted Description Scale 1 OW and Easement Maps - Overlaid on 41 1' 100' 2 a) Ortho Photos - 1985 1. 50' b) Ortho Photos - 1985 1. 200' 3 Contour Maps 1974 - Contours for interior 1' 200' of City based on 1974 flight 4 Translate Contours 1985 - Utilize data 1. 200' from media to create edge match and data consistency 6 As-Built Drawings 7 Drainage maps 5 2 City Base Maps/Easement Maps 5 2 1 Map Details 182 24' x 30' mylar maps at 1' a 100' 5 2 2 Content and Features to be Captured Survey Boundary Lines Survey Boundary Names Survey Boundary Numbers Plat Boundary Lines Plat Boundary Names Lot Lines Lot Names (ID) Lot Dimensions TaR ID's (Lot 6 Block) Street Names - Public Street Names - Private Alley RON'S Easements - do by classification x 3209] 5-1 varies 6250+/- 1'400' 67 5 3 Orthophoto Mapa 5 3 1 Map Details Central scale 1' a 50' - 522 maps outer scale 1' - 200' - 122 maps 5 3 2 Content and Features to be Captured 1 Coordinates (4 per drawing) known as tic marks - Based on State Plane Coordinates 2 Building footprints 3 Road center lines 4 Drainage Features - pipes, channels (concrete), inlets 5 Major water features - ponds, lakes, earthen channels, creeks 6. Vegetation canopy - trees, brush 7 Water towers 8 Railroads 9 Sidewalks *10. Miscellaneous paved areas ($7), outbuildings 11 Power Poles *Item 10 is questionable and may be deleted. 5 4 Topographic Maps 5 4 1 Map Details 1974 Aerial Photography Scale 1' a 200' - 75 maps 1985 Aerial Photography Scale 1' a 200' - 108 maps This data map by available in digital form) translation is vendor's responsibility Intergraph Data Base. 5 4 2 Content and Features to be Captured Contours - 2' Contours - 10' Fence lines/lot lines Water features Railroads Roads 5 4 3 Streams, rivere, creeks and all other water features are to be digitised in the direction of flow. 5.5 Plats 5.5 1 Map details 700+ maps, varying size and scale 5-2 3209] 5.5 2 Content and features to be captured Lot lines Block lines Lot numbers Block numbers Lot dimensions Easement lines Easement type and attributes Right-of-way Street names 5 6 As Built Drawings 5 6 1 Map Detail 6250+/- maps predominately 240 x 361 in size and varying in scale 5 6 2 Content and features to be converted Street curb lines Utility line Driveway locations Rights-of-way Drainage features Road centerlines 5 7 Drainage Maps 5 7.1 Map Detail 67 maps 1' n 400' 5 7.2 Contents and features to be captured Major drainage areas Basins Subbasins Existing drainage network Proposed drainage network 5 8 USGS Maps 5 8.1 Map Detail 30 7 5' USGS Quadrangle maps at V . 2,000' covering all of Denton County, Texas 5 8.2 Contents and features to be captured Roads and streets contours - 10, x Streams, creeks, and water bodies 5-3 3209] Railroads Points-of-interest (e.g , churches, cemeteries, schools, etc.) Towns and cities Road and street names Contours elevation numbers Stream, creeks, and water body names Railroad names Point of interest names Town and city names 5 8.3 USGS Quadrangle maps needed are Addison, Argyle, Aubrey, Avondale, Bluett, Carrollton, Celina, Colleyville, Denton East, Denton West, Era, Era Se, Frisco, Grapevine, Greenwood, Green Valley, Hebron, Justin, Keller, Lewisville East, Lewisville West, Little Elm, Marilee, Mountain Springs, Pilot Point, Ponder, Rhome, Sanger, Slidell, Valley View 5 8.4 These source maps are to be provided by the proposer who will obtain the highest quality digital data from USGS sources 5 8 5 These USGS Quads are to be included in the database using identical symbology of the source materials provided The purpose of these materials is to provide geographic features that cover all of Denton County, Texas It is the proposer"s responsibility to maintain topology on all USGS Quads identical to the database 5 9 Pilot Project 5 9.1 The City proposes to complete a pilot project utilizing an area small enough to complete quickly in order to evaluate the end product quality. 5 9 2 Details of Pilot Project 5 9.2 1 Four tiles of the City Base Maps (t26, 27, 51 and 52) covering 477 5 acres (.75 square mile) will comprise the pilot area 5 9 2.2 Completion time is six weeks (30 working days) from the date contracted work begins See Section 1.13. 5 9.2.3 Acceptance of the pilot project is dependant on the final product accuracy and integrity If the final product is not completed in the time established in Section 5 6 2 2 or if the products do not adhere to the specifications set forth in this RFP it is the proposer's responsibility to revise the database/conversion data to eliminate all errors 5 10 Required Format 5.10.1 The database, data conversion and all related digital data produced or developed by the proposer will be produced and developed with Arc Info on a 1004 IBM compatible system. The 5 3209] 5-4 database, data conversion, all related digital data will be useable on ArcInfo version 4.0.2, 5 0, and greater 5 10 2 The database, data conversion and all related digital data produced or developed by the proposer will conform to the Database Design provided in this document as Appendix A. 5 11 Required Proposal Cost Breakdown The proposer is required to provide separate conversion costs for each subsection of section 5 0; beginning with section 5 2 through 5 8. The City reserves the right to exclude any subsection and therefore deduct the respective price from the aggregate price of the proposal m 3209] 5-5 SECTION 6 REQUIRED FORMS TO BE COMPLETED BY PROPOSER 3209] EXHIBIT 6 1 RFP RESPONSE FORM (complete only once) The below hereby declares this document as a binding RFP response proposal Company Name By By Title (typed) (original signature) Sworn to before me and subscribed in my presence this day of 19 (Notarial Seal) Notary Public z 3209] EXHIBIT 6 2 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT The undersigned being first duly sworn as provided by law, deposes and says 1 His/her name is and he/she res3.des at 2 He/she makes this affidavit with the knowledge and intent that it is to be filed with the City and that it will be relied upon by said City, in any consideration which may give to and any action which it may take with respect to this proposal 3 He/she makes and is authorized to make this affidavit on behalf of, (Name of Corporation, Partnership, Individual, etc ) a , formed under the laws of (State) on which he/she is Sole Owner, Partner, President, etc ) 4 Neither the undersigned nor any other person, firm or corporation named in above Paragraph 3, nor anyone else to the knowledge of the undersigned, have themselves solicited or employed anyone else to solicit favorable action for this proposal by the City, also that no head of any department or employee therein, or any officer of the City is directly interested therein 5 This proposal is genuine and not collusive or a sham, the person, firm or corporation named above in Paragraph 3 has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed directly or indirectly with any bidder or person, firm, or corporation, to put in a sham proposal, or that such other person, firm, or corporation, shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any x 3209] Exhibit 6 2 Non-Collusion Affidavit Page 2 manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference with any person, firm, or corporation, to fix the unit prices of said proposal or proposals of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City or any person, firm or corporation interested in the proposed contract, all statements contained in he proposal or proposals described above are true= and further, neither the undersigned, nor the person, firm or corporation named above in Paragraph 3, has directly or indirectly submitted said proposal or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any association or to any member or agent thereof (AFFIANT) Sworn to before me and subscribed in my presence this of , 19 (Notorial Seal) day Notary Public s PROJECT NAME SOLICITATION NUMBER 3209] EXHIBIT 6 3 REQUIRED DISCLOSURE The following disclosure is of all material facts pertaining to any felony conviction or any pending felony charges in the last three (3) years in this State or any other State of the United States against (1) bidder, (2) any business entity related to or affiliated with bidder, or (3) any present or former executive employee, officer, director, stockholder, partner, or owner of bidder or of any such related or affiliated entity This disclosure shall not apply to any person or entity which is only a stockholder, which person or entity owns twenty (20) percent or less of the outstanding shares of a bidder whose stock is publicly owned and traded BIDDER 3209] EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project STATE/PROVINCE Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Telephone Number Type of Mapping Source Material Number of Map Sheets Area of Project Contract Amount Contract Duration Successfully Completed? Comments x 3209] H M m H x k w a rQ 4 H N a 4 U Q Z 4 2 O H H U D A a a c 0 M a, U Y N H M m a N M H H U ro W C 0 L U 7 ~o 0 Y a Z U ro d 0 W O L d a 00 U O L w i ro u a+ U O N 4 O N Y an U a w w w to N N Y N N HZ8 d a M Y U N W N w ro d H a U W N W C C O w Y v a T C W C W 7 0 w o i+ W U to 0 2 W U w ro O w to V T N 07 V C a+ Y 4 O O O .a w O C w ro Y a . i . i L . . w ro v 8 ro w yy ro w e N 4 p~ G) I Y N y ~O 41 O 41 N V $ >1 ro v 1 d Y N C .C tr 41 a (0 Y o A tr N N Y A'i D O 41 O Y U U w 8 U O n Y 0 N N r- 4) ra 0 ~ w p y a o ti V a a w U w d 'O d w a a W w L N Y r L 0 m 0 N M b b H N x x m y w N H H M U a Q 4 H Z W a N 2 O U 5 O a a O s~+ ro U O a W v ro a u N uV ro W C O N 1J V 7 a U v N O w N v N e 0 4 O >4 w 'O M O U u U w u o" ti W U 'O d v ro 0 a u o N w a+ o a N N U N 4 7 .i d d y ~ Ca H ~ O N N 7 d a v 031 C a M 7'1 d L 3 U U C ro V C y ro a 4J a a 11 4 4J w a v g w to v ) Q O i W to wy ~ • • N U N 03 ~ w y a w v D U y GI O W N 4J 1 M (O W G a 41 0 p tr 0) yr C A M u q 7 ~ y d N a M 'O 4J N A d C k 4 Y 1 . w (a 0 c 3 O N .r N O N . i ii N m v ro ro u L v G O O 4 i 'O + C E3 O e w w w ~ ro w i n a 41 w 4) (v L ro H a) w c w ~ ro 4J 4J 4 O ro N W N 2 y u o 3 L7 a V1 a c n F O v a v O G N ro N b u U! C ro N U Ev O U N L a~ O s U N W ro N a O~ 0 N r+i r F N fC M a X W v v N C N ro N G1 E ~I G ro E N ro v a+ v a E O U y s a 0 a z 0 N F a W U X W a 2 O F N zz 8 zz a v1 E a W F N C O C O U C ro N e 4 JJ O O N C O JJ a v U X d L. v ro i N w O v v ai d N 6 O U v d JJ N H C O w L H pC N U C N N&& 8 CS 01 ti w v u a O aJ U Vvl w C JI C O ti ~u N N n T 3+ O N M z N 2 U N C OD U O `O a c H w o aN0 1 m v w z ^a e 4 O u aMa W a E4 F a r, m 0 N r1 C7 rn 2 H ~ a a M Q a M W `Q W U M a a a pE F n S O N M ENGINEERING $ TRANSPORTATION Line Symbols 1 0 3 4 00 2 3 00 00 00 1 0 0 0 33U7j 50 35 80 1 20 30 60 80 30 30 30 50 35 35 35 f ~ ROW LINE I I T LINE i L i I O I SUBD LINE I ABST LINE I f-------------- I I I EASMT LINE I I I•••••••••••~••••••••••••• } STREAMS I I E T J LINE RAILROADS NE CENTER LI 2' CONTOURS 10' CONTOURS TRAFFIC SURVEY ZONES FENCES STORM DRAIN LINE ENGINEERING & TRANSPORTATION Point Symbols 10" 25" x 10" 25" WIDTH 25" WIDTH 25" WIDTH 25" O I TRAFFIC SIGNS O I I STORM INLET O I I GRATE INLET I HEADWALL I CULVERT Q I IRON PIN 3307,1 PLANNING 6 ZONING Liss Symbols 3307) 0 I 33 141-4 w M H N H N H N I I VOTING DIST 0 I 35 I ' I ceNaas TSAC ! 0 I 35 I SCHOOL DIST 2 I 60 ZONING DIST I I j I I j I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I j I I j I f I I I j I I I I I NOUt I I I I I I Thsrs an no Planning I and Zoning Symbols Point ELECTRIC UTILITIES Line Symbols 2 U 00 3 1 4 3 60 I- 4 OVERHEAD PRIMARY W/SLASHES I I FOR PHASE 35 I- - OVERHEAD SECONDARY W/SLASHES I I I FOR WIRETYPE 30 i------------ I ~ STREET LIGHT CIRCUIT 80 UNDERGROUND PRIMARY W/ I I SLASHES FOR PHASE 5U I---• I UNDERGROUND SECONDARY W/ I I I SLASHES FOR WIRETYPE 1 20 I••~~~~••.~.~~ I I 69 KV 80 I I I i I I I I I OTHER TRANSMISSION 3307,E ELECTRIC UTILITIES Point symbols 2s" 2s" 2s" 35" 50" WIDE so" WIDE 350 3s" 50" WIDE 7s" 50" WIDE 35" WIDE 2s" SQ. 10" DIA 750 LONG 10" 014 i 25" 10" DIA - 20 W 350 DIA. 25" TALL G 0 v I O -w STATION TRANSFORMER (STA) j CONVENTIONAL TRANSFOMOR (CON) CONVENTIONAL SELF PROTECTED (CSP) PAD MOUNTED TRANSPOMMQR (pMT) AIR SNITCH - CLOSED I AIR SWITCH - OPENED PAD MOUNT SWITCH - CLOSED PAD MOUNT SWITCR - OPENED FUSE I GO! & ANCHOR MANHOLE PULLBOE PEDESTAL liIS? WOOD POLE LIGHTNING ARRRSTOR STREE?/SECURIT! LION? MM LION! ON METAL OR FIB. POLE CAPACITOR BANE PAUL? INDICATOR 33071 WATEWWARWWATRR STILITIRR Liao symbol$ a 330Tj S S 1 1 #0 1 20 1 #0 SO 50 aim mmms 30" . -IL . SAKI SMR LINK PORCR NAIRS WATER LINES WATER SRRVICR LINT RATER/WASTEWATER UTILITIES Point Symbols .lu" O WATER METER I 10" I I I I I WATER LINE PLUG I I I 10 UTA i - } I I FIRE HYDRANT I I I 30 DIA. I I I I ELEVATED WATER STORAGE I I I I 30" x 20" I I I I SURFACE WATER STORAGE I I I 20" x 10" I I I I I I I WATER VALVE I I 15" DIA I 1 I I i I SANI SEWER MANHULE I .15" x 15 1 I I I ® I I I SANI SEWER LIFT STATION I I U5" UTA I I I I I ° I I I SANI SEWER CLEANOUT I I 10" I I I I I I SANI SEWER LINE PLUG I 15" x 15" I I I I I SANI SEWER FLOW ARROWS I I I 3307) I City Of Denton, Texas GEO-MATION Project Revised ARC/INFO Database Design October 8, 1990 Miner and Miner 910 27th Avenue Greeley, CO 80632 (303) 352-3706 City of Denton GEO-MA77ON Project ARCJII 0 Database Design TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 0 INTRODUCTION 1 0 DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES 1 1 Coordinate Systems 1 2 Database Tiling and Map Products 1 3 Database Tiling and Network Topology 14 Library Management Issues 141 Library Location 142 Location and Sub-Division of the External Database Files 1 43 Map Data Integrity 144 Tile Access 15 Feature Numbering Schemes 16 Database File Types 1 7 Association of Arc Features and Point Features 18 Graphic Symbol Tables 19 Annotation 1 10 Indexing 1 10 1 Attribute Indexing 1 10 2 Spatial Indexing 1 11 Data Sharing Between ARC4NF0 and the CIS 1 12 ARC/INFO Database Design Guidelines 2 0 LANDBASE DESIGN . 2 1 Index Coverage (INDEX) 22 Survey Control Points (CONTROL) 23 Street Centerlines (CL) 24 Right of Ways (ROW) 25 Parcel Boundaries and Polygons (PARCEL) 26 Easements (EASEMENT) 27 Abstract Polygons (ABSTRACT) 28 Miscellaneous Plammetric Features (MISCPLAN) 29 Street Features (STREET) 2 10 Points of Interest (POD 211 Water Features (HYDRO) 2 12 Topographic Contours (TOPO) 2 13 City Boundary (CITY) 214 ETJ Line (ETJ) 2 15 City Annexations (ANNEX) 2 16 Pavement Sections (PAVEMENT) 2 16 1 Pavement Section Attributes (PAVEMENT.ATR) 217 Application-Specific Coverages 30 ARC/INFO ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN . . 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 8 10 10 13 13 14 14 14 1 2 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 3 1 Primary Conductors (PRIMARY) 1 3 2 Secondary Conductors and Services (SECONDARY) 7 3 3 Transmission Conductors (TRANSMISSION) 98 3 4 Above Ground Structures (POLE) 341 Pole Construction Code Descriptions (POLE_CONSTIM) 13 Miner and Muier 12 01 PM 10/8/90 Table of Contents Paget City of Denton OHO v ''TON Project ARODMO Database L 611 Table of Contents Page m TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) 5 0 WASTEWATER SYSTEM DATABASE DESIGN. 1 5 1 Sewer Mains (SEWER.AAT) 1 511 Sewer Line Attribute Table (SEWER.ATR) 5 12 Sewer I= Attribute Expansion Table (SEWER_EXP ATP) 7 5 13 Sewer History Table (S1IIST ATR) 7 5 2 Manhole (MANHOLEXAT) 9 52 1 Manhole Attribute Table (MANHOLE ATR) 10 5 2 2 Manhole His Table (MEIIST ATR) 11 5 3 Lift Stations (LIFTSTA.PAT) 13 54 Wastewater System Puupps (SPUMP PAT) 14 55 Sewer Service Lines (SW_SERVICE AAT) 15 551 Service Line Attribute Table (SW SERVICE ATR) 16 5 6 Drainage Sub-Basins (SUBBASIN) 17 6 0 STORMWATER SYSTEM DATABASE DESIGN 1 61 Storm Sewer Drainage Conduits (DRAIN AAT) 1 611 QQpeen Drain Attribute Table (CHANNEL,ATR) 3 612 Closed Dram Attribute Table (PIPE ATR) 4 6 13 Culvert Attribute Table (CULVERT.ATR) 5 6 2 Drainage System Appppurtenances (APP.PAT) 6 6 2 1 Manhole Attribute Table (MANHOLE ATR) 8 622 Junction Box Attribute Table (JBOX.ATR) 9 623 624 Inlet Attribute Table M?LET.ATR) 10 625 Drop Structure DDiisst pa~paribute able (ERODISATR) 111 1 6 4 Drainage Sub-Basins (SSUUBBASIN) 12 12 7.0 PLANNING APPLICATIONS DATABASE DESIGN 1 71 Traffic Survey Zones (TSZ.PAT) 2 7 73 2 Intensity Areas MMNSITY) 4 74 Census Tracts MtA~ 4 75 Census Block Groups (BG) 6 76 Census Blocks (BLOCK) 8 77 Voting Districts (VOTING) 9 78 School Districts (SCHOOL) 9 0 79 Building Footprints (BUILDING) 110 7 10 Flood Insurance Rate Areas (FIRM) 12 711 Development Plan (DEVPLAN) 14 7 12 Neighborhoods (NBRHOOD) 15 8 0 SYMBOL LIBRARIES 9 0 INFO Table Relates Mitk+r and Miter 12 01 PM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MA77ON Ptatact ARC/260 Database D m TABLE OF CONTENTS (Contlnusd) Table of Contents Page u 342 Pole Treatment History (POLE-LIST ATR) 14 3 5 Guy Lanes (GUY) 14 35 1 Guy Construction Code Descriptions (GUY_CONSTYM) 3 6 Below Ground Structures (STRUCTURE) 16 17 3 7 Street Lights (ST LIGHT) 17 371 Street Light Repair History (STLT,.HIST ATR) 19 3 8 Distribution Transformers (TRANSFORMER) 20 3 8 1 Transformer Attributes (TRANSFORMER ATR) 22 3 82 Transformer Repair History (TRANSJUST ATR) 24 3 9 Capacitor Banks (CAPACITOR) 25 39 1 Capacitor Repair History (CAP_HIST ATR) 26 3 10 Secuonah=g Devices (SECT) 27 3101 Switch Expansion Table (SWITCH.ATR) 28 3 10 2 Switch Repair History (SWITCHJUST ATR) 29 3 10 3 Fuse Expansion Table (FUSE EXP) 30 3 10 4 Recloser Expansion Table (RECLOSER EXP) 31 3 11 Electrical Meters (EMETER) 32 3 11 1 Electrical Meter Attributes (EMETERATR) 33 3 12 Substations (SUBSTATION) 36 3 13 Fault Indicators (FAULT_IND) 37 3 13 Load Points (LOAD) 37 4.0 WATER SYSTEM DATABASE DESIGN 41 Water Mains (WMAIN) 2 4 1 1 Water Main Exppansion Table (WMAIN ATR) 5 4 12 Expanded Water Mam Attribute Table (WMAIN EXP ATR) 7 4 13 Maintenance History Attribute Table (WMAINTATR) 10 414 Water Quality Test Results Table (WTESTATR) 12 4 2 In-Lane Valves (VALVE) 14 421 Valve Attribute Table (VALVEATR) 15 4 3 Fire Hydrants (HYDRANT) 17 43 1 Hydrant Attribute Table (HYDRANTATR) 18 44 Water System Pumpps-_(WPUMP) Attribute Table (WPUMPATR) 441 Pum 20 22 p 4 5 Demand Nodes (NODE) 24 45 1 Large User to Demand Node Correspondence Table (USERATR) 25 4 6 Water Services (SERVICE) 26 461 Water Service Attribute Table (SERVICE.ATR) 27 4 7 Water Meters (WMEIER) 8 471 Water Meter Attribute Table (WMETERATR) 28 4 8 Pressure Zones (PZONE.PAT) 30 4 9 Storage Tanks "LT) 30 491 Storage Tank Attribute Table (TANKATR) 31 492 Storage Tank Attribute Expansion Table (TANK_EXPATR) 32 Miner and mum 12 01 PM 10/8/90 CIty of Denton OEO-MATION Project APtW( PO Database ` sign 0.0 INTRODUCTION Database Deign issues Page 1 1 This document is a revised draft database design for the City of Denton GEO-MATION proJect. Input to the itutial version of the document came from several sources, including 0 A two-day project technical lack off meeting, held in the Denton Unhaes Building on August 1 and 2, 1990 ■ A set of Miner and Miner survey fortes completed by the Denton GIS Task Force describing in detail Denton's existing map products and databases, as well as products and applications to be produced by the GIS ■ Responses to Muter and Miner follow-up questions resulting from the lack off meeting and survey forms The initial draft was submitted to the Denton GEO-MATION technical group for review on September 7, 1990 Revisions to this draft design are based largely on a database design review meeting held in Denton on September 20, 1990 Miner and Miner would like to take this opportunity to gratefully acknowledge the task force for its considerable effort, first, in completion of a detailed set of survey forms, and second, in participation in a constructive set of meetings during which the overall structure of the database was established This document is organized with an introductory section followed by one section per logical database, i e. engineering land base, electrical water, etc Each section describes a set of ARGINFO coverages and related database files that will be used for mapping and analysts within that department or organization. 1.0 DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES This section briefly reviews several key issues associated with the ARCINFO database design for the City of Denton These issues ment consideration prior to the actual design because of their general nature and because of the large implications each offers to the design itself 1 1 Coordinate Systems Feat= locations contained within the Denton ARGINFO database will be defined using the Texas North Central Zone State Plane northing and eastmg coordinate system The units of tnoasurement will be feet and fractions of feet. The state plane is a system developed by the U S Geological Survey which, asserts that, taken one by one, rectangles on the earth's surface covering one state or a portion of one state are essentially flat and thus can be described by a cartestan coordinate system. 7112enton utilities service area lies entirely within one state plane grid system. If it is nectiNary to convert from state plane coordinates to latinidollongnu or to some other planar coordinate system command sets contained within the basic ARC/INFO package are available to provide such transformations Muler and MIM 7 25 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-N TON Project Database Design Lam ARC/INFO Database Daugn Page 12 Though the orthophotos pprreepared in 1985 are registered to the state plane grid, many of the traps that will be source documents for the full GIS database are not tied to any coordinate system. To establish state plane coordinates for these map features will require some type of translation Two possible options are as follows ■ Re-drafting cadastral (i e , property ownership) land base features and utilities onto overlays registered to the 1985 orthophotos These overlays could then be digitized directly in state plane coordinates ■ Digitize landbase and utility features directly from existing source documents using the existing source document coordinate system (i e , inches) Then, transform these features to fit the state plane based orthophows This process could be accomplished in part by using existing ARC/INFO commands, such as ADJUST in ARCEDIT, and would involve identification of common features on both layers and the use of a least squares adjustment method to fit the maps together Both of these options have advantages and disadvantages A final approach should be recommended by the conversion vendor, though the City should understand the pros and cons of all alternatives 1 2 Database Tiling and Map Products The GIS database will include the entire City of Denton Utilities Service Area and those portions of the Denton not included in the Utilities Service Area. This geographic extent encompasses the City of Denton plus some of the surrounding suburban area. Given this large area, an efficient means of data organization will be required for GIS features ARC/INFO provides a mechanism for quick and efficient access to data in any part of this database by means of its map library management module, LIBRARIAN One of the more important aspects of tits module is the need to divide the entire project area into a set of discrete units that are more manageable to work with on an individual basis In ARCIINFO terms, these units are called ales A the is defined by a rile boundary which may be square, rectangular, or of an irregular shape Definition of tile size and shape is very important because once the Library has been built it is possible but difficult to change the boundary definitions The size of a the should be based on the following considerations ■ Density of features in an area, ■ Capacity of the CPU, and ■ Dimensions of anticipated standard trap output products The current tile size anticipated for the pilot pprrooject will be 2600' by 2000' rectangular grids consistent with the current City Rey Maps (R-Maps) A key task of the pilot database conversion project should be to evaluate the adequacy of this tiling scheme It should also be noted that it is = necessary for all features in the GIS database to adhere to the same tiling scheme It may be desirable, for example, to define tiles for sparsely distributed features as groups of key snaps Mute, and Mutes 7 25 AM 10/00 City of Denton GEO. 77ON Project ARC/IIYFO Database sign Database Design Lmues Page 1 3 13 Database Tlling and Network Topology adWe structuring o sgaltlesy a c~otlgtda FOOgeo~pthi~abase by ales offers considerable rreespect to database tiling These include the followingImpo ce should be noted with The the ARC lNFO Library is established, pseudo•nodes will be created at all points where existing arcs cross ale boundaries This is done to ensure that, when ales are reassembled, network contiguity will be maintained across We boundaries 124 ARC/INFO USER-IDS l , SEGMENT Numbers L! z2i: I T11e 114 1 In order to maintain interfaces to systems which define features from structure to structure (such as WCMS which defines a run of sewer main from manhole to manhole), an arc split in two by a the boundary must be assigned the same segment number in both Was This appr ach applies to all utility features, including water, sewer and power systems an will support access to the same external database record should either portion of the split arc be selected from within an ARC/M0 application It also means that, when the tiles are reassembled, two or more arcs can easily be uWlrr to re-create the original arc ■ Certain operations are currently not supported across ale boundaries Among the most important of these is network tracing To trace arcs that cross the boundaries one of several work-arounds must be employed. Extract tiles into a temporary coverage where tracing can be performed. M~tain a separate, non-tiled arc coverage strictly for the purpose of network 8 • Base the boundaries on areas within which tracing is typically performed, (i e, dramage bastes for sewer systems, operations districts for power systems, etc ) • Use special application software to perform tracing across ale boundaries 10 The approach recommended for Denton is a combination of the above approaches Most of the database will be pled based on the extsdngg K-Maps and for tracutg operations to be perforated across We boundaries the M area of interest will be extracted into a temporary coverage where tracing can be performed Miner avid Mmw 7 25 AM 10/8!90 City of Denton OEO-A TON Project ARCANFO Database Design Database Design Loud Page 1.4 Exceptions to this approach will be for the salutary sewer and storm sewer systems Both of these databases will be tiled based on drainage basin boundaries More specifically, salutary sewers will be tiled on the sub-basin boundary and storm sewers will be tiled on the drainage basin boundary Tlus approach will allow network tracing without special pre processing within those basins, thou$h production of standard K-Maps for sewer system features will often require retrieval of multiple tiles, and will thus be more time consuming 1 4 Library Management Issues As indicated above, Denton trap feature data will reside in an ARCANFO Library In this section, issues concerning the access and update of library data will be addressed 1 4 1 Library Location Within the anticipated Denton GIS hardware configuration, the ARC/INFO library will reside on an IBM mainframe which will essentially operate as a server Temporary (working) copies of tiles checked out of the library for editing or analysis will reside on engineering workstations networked to the mainframe The association of library tables and machines is illustrated m the following diagram aT ELECTRIC ELECrRIC World Dots /AUC/ /%UC/TNLYS/ /AUe/SNUB/IAlOITNArow u ATA /SLSC/TIU01 /YUC/TIU00 PCs Temmala (wAD M t9nphlLS) IBM 4381 AM" /DATA UZ TILa01 /DATUMS/TIL80I /DATABASE/TIL&00 /DATABASE/TILSOS RT PLANNING NG Wo Data /rN/ MUMBUr/ RN/TNUS/INF011W AIR /!N/TIuOI /►N/TLUOI WATER/ WASTEWATER Data WATERWOrldna /A112YA/ /YATYI/TNW/ /IMlWTNW/IYIOIYMAIY ATII /1111TAA/TAOW/IY►OINNATAA ATR /YTSA/TIUOl /YATa/TILaA: Also resident on workstations will be the extern it databases (which will be stored in INFO) to be referenced by ARC/INFO These databss, a will include copies of portions of databases stored in complete form on the mainframe or on other computers (typically PCs) dedicated to the specific database application. The external databases on the workstations will be periodically refreshed from the master database versions The refresh period will be specific to each database ENGINEERING /AYO/TNW/ /ANWAIM tlIUrOITPAMC ATA /AN/TLWi 1"WIUOS Miner and Miner 7 25 AM 10/8/90 City or Deacon OEO-MATTON Pmlect ARCANFO Database r p Database Damp ism= Page 15 A commpplic ARC/INFating aspect of this approach is the issue that the 4381 will be running 0 version 4 0 2 at least for the foreseeable future while the workstations are expected to receive an important upgrade to 5 0 1 in the Fall of 1990 The upgrade to version 5 01 offers much added capability and is strongly recommended. However, two problems result from this software version mis-match ■ Coordinate Precision ARCANFO versions 5 0 and higher support storage of coordinates as double precision numbers while versions below 5 0 use only single precision Though implementation on numeric limits vanes by computer manufacturer, in general double precision storage uses 64 bits to represent a number which allows a range of values from 263 (-9,223,370,000,000,000,000 ) to +263 (+9,223,370,000,000,000,000) while sin le precision, using 32 bits, allows a range from -231 (-2,147,480,000 ) to +2~1 (+2,147,480,000 ) In practical terms, using state plane coordinates with values in terms of millions of feet, single precision storage would provide accuracy up to two decimal places 21,474,800 00), or hundredths of a foot. Double precision storage for all intents and purposes removes any accuracy constraints ■ Coverage Format ARCANFO coverages (or tiles) cannot be copied directly from version 4 0 to 5 0, rather 4 0 coverages must first be EXPORTed, copied from the mainf me to the workstation, then IMPORTed into ARC/INFO Several alternative approaches are available to address this situation The most straightforward approach given the existing Denton hardware configuration is to, first, store all coverages (even 5 0 coverages) m single precision. It should be noted that values for the control point attributes NORTHING and EASTING may be defined as double precision items even if the coverage stores feature coordinates in single precision Secondly, standard data management macros should be developed to perform necessary export and import functions at the tube tiles are retrieved from the library on the mainframe In this way the user will be inconvenienced only by the only extra time required for expwOmport operations and not by the additional ARC/INFO commands required to accomplish the task. A long term solution is dependent on ESRPs schedule for updates to ARC/INFO within the VM environment. 1 4 2 Location and Sub-Division of the External Database Files The ARCIINFO database will be tiled to provide rapid access to geographic data and provide a data location on arty__ g~gtiven workstation This eans that each feature attribute taexist in one ble in each coverage (ARWO Library section) will point to the same external INFO table Since these tables will often contain city-wide data and will likely be quite large, they should be indexed on a unique identification field to improve response tune Maier and MM 7 25 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO M iON Project ARC/INFO Database Design 1 4 3 Map Data Integnty Database Design Issues Page 1.6 In order to ensure that map data is not inadvertently commtippteaby multiple users attempting to update the same data sunultaneously, the Denton ARC/ N 0 Library will be defined as a TRANSACTIONAL Library That is, a user will have the option to check out data from the library in a transaction in which case all other users are locked out from this tile or set of tiles until the tiles included in the transaction are checked back into the library Note that a user wishing only to browse the data will still have the option to check out Library data outside of a transaction, thus allowing others users to browse and/or update data within the selected tiles 1 4 4 Tile Access ARCANFO LIBRARIAN commands and most ARCPLOT commands can operate directly on data stored within a Library However, to uZim the library by means of the ARCEDIT module, data must first be checked out There are two methods available for retrieval of features from an ARCANFO Library ■ GETTILE This command copies to a temporary workspace all data defined within the specified tile(s) boundary If editing performed on this tale is to be mcotpomted into the library a PUTTILE operation must be performed. ■ EXTRACT This command allows retrieval of data based on any user-specified polygon, which may cross ale boundaries To update the library based on the extract a REPLACE operation is performed. The GETTILE option is the most efficient for both retrieval and update It also creates no new pseudo-nodes, other than those already existing at tile boundaries When editing is to be performed exclusively within a the boundary the GETTILE command should always be used. The EXTRACT command allows flexible retrieval of Library data without the constraint of tale boundaries Where editing will be performed which may affect arcs which cross tile boundanes, this procedure should be used. On retrieving data from a library, EXTRACT will create pseudo-nodes where existm* arcs are crossed by the extract polygon boundary it should be noted that, when this data is checked back into the Library using REPLACE pseudo-nodes will be carried mto the library, in effect splitting the original arc into two Both new arcs will have new <cover># numbers but the TAG number and all other attributes will remain the same These arcs can be rejoined if so desired with the ARCEDIT UNSPLIT command. 15 Feature Numbering Schemes All features in the GIS database must be assigned a unique identification number ARCANFO creates a unique number (<cover>#) for internal use, and also always provides an item to hold a unique user number (<cover>-ID) The <cover>-ID item should be used as long as a five-digit integer field will provide an adequate definition. Otherwise, an additional, user-defined item must be devoted for use as a unique user identification number Maier and Maier 7 25 AM 10/8/90 City Of Deacon GEO-MATTON Project ARCAM Database nap Database Design bs m Page 1 7 In most cases, if an identification number already exists, such as a pole number, valve number or manhole number, then this number should continue to be used. Such numbers often provide links to external inventory databases or card files Deacon's intent to store matey attributes in external INFO tables places additional unpor~ice on identification numbers because, in many cases the <cover>-ID will be the relate item from the ARCeiFO table to the external INFO table For example, the MANHOLE.PAT item TAG will relate to the external INFO MANHOLE ATR table as follows VALVE PAT TAO SYMBM 122 122 225 123 124 1 4 Mnmiwl~lllm ARCANFO Feature Attribute Table (FAT) ARCANFO RELATE Table V Vnz. I TWUOMeR Wo External INFO Attribute Table vw URM VALVE YAWa_TAY TYea 122 GATE T 124 BALL 125 BrLY Given this data organization, it will be possible to access external database attributes from within ARC using commands such as Arcs SELECT VALVE POINT TAO - 123 1 feature selected Are LIST TAO VLVREL//TYPE Record TAG TYPE 1 123 GATE The TAG number will be unique across ale boundaries Within ARC/MFO both the <c?ver>-ID and <cover># items are unique only insure a file (coverage) In contrast, the TAG value should be generated from a single tag value generator (typically an AML macro) and will be unique within a coverage across the full Denton database Muter aw Minw 7 25 AM 10/8/90 City of Denies OEO-K ON Project ARC,WO Database Design Databass Design Issues Page 18 Relates required to associate ARC/INFO feature attribute tables and external INFO tables are identified in Section 9 of this document, entitled INFO Table Relates 1 6 Database File Types Five types of files are described in this database design, each file type with its own characteristics and purposes These types include ■ Feature Attribute Tables or FATE ■ Expansion Tables ® Attribute Tables ■ Look-up Tables ■ Turn Tables Feature Attribute Tables are those files generated by ARC/INFO when a topological structure is defined for a coverage by means of a BUILD or CLEAN command. One record in a feature attribute table corresponds directly to one geographic feature in an ARC/INFO coverage, as illustrated below 32 POLIMAT ID HEIGHT CLASS ]1 ]S ] 2 77 70 7 Expansion Tables are used to store additional descriptive information about features without taking up storage space in the FAT Thera is always a many-to-one relanonship between a FAT and an associated expansion file A typical use of an expansion file is the POLEYM file which contains detailed characteristics of poles based on the value of the TYPE code item in the POLE PAT file All poles with the same TYPE code have the same detailed characteristics, so that there are many records in the POLEYAT file for any one record in the POLEYM file, as illustrated below 32 ~a PAT ID TYPE 71 G ]2 A I] D POULLY " TYPE HEIGHT CLASS A 25 2 8 70 ] C ]S ] Attribute Tables, him expansion tables, are used to store additional descriptive information about features defined in a FAT However, unlike the expansion table, attribute tables always have a one•to-one relationship with the associated FAT A typical example is the POLE ATR file which contains details for poles, which are only one of the features contained within the POLEYAT file For every record in the POLEYAT file there is exactly one record in the POLE ATR file, as illustrated below Mmer and Miner 7 25 AM 10/8/90 entOn AR DC/IIJD0 Da 01at~ae NATION Project 32 -v POLLPAT ID 31 77 Database Design Issues pap 19 POLE ,W ID HEIGHT CLASS 31 25 2 7 7 37 73 7 UOk-up Tables are used most often to store graphic symbol types and labels used for the mapping of features Other than this distinction, look-up tables are similar to structure and cttoilveerrao ge, the symbol and label items will be includdesd t~n ttable he e pansion file so there will be no need for an additional look-up table Turn Tables are special tables used in NETWORK applications created using the TURNTABLE command The turn table defines impedances existing at an arc node with re Csible to connected arcs at that node By use of the turn table it is, among other things, po to interactively simulate the effects of opening or closing a switch within an elal network. 17 Association of Arc Features and Point Features Arcs and points are modeled as separate features in ARC/WO When an association is rtq red between a point feature (such as a transformer) and an arc feature (such as a co ductor) it is accomplished by storing an arc node number as an attribute of the point fea~~twu,ae For example, as illustrated in the diagram below, Transformer 8 is assigned to Cc , doctor Node 102 TRANSFORMER CONDUCTOR . &.a Q 1 A 2 NODE& - 0 162 103 1 CtNiptit0 Ra 1 o s 1 2 102 T"10MMEIi.PAr, .-Is I Sam soo In this way, by selecting the transformer all associated conductors can be selected and, conversely, by selecting any of the conductors leading to node 102, transformer 8 may be selected The arc node number may be assigned automatically to the point feature by use of the ARC NEAR command miO0r and Mitre[ 7 25 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MA. iON Project Database Damp Issues ARCANFO Database Design Page 1 10 When arcs are edited or extracted from a library arc node numbers may change It is thus recommended that a macro be developed to re-establish arc-point feature linkages after such operations are performed. Finally, it should be noted that a future release of ARC/INFO, either 5 1 or 6 0, will include the ability to deal with nodes as features and thus to be able to associate attributes with nodes This will likely remove the necessity to have an attribute link between a point feature and arc feature as is currently required. The specific technical specifications of this new feature are not yet available and the pros and cons of node features versus point features cannot currently be described in detail However, when the feature is available the City should consider transferring some features currently defined as points to node features 1 8 Graphic Symbol Tables Since different graphic output devices have different display capabilities, typically multiple symbol sets are used to take advantage of the capabilities of each device For example, a graphic workstation offers many more colors than are typically available with etcher a pen plotter or electrostatic plotter Line symbols that maybe distinguished using color on the workstation may be distinguished using line weight or other conventions when output to a plotter Each ARC/INFO feature will be assigned a singlesymbol code, SYMBOL, to determine display, there should be multiple symbol tables defned, each with the display symbology for a particular output device Illustrated below are two line symbol tables, one with symbols for display on a workstation screen, the second with symbols defined for output on a plotter Now that both tables have the same set of code values Following this simple example a line appearing blue on the screen would appear as a wide line when output to the plotter DENSCRN LIN Code I S mbol 1 _ 0"t 2 J u•a 3 It is recommended that symbol tables with final symbol codes be established prior to data conversion so that the conversion vendor may correctly assign the necessary codes to ARC/INFO features 19 Annotation Annotation is used in ARC/INFO for display of features that require g Rhic Mmuntatlolt only Thus, annotation features have no associated attributes and have no topological significance In most cases, this feature type is used for display of descriptive text. Annotation is particularly useful for this purpose because of the flexibility in placement. For example, annotation can be placed anywhere within a coverage whereas ARCTEXT Murex and mum 7 25 AM 10/8!90 tuy or moon GRO-MA77ON Protect ARCANM Database Design r gust be di Is with respect to an arc, POINTTEXT with respect to a point and POLYGOM with respect to a polygon The followutg discussion offers the advantages and disadvantages of using annotation as opposed to attribute for labeling map features, particularly with reference to street name placement. though the issues am applicable to all feature labeling The three alternatives presented are ■ Street name as an attribute of the center line, displayed using ARCTEXT command ■ Street name as an attribute of a separate point feature associated with the centerline by a tag, displayed using POINTTEXT command ■ Street name as annotation Street name as attribute of centerline feature This would require development of centerlines, which are not currently represented on any existing Denton map product, but which could be developed from rights of-way or curb lines Disad~ Names would be placed at display time at one of nine standard locations with respect to the line This often results in text interfering with other map features In mental codes would be r$MCC it would not be desirable to label equired to indicate which centerline segments ~t shsegments, ould be labeled Adantagot Street name display on neap products is always based on the database Street name placed at a label point related by code to the centerline No street name data would be stored in the centerline feature attribute table, rather a separate point table would be defined with street names This would be linked to the centerline table by means of unique centerline feature ID Database Deep Issues Miner and Mauer 7 25 AM 10/gN0 Main at U.I. Q, City of Denton OEO-MI `ON Project ARC/INFO Database A a Database Desip Issues Page 1 12 FUSER ID SPD I SHAME ISTYPEI SS01 Ave Ave St Disadvantages Can not allow text to follow a line, rather, point text can be placed only at a point and angle An extra code is required to link label point to centerline arc Must have code to indicate which segments should be labeled. ~yg~ res Name is always based on database content, placement is more flexible than with arc itmbute street name as annotation Street name as annotation The street name text would be included as annotation features within the centerline coverage This annotation may be placed at a point, along a two-point line, or following a complex line c MWAM&' LEVEL STEXt 1 Main s_t 2 N Maple Ave 3 3 Maple Ave St t USER ID neml nam2 Hems 1 2 3 Disadvantage Text is dumb graphic and if attribute value is changed annotation text is not changed Also, annotation features cannot be u Inferred between dIS systems by some standard interchange formats For example, the USGS Digital Line Graph (DLG) forrnat does not directly support transfer of annotation Muter and Muter 7 25 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MATTON Project ARCANFO Database -.,sign Database Design hsues Page 1 13 AdvUtag2 Placement of annotation is very flexible It is possible to link annotation to attributes by use of the annotation level, in which case it is possible to write AML procedures to update annotation text based on the value of an attribute If possible, each of these alternatives should be tested during the pilot project. On a preliminary basis, Miner and Miner would anticipate that the use of annotation would offer the greatest benefit to Denton for the following reasons ■ Street names do not change often, thus once entered, editing of street name annotation would not require a large effort ■ Annotation offers considerable flexibility in placement not available with the other alternatives and street names are frequently moved to avoid conflict with outside plant facilities ■ A formal link between feature attributes and annotation is anticipated as part of an upcoming ARCINFO release 1 10 Indexing overages when can be reduced items have been indexed. Two for ctypes ofi indexing ~ are vided, attribute indexing and spatial indexing 1 101 Attribute Indexing The ARCANFO command INDEXITEM creates an index for the designated item in an se 1 ction of records from INFOtables or use of attribute values to selectors involving Specifically, the following commands are affected directly graphic features ■ ASELECT Add records to a selection set r ■ RESELECT Remove records from an existing selection set ■ NSELECT Select records cmmtiy un-selected In general, the greater number of features in the coverage the greater will be the improvement in performance dire to the effect of the indexed item. This is particular! 1111 atit for external INFO tables holding attributes related to feature atinbute table items, suc~i as the water main attribute table (WATER ATR) or transformer attribute table (T NSFORMER ATR) which will be city-wide inventory flies and may hold several thousand records Ooo a the INFO table is edited the attribute index becomes out of date and will no longer be used. After such editing the index should be re-established using the INDEXITEM command Miner and Miner 7 25 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-Mf )N Ptoiect ARC/INFO Database Design 1 10 2 Spatial Indexing Database Design Issues Page 1 14 The ARCANFO command INDEX creates a spatial index of features in a coverage that can expedite certain types of graphic selection procedures, especially within the ARCPLOT module (affecting commands such as RE ELECT and IDENTIFY) It should be noted that indexing will increase the size of a coverage It can generally be estimated that indexes will increase coverage size by approximately 10% 1 11 Data Sharing Between ARC/INFO and the CIS Many of the attributes for customer meters within the electrical, water, and potentially sewer databases currently resides on the City IBM mainframe within a Customer Information System (CIS) application database A copy of this data will be made available for GIS application usage The GIS cannot use a file which is a record for record dump of the mainframe meter file Rather, an application to run on the mainframe should extract records from this database and create files of format and content expected by the GIS For example, this application would write electrical meter records and water meter records to separate files containing only those items required for GIS mapping and analysis 1 12 ARC/INFO Database Design Guidelines What should a coverage contain? When should many similar features be grouped into a single coverage and when should separate coverages be defined for individual features? Few hard and fast rules may be consistently applied since each database is unique, however, several guidelines are useful ■ ARC/INFO constraints. A coverage may contam arcs and ports (Link coverages), or arcs and polygons (Network coverages), but a coverage cannot contain ports and polygons In general, Miner and Miner recommends keeping one feature type per coverage There is htde to be gained, no additional capabilities are available for link or network coverages And the practice can cause confusion regarding the database organization ■ A coverage should contain logically similar features Water mains and sewer mains may both be defined as arc features, but they should not be contained in the same coverage ■ Features to be traced should be contained in the same coverage All standard ARGINFO tracing applications, as provided in the NETWORK package, must be performed on a single arc coverage ■ Features used by different users should be in different coverages Water mars and demand nodes are logically related, but demand nodes are used only by design engineers interested m modeling system performance, while water mains are required by all water department risers ■ Avoid coverage prolVeration Too many coverages can make viewing and editing of features quite awkward. For example, by placing each type of electrical Miner and Miner 7 25 AM 10/00 C1ty of Denton a84MAMN Project ARt' 260 DarMbaa up Database Design T=M Page 1 15 for fuses, covedevice in its own coge rage for rec users, etc within ' AR~ge •f itches, coverage separate commands for display of each type of device Sin one nalizin d have ag de use se woul are typically displayed as a group, these are best combined into a single coverage ■ Use relates where logical, but avoid excessive use of relates This maydeseem the opposite of the previous guideline, but the real purpose is to advise ■ Demand of applications may dictate structure There will always be specific applications which require addition of attributes to coverage tables This can be accomplished simply by the ARCANFO ADDITEM command and is wtorkally Pe bmied on temporary wonting coverages at the user department Miner and Mubr 7 25 AM 10AM 2 0 LANDBASE DESIGN , 2 1 Index Coverage (INDEX) 1 22 Survey Control Points (CONTROL) 2 23 Street Centerlines (CL) 4 24 Right of Ways (ROW) 5 25 Parcel Boundaries and Polygons (PARCEL) 5 26 Easements (EASEMENT) 8 27 Abstract Polygons (ABSTRACT) 9 28 Miscellaneous Plammetnc Features (MISCPLAN) 10 29 Street Features (STREET) 11 2 10 Points of Interest (POI) 12 2 11 Water Features (HYDRO) 12 2 12 Topographic Contours (TOPO) 13 2 13 City Boundary (CITY) 14 2 14 ETJ Line (ETJ) 14 2 15 City Annexations (ANNEX) 15 2 16 Pavement Sections (PAVEMENT) 16 2161 Pavement Sectio 2 17 Application-Specific Coverages 18 v q pp N a.cE g 2 m,Ci g~ ' 02 ° C xro a~ °u~ • • • • U N a CC pd a d0 ti 3 a ~ Q~ q '~0 ~4j .i a y 7 .4 0 yyy ~ O leg .i y ~ C~ aJ M w7 1~ p RO ro RR O YYYRRR gO' . a a m U it 'Al D CCC m o A O C q w q pN mM M q q p M p q m U O +i u w y" a q qecg ..I m W p O ~ ygi 8 o a a ,yyyppp~ roc? q ypp ~ w~ M Q9y O~ o yq m ~Vf NOP+U NC 'IQy~1Nqy U qa.q{ R ob~ v 0 i w 1 v coo U a N re 4 yd ~V 0 City of Denton CEO-MAMON Project ARCANFO Database P-stga 2.0 LANDBASE DESIGN Landbase Deep Page 2 1 This section describes each of the coverages comprising the ARGINFO land base Three primary sources will be used to develop the ARC/INFO landbase ■ Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps These will be the primary source of landbase features, particularly cadastral trap features Features converted from these traps must be transformed to fit the state plane coordinate based orthophotos ■ 1985 Orhhophotos (including both 1 "=50' inter area maps and l"=200' outer area maps) These maps will be the source for all piammemc features ■ 1974 and 1985 Topographic Maps (for limited features) These maps will be used for development of topographic contours Some of this data may already be in digital form and will require only translation in to ARC/INFO format Additional sources will be used for specific applications and map products These will include the following ■ Easement Folders Will be used for attributes of EASEMENT polygons ■ Abstract maps Will be used as the basis of the ABSTRACT coverage defining land ownership in those areas not subdivided ■ Street Study Records These will be used for pavement section attributes as stored in the PAVEMENT ATR table The landbase will incorporated within an ARC/1NFO library with We boundaries defined by the limits of the City Key Map senes maps Figure 1 illustrates the Landbase ARGINFO coverages and the relationships established between these coverages The addinonal four coverages indicated on this figure are for mapping features which provide reference information on plots and graphic displays but which are not logically or topologically related to other landbase coverages 21 Index Coverage (INDEX) Description This coverage contains map sheet boundaries for the K-Map map serves, which will initially be the basis of Library tiling Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ No State Plane coordinates currently exist for these comers The source for K-Map caner coordinates will ultimately be determined by the pilot project conversion vendor, but will Wtely be obtained by finding common features on orthophotos for which coordinate values can be calculated. ■ Each rectangular polygon includes an identification attribute, TILENAME, and a path name attribute, LOCATION, which indicates where on the system data for this sheet is stored Miner and Miner 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton orio.A"47ION Project AROINM Database agn Landbese Design Page 2 2 ■ Index polygons will be used for display of neat lines on standard (Key map size) map products Feature Attribute Table 9 PBRMIRM 4 12 P 18 INDEX# 4 5 B 21 Index Idendficadon INDEX ID TII.ENAME 4 5 32 32 B s1 Nth Ain.... C Item Descriptions TILENAME The uxlex name for the K-Map, which is based on the existing 3-digit numbering syystem. It should be noted that this will also accommodate the eventual numbering K-Map numbers as well LOCATION The full operating system path name indicating where data from this sheet is stored on the system 2 2 Survey Control Points (CONTROL) Di{scnpuion This coverage will contain control points to be used as reference in all future mapping and potentially surveying operations Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ At muumum this coverage must contain the control point locations established to control the 1985 orthophotography The state plane NORTHING and EASTING will be stored as attributes, as will be the ELEVATION (where dus information is available) Though coorditiate values will be stored with the graphic definition of the point feature, It is advised that coordinates be stored as attributes as well In this way coordinate values are easier to access and display Also, in the event a control point is inadvertently graphically moved during an edit session, the coordinate values will still be intact ■ Thetyp~ of control point and the method by which this control point was obtained should be stored as attributes of each control point. These two attributes should be maintained in order to establish a level of accuracy to be attributed to each control point. Feature Atolbute Table Muks and Mawr 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-h i'ION Project ARCIMFO Database Design LaM6eve Design Page 2 3 I AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 CONTROLM 4 5 B 13 CONTROL ID 4 5 B 17 State Plane Northing NORTHING 16 16 F 4 25 State Plane Eastmg FASTING 16 16 F 4 33 Elevation ELEVATION 4 7 F 37 Control Point Type CTRLTYPE 3 3 C 40 Control Point Creation Method CTRLMETH 3 3 C 43 Control Point Symbol SYMBOL 3 3 I Item Descriptions NORTHING The offset for this point in the Y dimension from the origin of the Texas North Central State Plane coordinate system This is stated in decimal feet, with four significant digits to the right of the decimal If the CONTROL coverage is defined as single precision, then the precision of the NORTHING and EASTING attributes may be greater than the precision of the coordinates used to locate the label point feature A discussion of this issue is provided under section 14 1 EASTING The offset for this point in the X dimension from the origin of the Texas North Central State Plane coordinate system. This is stated in decimal feet, with four significant digits to the right of the decimal. ELEVATION Elevation of the control point in feet and fractions of a foot, based on the USGS datum CTRLTYPE The type of the control point. This attribute, in combination with the creation method, will indicate the accuracy and credibility of the particular control point. Valid values for this attribute will be as follows Code Description BM Benchmark Card File PC Photo Control Points ORT Orthophoto Corners TOP Too a hic Ma Corners CTRLMETH The method used to determine the coordinate location for this point. This attribute, in combination with the control point source, will indicate the accuracy and credibility of the particular control point. Valid values for this attribute will be GPS Global Positioning System point EDM Point established by use of Electronic Distance Measuring equipment PLT Points obtained from original plat documents CLC A point calculated by protraction, project, or some other mathematical technique, based on SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this point. Valid values include the following Maur and Miner 7 31 AM 1018/90 CitY 0( ANFO aDatabase p Project Landmae Design Page 24 2#3 Street Centerlines (CL) Description This coverage contains street centerlines Key aspects of this coverage are as follows ■ No centerlines art currently represented on Key Maps or other potential source documents The most likely source for this data will be to construct centerlines under the assumption that the centerline is at the center of the right of way This assumption is not always valid, however, the approach would provide useful data ifo e d dared g that could be improved over time as actual centerline locations are It would be important to note that, if such a method were used to construct centerhnes, users of centerline data should DAL assume that it represents a legal center of right-of--way III This coverage will include as annotation street names. CA.AAT Feature Attribute Table OrRanizadon Cd Descri tion hem name Width out W dtht Type Not nate Dec AlName Indexed? 1 ODE# 4 S B s TNODE# 4 S B 9 LPOLY# 4 S B 13 RPOLY# 4 S B 17 21 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 25 Feature ID CL# CL ID 4 N S 4 B 3 B 29 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 1 N Item Descripdont SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this arc feature Valid values include the following Annotation Requirements Miner and Miner 7 31 AM 10AM City of Denton OEO•b `TON Project Landbase Dedp ARCANFO Database L gn Page 2 5 2 4 Right of Ways (ROW) Descripnon There are several methods for organizing legal land ownership feature lines, such as right- of-ways, parcels, and easements One approach is to incorporate all of these Imes into one coverage and distinguish different line types by a code Tins approach offers the advantage that no arcs are duplicated between two coverages There are also, however, several drawbacks to this approach, including the following ■ Right of way lines and parcel boundaries are often, but not always coincident. To accommodate the full range of possible combinations would require a complex code convention ■ Right of way lines are often drawn without parcel boundaries Adding nodes at every parcel corner along a right of way will unnecessarily increase complexity of drawing right of way Imes alone ■ Parcels often need to be managed and displayed as polygons Adding right of ways and easements to the parcel coverage would create many non parcel polygons in this coverage For these and other reasons, legal line features have been separated into three coverages, ROW, PARCEL and EASEMENT Since the vast majority of ROW lines will be coincident with a PARCEL line, when constructed the full PARCEL coverage should first be created then those Imes which are ROW Imes should be geo-copied to the ROW coverage (If conversion is done within ARC/INFO this would be accomplished with the ARCEDIT PUT command) RO W.AAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Col Description hem name Width Output Width Type N of Alternate Dan Name Indexed? I FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 ROW# 4 5 B 25 Feanae ID ROW-ID N 4 3 B 29 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this arc feature Valid values include the following' 2 5 Parcel Boundaries and Polygons (PARCEL) Minor and Millet 7 31 AM 10/8/90 ..ur vi uvaron UeU.niA770N PMjeot ARC/INFO Database Design Description Landxse.Destgn Page 2.6 This coverage contains parcel boundaries and polygons Associated with each parcel will be the formal parcel Identification number (the City Tax Account Number) as well as the house address and street name (I C, a mailing address) The Tax account number will provide a link to the Tax Master record File Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Since an existing, stable parcel identification code (the City Tax Account Number) is currently in use, this code and this code alone should be used to uniquely identify parcel polygons ■ House addresses (stns address) will be stored with parcel polygons Address data will be obtained from the Customer Billing system on the 4381 ■ If parcel polygons are to be retrieved by house address several alternatives exist for supporting street name marching, A name street name alias table could be defined which would contain typical street entered street misspellings searcphhtheaalliiaswtaab e then, cif theentered name matched a common misspelling • Using ARC/INFO address geo-coding a separate but related parcel table, PARCEL.ADD could be created (by use of the ADDRESSCREATE and PAD Po ygo label poi nts andsid wouldsuitable would store formal clude a soundex street nameremttemomc to assist in sweet name matching Of these options, the second is recommended because of the existing sophisticated address-matching capabilities built into the ARCAM geo-coding software This will also support address-matching of external attribute data files to parcel polygons by use of the ARC/WO ADDRESSMATCH command. ■ Arcs comprising parcel boundaries are stored once, but within this NETWORK coverage, an AAT table is used to store boundary line attributes and a PAT table is used to store parcel polygon attributes ■ A SYMBOL code is stored within the PARCEL AAT table for boundary line symbols, however no such code is stored within the PAT table since shading of parcel polygons will be driven by specific applications ■ Additional attributes may be added to local copies of the PARCEL PAT table as dictated by the user-depar'tment's application needs Mmer and Muter 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEOM. AON Project Landbase Design ARCANFO Database Damp Page 2 7 PARCEL-4AT Feature Attribute Table Organization Cd Descri Ion Rem name Width Output Width Type Not Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 1 FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 PARCEL# 4 5 B 25 Feature ID PARCEL M 4 5 B 29 Survey Length SVLENGTH 4 7 F 2 N 29 S bol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions SVLENGTH The legal survey length of the parcel boundary arc segment. While the LENGTH item will store the actual length of the arc segment as defined in, ARCANFO, the SVLENGTH item will store the legal length of the line SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this point. Valid values include the following PARCEL.PAT Feature Attribute Table Ori;anization Col Descri Ion item name Width Outpput Wldth T ype N of Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PER.1ME` ER 4 12 F 3 9 PARCEL# 4 5 B 13 PARCEL ID 4 5 B 21 Tax Account Number TAX_ACCT_YR 13 13 C Y 34 House Address PROP_ADDR PREM 5 5 I N 39 Street Prefix Direction PROP_ADDR_DIIt 2 2 C N 41 Sreet FeatureName PROPADDR_STREET 15 15 C N 56 Street Type PROP ADDR_TYPE 4 4 C N 60 Prowrty Type PROP TYPE 1 1 I N Item Descriptions TAX ACCT YR The formal, unique tax account number for this parcel This item will provide a link to the New Tax Master Record file on the IBM main$ame PROP_4DDR_ The house (premise) address number for this parcel. PREM PROP ADDR DIR With a structured street name, a prefix direction, i a, N, S, E or W Within the full street name E COLFAX AV, a is the street prefix direction. PROP ADDR A street feature name Within the fullstreet name a COLFAX AV, STREET corrAx is the street feature name Miner and Miner 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-NATION Project ARCM4FO Database dgn Landbese Design Page 2 8 PROP ADDR A street type Within the full street name 2 COLFAX Av, AV IS the street TYPE type PROP TYPE A cone to indicate the type of parcel. Valid values for this attribute will be as follows 1 Real 2 Personal 3 Mineral 4 Mobile Home 8 Imernvmm&n« 2 6 Easements (EASEMENT) Description Tltls coverage contains easement. polygons as described in the Engineering and Transportation Easement Files Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Easement attributes will be based on items contained in the Easement Folders ■ Easement lines will always be shown with the same line symbol, and all easement attributes refer to the easement polygon, thus no arc attribute table will be created for easement line types E4EMENZPAT Feature Attribute Table Organization ca 1 Description em name Width output Width Type o Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 5 4 12 F 3 9 PER%l2TER EASEMENT# 4 4 12 S F B 3 13 Feature ID EASEMENT-ID 4 S B 17 EasememTog TAG 6 6 C 23 Essemeat Type Code TYPE 3 3 C N 26 Grantor GRANTOR 30 30 N 56 Dam of Instrument DATE g 8 I N 64 Volume VOLUME 3 3 I N 69 , Page Number PAGE 4 4 I N 173 Symbol S 3 3 I N N Item Deseriptlons TAG Unique identification code for the easement instrument. TYPE A code for the type of easement. Valid values include the following GRANTOR A free-format text field for the name of the easement grantor 7 31 AM 10/8/90 Cry of Denton GEO-M 7ON Project ARCANFO Database L Sn Laadbese Dmga Page 2 9 DATE The date on which the easement instrument was executed. VOLUME Volume number within which the easement is recorded. PAGE Page number within VOLUME in which the easement is recorded. SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this arc feature Valid values include the following 2 7 Abstract Polygons (ABSTRACT) Description This coverage contains abstract polygons as described on the Denton County abstract maps Abstracts will describe land ownership in those areas not currently subdivided. Attributes of these polygons will include the owner dame and acreage ABSTRACT.PAT Feature Attribute Table Oreanizadon Col Description Item name Width Output Width Two N of D Alternate Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 S PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 ABSTRACTM 4 5 B 13 ABSTRACT-M 4 5 B - 17 OwnerNatne OWNER 30 30 C N 47 Acreage ACREAGE 4 7 F 2 N 31 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions OWNER The full text owner name ACREAGE The total acreage includedwithm the abstract. SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this polygon feature Valid values include the following Mum and Mrner 7 31 AM 10/8/90 C19Y of Denton 080-MATION Prot Lwxftn Desip ARC4M Database ign Page 2 10 x 8 Miscellaneous Planlmetrlo Features (MISCPLAN) Dacripdo& This Sle contains lines describing plammet is features, i a, features observable on the Earth's surface and typically captured from aerial photography Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ B contained in uilding foo"nts will gbee derived from the same source as plammetric features descri g buildings and b e ausehbuildings will be rep sented as polygons, these features will be contained in a separate coverage, BUILDING, within the Planning Applications database ■ Street edges will be stored in the coverage STREET within the land base i Attribute 13 17 Fawm m Irene Descripdonr TNODE# 4 5 B LPOLY# 4 5 B RPOLY# 4 5 B LENGTH 4 12 F NISCPLAN# 4 5 B NISCPLAN-M 4 5 B TYPE 3 3 C TYPE A code to indicate the type of miscellaneous plammetnc feature represented by this arc Codes for this item are as follows code D cri t on RR Railroad BRa bridge s Lin N SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this point. Valid values include the following. Code Description 108 Railroads 113 Fences Other i symbols to be established Miner and Mmes 7 31 AM 10AM City of Denton GEOM. JN Project landbase Daugtt ARCJINFO Database Design Page 2 11 2 9 Street Features (STREET) Descnpuon. Thus coverage contains lines describing street features Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Street classifications are established by the item CLASS ■ Arcs which are'holes' in the street are indicated by the HOLE item. A hole arc allows production of maps for only major streets, and is illustrated in the following diagram. STREET,AAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Col Description hem name Width Output Width N of Alternate Typs Dee Name Indexed? 1 FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 STREET# 4 5 B 25 Feature ID STREET ID 4 5 B 29 StmtClassificaaon CLASS 3 3 C N 32 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions CLASS A code to indicate the class of street represented by this arc Codes for this item are as follows Code Description PAR Primary Arterial SAR Secondary Arterial COL Collector RES Residential INT Interstate Highways ALY Public Alleys PRV Private Roads EST Estate Roads SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this point. Valid values include the following' Mates and Minor 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton 030•MATION Project ARC4NFO Database r 7gn Page 2 12 210 Points of Interest (POI) Desedpd &L This file COMM cultural features of Importance to the Denton Commmuty These features, such as hospitals, major buildings, etc , will be represented as polygons and will be labeled with annotation Defined as polygons, these features may be shaded for thematic map display PQLAAT Feature Attribute Table Orvawzarinn 9 rJ%KUVMTER 4 12 F 3 13 PON 4 5 B 29 Point of Interest T POI ID YPe 3 3 B 32 & Sv hnl r mA 3 C N Item Descriptions TYPE A code to uxhcate the type of feature represented by this polygon codes for this item an as follows PRK Parks SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this point. Vahd values mclude the followmg- T be sstablisha ~Q 211 Water Features (HYDRO) Description. Thee coverage will contain lines descnbmg the course of all water features, mcludmg shoraolmes, and streams Water features will be captured from onhophotographs HYDRO,AAT Feature Attribute Table Organization I D ftem name Width Outppuut Width of A ternate T Dee Name Indexed? S FNODE# 4 S B 9 TNODEM 4 3 B 13 LPOLYA 4 3 B 17 RPOLYM 4 S B 21 LE OM 4 12 F 3 23 Feature ID HYDRON HYDR061D 4 S B 29 y Fea4Qe Type TYPB 3 3 C 32 S SYMBOL 3 3 1 N N Minerand Miner 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-1v ON Project Landbase Dou p ARC/IlVFO Database Design Page 2 13 Item Desenpdonf HYDRO-ID The ARC/INFO-generated unique identifier for the hydrographic feature TYPE A code to indicate the type of hydrographie feature represented by this arc Codes for this item are as follows Code Description STC Stream Centerline STR Stream Edge SHL Shoreline SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this point. Valid values include the following- 212 Topographic Contours (TOPO) Descnptwn This coverage will contain topographic contours These features will be captured from the Denton 1974 and 1985 topographic maps, or, 9 available, from existing digital sources TOPO.AAT Featwe Anrtbute Table Organlsadon Col Description hem name Width Output Width Type N of Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 1 FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENaM 4 12 F 3 21 TOPO# 4 5 B 25 Feature ID TOPO•ID 4 5 B N 29 Elevation ELEVATION 3 3 1 N 32 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions ELEVATION The elevation, in feet, that the contour line represents SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this arc featuire. Valid values include the following. Code Description 110 21 Contour Line 111 10, contour Line Mine and Maier 7 31 AM 10/8/90 Crty of Denton GEO-M 77ON Project AROWD Database I p 213 City Boundary (CITY) Landbase Design Page 2 14 Dfstaipdan This coverage will contact atos describing the city boundary No attributes will be associated with this coverage (other than a SYMBOL code), though annotation will be included to display both the city name and the names of adjacent communities CM AAT Feature Aurtbute Table Organization Cof a oil lion Item name Width Widths T e DN of ec ANamete Indexed? 1 FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 CITY# 4 5 B 25 Feature ID N 29 Symbol Code S~ OL 3 3 e N Item Descriptions SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this arc feature Valid values include the following 214 ETJ Line (ETJ) Descripdon This, coverage will contain arcs describing the city ETJ boundary No attributes will be associated with this coverage (odw than a SYMBOL code) ETT,AAT Feature Attribute Table Organization CoDescription hem n Width output Width FTo Alternate 12e Dec Name Indexed? 1 FN Jig 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 ETJ# 4 5 B 25 Feamre ID EM M 4 5 B N 29 Symbol Code S OL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions Miner and Miner 7 31 AM 10/8/'90 Annotation Requirements City of Denton CEO-M.,,. ON Project ARC/INFO Database Design I andbaee Demp Page 2 15 SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this arc feature Valid values include the following 215 City Annexations (ANNEX) Description This coverage will contain polygons describing City of Denton Annexations Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ These features, when displayed with the City Limit line coverages will show the history of the City's annexation and will allow identification of utilities and other features located within a particular annexation ■ Thero may be multiple annexation polygons associated with any one ordinance number, thus, for example, to obtain the full area of annexation for any ordinance, the user (or application) would need to select ANNEX polygons by ORDINANCE and sum the area of all selected polygons ANNEX.PAT Feature Attribute Table OrAanlzadon Cd Deecd Ion Item name Width Output Width 09 N of Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 ANNEX# 4 5 B 13 Feature ID ANNEX-ID 4 5 B 17 Ordmance Number ORDINANCE 10 10 C N 27 Date of Annexation DATE 8 8 I N 17 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 I N Item Description ORDINANCE The number of the city ordinance authorising this annexation Though this number will uniquely define an annexation, there can be many polygons obtained under the same ordinance DATE Date on which the annexation ordinance was established SYMBOL A code for the shade symbol table entry used when annexation polygons are to be shaded Valid values include the following miner and Miner 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-NATION Project Lairdbeee ~ ARQW0 Database ~vign pap 2 16 216 Pavement Sections (PAVEMENT) Description This coverage will contain arcs for street pavement sections which an generally defined from lnt"Wtion to mtersecnon Attributes for these features will describe the physical characteristics of the pavement as well as an assessment of the pavement quality Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Street survey data for pavement sections will be stored in an external INFO table, PAVEMENT ATR This data will be stored separate from the feature attribute table because, first these attributes will be obtained from an external source which will be a single city-wide pavement data tile, and second, tins structure will support convenient city-wide pavement queries such as How much pavement in the City has a rating of poor or worseT which would not easily be supported if attnbutes were included within coverages ■ The item PAVE TAG will relate the PAVEMENT AAT table to the PAVEMENT OR table This relationship will be formally established through the INFO relate PAVREL PAVEMENT,AAT Feature Attribute Table Onranization 1 Deacri Ion Ram name Width Widtht Type DN of eC Names Indexed? 5 FN DE# 4 S B 9 TNODB# 4 S B 13 LPOLY# 4 S B 17 RPOLY# 4 S B 21 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 25 i Faammi ID PAVEMENT# PAVEMENT ID 4 4 S S B B 29 Unique Pavement Identifur PAVE TAO 10 10 C N 39 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N N Irene Descriptions PAVE-TAG A unique identification code for a pavement section. SYMBOL A code for the symbol table entry used for display of this arc feature This will be established based on an item from the attribute table to be mapped. This is illustrated in the following example, Pavement seotrons are to be displayed by color based on accumulated distress points as follows. Distress points Color Code 0 to 33 Green 301 34 to 66 Blue 401 67 to 100 Red 201 The following ARCPLOT code fragment will assign appropriate values to the SYMBOL field and display pavement sections using the assigtiod color Actual distress point values will be displayed along each pavement section by mesas of the ARCTEXT Command. MUW and Mmer 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-b ION Project ARC/INFO Database Design Latxibase Design Page 2 17 Assign Symbol Values ASELECT PAVEMENT ARCS RESELECT PAVREL//DISTRESS CALC PAVEMENT ARCS SYMBOL ASELECT PAVEMENT ARCS RESELECT PAVREL//DISTRESS CALC PAVEMENT ARCS SYMBOL ASELECT PAVEMENT ARCS RESELECT PAVREL//DISTRESS CALC PAVEMENT ARCS SYMBOL Display Results LE 33 301 GT 33 AND PAVREL//DISTRESS LE 66 401 GT 66 201 ARCLINES PAVEMENT SYMBOL ARCTEXT PAVEMENT PAVREL//DISTRESS 1 LINE 1 UC 216 1 Pavement Section Attributes (PAVEMENT ATR) Description This table will contain pavement section attributes obtained from the Denton street rating study Key features of this table are as follows ■ This study contains a survey of pavement quality for a section of pavement on a given date The table may contain more than one record for a given pavement section ■ This table is related to the PAVEMENT AAT feature attribute table by the INFO relate PAVREL ■ It should be noted that only a sub-set of the items from the Street Survey form have been included in this table Items selected are those likely to be mapped or queried on. If additional features from the survey are to be mapped or used for graphic queries, or if Engineering and Transportation is considertag automation of all data on the Street Survey farm, then those additional items should be added to thus table PAVEMENTATR Attribute Table Organization Cal Description Item name Width Output Width Type N of Alternate Dec Name Indexed? - 1 Pavement Section Identifier PAVE-TAG 10 10 C - 7 11 StrestLength LE am 4 7 F 1 N 15 Roadway Width WIDM 3 3 I N 18 Average Deily Tuft ADT S S I N 23 Construction Date DATB_CONST 8 8 I N 31 Lost Major Main. Date DATE MAW 8 8 I N 39 Mainasnam Type MADrI11W 2 2 C N 41 Distress Points DISTRESS 3 3 I N 44 Riding Quality QUALITY 1 1 I N 45 Date of Stirvey SURVEY DA 8 I N Item Descriptions PAVE TAG A unique identification code for a pavement section Mina and Miner 7 31 AM 10/8190 City of Denton 0E0-"0,17ON Project ARC 4FO Database .sign Landbase Design Page 2 18 LENGTH Pavement section length, in tenths of a mile WIDTH Width of the nght-of-way, in feet. ADT Average daily traffic count along this section DATE_CONST Date pavement section was constructed DATE_MAINT Date of last major maintenance on this pavement section MAINTYPE Code for operation performed on last major maintenance Valid values for this code include the following sc seal coat DISTRESS Total distress points assigned based on survey of rutting, raveling, flushing, corrugations, alligator craclang, transverse cracking, longitudinal tracking and patching on this pavement section QUALITY A code for the surveyed riding quality of this pavement section, valid value range is from 1 to 4 SURVEY DATE Date on which the street survey was conducted 217 Application-Specific Coverages Description The Engineering and Transportation Department currently maintains several databases des~iibing events that would be useful to present on maps, but which do not requite ARCCiNFO data structures to support them A typical example is the Traffic A 10119-nt tarn data ft Traffic accidents are currently recorded in a computer file on the Engineering and Transportation Department Wang computer There is one record per accident with the date, accident number and location (address) as items on each record. Accident locations could be converted to ARCINFO point features in an ACCIDENT coverage by address- watChing accident records against either the PARCEL coverage or the street centerline (C~coverage though a street name and address range would have to be added within the L coverage Once these point features were defined, they could be mapped or could be used for geographic analyses such as identification of number of accidents along a stretch of street or at a selected intersection. A simplified view of the steps required to construct such a coverage is as follows 1 Convert the Trt§lc Accident List flle}Yom the Wang to a jlatfile on a workstation or on the IBM mainframe M~ 7 31 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-M ON Project ARCANFO Database Dewgn Landbese Design Page 2 19 2 Create an address table for the PARCEL coverage, or ('matching to street centerlines, to the CL coverage This would be performed by use of the C ARCINFO ADDRESSCREATE and ADDRESSBUILD commands This address file will have street addresses defined in a standard format recognized by ARC NFO address-snatching functions 3 Use the ARC/INFO ADDRESSMATCH command to define point features in an ACCIDENT coverage This procedure will read the address field on traffic accident file records, if necessary parse the field to separate the address into separate items for house number, street prefix direction, street name, and street type, and try to find a thatching address within the previously defined address table If a match is found, a point feature will be added at the address location with all attributes of the traffic accident record If no match is found, a set of reject processing options will be invoked. As new traffic accident records are generated, these can be added to the existing coverage, or can replace the existing coverage Similar operations can be used to create application-specific coverages for the following event history data files Work Order Processing Traffic Counts Mum and Mina 7 31 AM 10B/90 City of Dentoa OEO-MA AON Project ARC/260 Database Design EIectncal System Feaaues Page 3 1 3.0 ARC/INFO ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN lbs section~pprroovides a detailed description of each coverage incorporated in the City of Denton ARCJ NO electrical system database Electrical system coverages will be related to INFO external attribute tables (EATS) where many of descriptive attributes will reside The electrical system database will be developed from several primary sources, including the following ■ Electrical System Key Maps These will be the primary source for electrical system feature locations ■ TraWormerAttribute Table This dBASE IV table will provide most of the physical characteristics of distribution transformers ■ CIS Customer Meter Records This table will be used for meter characteristics and usage data. Electrical system features will be tiled based on Key Map boundaries This will expedite production of standard map products, though when analysis or tracing is to be performed over an area spanning multiple Key Maps, then all ales containing the required Key Maps must be copied from the library Figure 2 illustrates the electrical system INFO tables and relationslu s established between these tables as well as the relationship of ARC/INFO coverages to these INFO tables 3 1 Primary Conductors (PRIMARY) Description This coverage will contain both overhead and underground primary conductor arcs Arcs will represent Individual conductors, sunilar to the representation on existing Department K Maps Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Attributes specific to the individual conductor segment will be stored in the feature attribute table, PRIMARY.AAT Physical characteristics and electrical properties of the conductor are basal on the individual feeder type Feeder type data is stored in a separate table, COND.EXP The relate item which associates these two tables is FDR_TYPE The relationship will be established by the INFO relate PCREL For example, given a selected primary conductor arc, display of related items from the COND EXP table from within the ARCPLOT module could be accomplished with the following commend sequence RZSZLZCT PRIMARY ARC CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST rDR ID, FDR TYPZ, PCRZL//SIZE, PCRZL//MATL ■ There are essentially two alternatives for defining primary conductor arc segments Simply put, segment nodes may be placed at all poles (or manholes for underground conductors) or nodes may be laced only at devices The graphic presentation capability of both alternatives is the same, however the methods and options for retrieval and analysis are different. The differences are summarized below mum and Miner 7 37 AM 10AW 30 ARCIINFO ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN 1 3 1 Primary Conductors (PRIMARY) 1 32 Secondary Conductors and Services (SECONDARY) 7 3 3 Transmission Conductors (TRANSMISSION) 8 34 Above Ground Structures (POLE) 9 34 1 Pole Construction Code Descriptions (POLE_CONST EXP) 13 342 Pole Treatment History (POLE HIST.ATR) 14 35 Guy Lines (GUY) 14 3 5 1 Guy Construction Code Descriptions (GUY_CONST EXP) 16 3 6 Below Ground Structures (STRUCTURE) 17 37 Street Lights (ST-.LIGHT) 17 37 1 Street Light Repair History (STLTJUST ATR) 19 3 8 Distribution Transformers (TRANSFORMER) 20 3 8 1 Transformer Attributes (TRANSFORMER ATR) 22 3 82 Transformer Repair History (TRANS_HIST ATR) 24 39 Capacitor Banks (CAPACITOR) 25 3 9 1 Capacitor Repair History (CAP_HIST ATR) 26 3 10 Secnonahang Devices (SECT) 27 3101 Switch Expansion Table (SWITCH.ATR) 28 3102 Switch Repair History (SWPPCH_HIST ATR) 29 3 10 3 Fuse Expansion Table (FUSE EXP) 30 3 10 4 Recloser Expansion Table (RECLOSEPLEX') 31 3 11 Electrical Meters (EMETER) 32 3 11 1 Electrical Meter Attributes (EMEPERATR) 33 3 12 Substations (SUBSTATION) 36 3 13 Fault Indicators (FAULTJND) 37 3 13 Load Points (LOAD) 37 ro w 0 v a) w ~ aZ a N C6 R Vim] "U W~ F R A e0 Z 1U t 3 City of Denton OEO ISON Project ARCINFO Database Ixstgn Electrical System Fee== Page 3-2 • Nodes at Poles A node would be placed at each pole, regardless of the presence of any electrical device, as illustrated below conductor -Node 1 I I Ina , O p O 17~4- Pole 18 19 20 POLE PAT POLE-ID HEIGHT MATL 17 35 W 1s 35 W 19 35 W 20 30 W PRI PAT PRIMARY-11) PPOLE TPOLE 106 17 18 ftpP 5a 108 19 20 Adyantag2a This approach will support a user query that would request all devices and conductors that exist at a selected pole Without a node present at the pole, it will be a matter of user judgement on viewing of a graphic as to which conductors are connected to which poles Disadvantages Since many poles exist without any electrical device, there will be a greater number of arc segments and database records than the device-node alternative A conservative estimate would be three to four tines the number of arcs using this approach, and the greater the number of records, the greater storage space requirement and longer the response time Secondly, many mote arcs will be created than will be practical to include in a distnbutron system analysts tut Selection of this option will require a procedure which combues similar conductor arc segments by removing nodes at poles without electrical devices, to be used to prepare data for system analysts applications • Nodes at Devices A node would be placed at each electrical device, such as a transformer, switch, recloser, etc, as well as at dead ends This is illustrated below Miller and Miw 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MATION Project ARC124FO Database 1'-%p Tcwfmmer Conductor Node 107 A6 O 0 17~,pd. is 0 zo Advantaus Data would be ina fotmat immediately ready for many systems analysis applications There would be no need for a pre processing procedure to simplify the network. Secondly, there would be fewer number of arc segments Among other things, this would simplify tracing applications DisadvantaaMg This data structure would effectively preclude a query of conductors located at a selected pole A third alternative would be to maintain two primary coverages for the entire service area, one with nodes at all poles, the other with nodes only at devices Miner and Miner does not recommend this alternative The definition of primary conductor arc segments is a very important consideration in the development of the electrical system database Miner and Miner recommends that both alternatives be tested in the pilot database conversion project and the results evaluated to arrive at a final decision ■ Within the primary conductor coverage there will be three types of arc segments, as follows Primary Conductors These arcs represent typical conductor segments as shown on current K-Maps. • Jumper Cables These arc segments connect two Primary Conductor type segments, and begin and end at Primary Conductor arc segment nodes They represent jumper cables as show on K-M ps • Transformer Connectors These arcs connect Primary Conductor type arc segments to transformer symbols These ate will not typically be displayed on trap products, but will provide necessary topological connectivity for analysts applications and will allow fteedom of placement for transformer symbols Elecmcal System Feaatres Page 3 3 Mmer WA Miner 7 37 AM 10/00 City of Denton GEO-MP TION Project ARGINFO Database Di a Electrical System Features Page art ■ Phase hatches displayed on primary conductors will be based on the contents of the PHASE_SYMBOL item This item will have value of / for a single phase conductor (without a neutral), a value of / / / for a three phase conductor, and so forth By use of the ARCTEXT command these hashes will be displayed at the center of a conductor arc segment to achieve a display smular to the convention currently followed for department K-Maps O O 17 18 19 PRIMARY.AAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Col Descrtnon Item name Width Output Width N of Altemne Dee Nome Indexed? 1 FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 PRIMARY# 4 5 B 25 PRIMARY ID 4 5 B 29 Primary Arc Type Code ARC-CODE 2 2 C N 31 Feeder Code FDR_ID 5 5 C K 36 Feeder Type FDR_TYPE 3 3 I Y 39 Neutral Type NEU_TYPE 3 3 I N 42 OvertnNUnderpound OHUG 2 2 C N 44 Number of Phases PHASES 1 1 I N 45 Phase Hatch Symbol PHASE-SYMBOL 4 4 C N 49 Date Installed DATE_INST 8 8 I N 53 From Pole FPOLE 5 5 I Y 57 To Pole TPOLE 5 5 I Y 61 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Desenpdons ARC CODE A code to indicate the type of primary conductor represented by this arc Valid values to be included in tins table are as follows Code Desori tion PC Primary Conductor JC Jumper Cable TC Transformer Connector c FDR_ID Name of the circuit or feeder based on the Denton Electrical Department circuit naming convention, i e, NL212, H221, etc, FDR_TYPE A code indicating the type of feeder represented by this arc This item points to records in the FEEDER EXP INFO table Miner and mum 7 37 AM 10/8190 Coy of Dc4t=la80-? T1oN Project ARGIIYFO Database . stga Electrical system Feamrm Page 3.6 31.1 Conductor Expansion Table (COND EXP) Descnptkm- This expansion table contains data about all primary and secondary conductor types Key foOtures of this table are as follows ■ Records from both the PRIMARY AAT and SECONDARY AAT tables will be related to COND.EXP table records based on the value for the item TYPE EXP Expansion Table 4 Conductor Size Sr.LE 5 5 C N 9 13 Material Saari ht MATL T1 D 4 4 4 4 C C N N 4 Weig , pba/ft) ST N 8 Nominal OD (in) OD 4 5 F 1 N 1 2 Tensile Strength UTS 4 6 F 1 16 20 Resistance (Ohms/mi) RES S 4 N N 24 Reactance (Ohms/mi) m 4 3 F F i 1 N 28 CAP R~t rnh....h..4% n • nn - N Item DVInidions FDR_TYPE Type of conductor This is the relate item that allows retrieval of conductor type data from either the PRIMARY or SECONDARY coverage SIZE A five character code indicating conductor size expressed either in American Wire Gauge units, or in square millimeters of cross-sectional surface sma. Valid values for this code are as follows 4 6 1/0 2/0 4/0 123 250 312 MATL A four character material code which describes the construction and qualities of the conductor Valid values for this code are as follows Mind and Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MA71ON Project ARCANFO Database I In Electrical System Features Page 3 5 NEU_TYPE A code to indicate the type (i a, size and material) of the neutral conductor This code points to the COND EXP table where detailed conductor attributes are stored. Where no neutral is present on a conductor this field will be left blank. OHUG A code indicating whether the conductor is overhead or underground. Valid values for this code are as follows Code Description OH Overhead Conductor UG Unde round Conductor PHASES The number of phases on this conductor arc Valid values for this code are i and 3 PHASE-SYMBOL A code indicating the number of phase hatches to be displayed on this conductor arc Valid codes for this item are as follows Code Description Single Phase, with neutral Three Phase with neutral DATE_INST The year in which chits conductor arc was installed. FPOLE The number of the pole (or manhole) at the from node and of this conductor arc segment. This item will be a relate item to the POLE PAT table TPOLE The number of the pole (or manhole) at the to node end of thus conductor arc segment. Tins item will be a relate item to the POLE PAT table SYMBOL A code for the line symbol to be used when this arc is displayed graphically Initial codes for this item are as follows Code Description 150 Overhead Primary (Long Dash) 151 under around Primary Lon Dash - Short Dash Miner and Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MATION Project ARCX4FO Databast sign Electrical System Features Page 3 7 A Aluminum ACSR Aluminum conductor steel Reinforced AA Aluminum Alloy STRAND Number of strands compnsing the conductor, i e, 6, 6/1, 7, 7/1, etc WEIGHT Weight of the conductor in lbs/ft. OD Nommal outer diameter of conductor, for use in physical sizing Should include Insulation for underground cables UTS Ultimate tensile strength of conductor AMPS Ampacityof conductor/cable, bate (OH) or direct-buned (UG) RES Conductor Resistance, in Ohms/mile REA Conductor Inductive Reactance, in Ohms/mrle 32 Description CAPREA Conductor Capacitive Reactance, in OhmsAmle Secondary Conductors and SArvlces (SECONDARY) This coverage represents all overhead and underground secondary conductor and services eras Key features of this coverage site as follows N Secondary conductor arcs will be defined from pole to pole or device (r e, transformer) to device in a manner consistent with the pnmary conductor arcs 0 There will be three types of secondary conductor arcs, secondary conductors, street light circuits, and t r rtsfotmer connection arcs SECONDARY.AAT Feature Attribute Table Orsanization Description hem n e Width Width Output Doe ANamete Indexed? ODEN 4 5 8 r TNODEM 4 5 B 13 LPOLYM 4 5 B RPOLYN 4 5 B 21 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 SECONDARY# 4 5 B 25 SECONDARY ID 4 5 B 29 Secondary Arc Type Code ARC CODE 2 2 C N 31 LE N 33 From Polo Number FPO 4 5 B Y 37 To Pole Number TPOLE 4 5 B Y 41 S bol SYMBO 3 3 I N Mma and Mmer 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City AAR 4M D b= p N Project Item Descriptions Electrical System Featmes Page 3-8 ARP-CODE A code to indicate the tyryppee of secondary conductor represented by tlus arc Valid values to be included in this table are as follows SC Secondary Conductor ST Street Light Conductor OHUQ A code indicating whether the conductor is overhead or underground Valid values for this code are as follows FPOLE The number of the pole (or manhole) at the from node end of this conductor arc segment Tlus item will be a relate item to the POLE.PAT table TPOLE The number of the pole (or manhole) at the to node end of this conductor arc segment This item will be a relate item to the POLEPAT table SYMBOL A code for the line symbol to be used when this arc is displayed graphically Initial values for these codes are as follows code Description 151 Overhead Secondary (Long Dash, 35 mm) 154 Underground Secondary (Long Dash - Short Dash, 50 mm) 15 Street Light Circuit Short Dash 30 mm 3 3 Transmission Conduotors (TRANSMISSION) Descripdon coverage represents all transmission conductors This coverage will include graphic features only Attributes will be included to distinguish between 69 kV conductors from other transmission conductors Minor and Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO- TION Project ARGINFO Database Lvaign Electrical System Feaaaes Page 3-9 I JUL1VJM13a1UN.AAT l'eatUre Attribute Table Organization Cal Deacrl tlon hem name Width Wkatft Output N of Alternate l Tvos Dec Name Indexed? 1 FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODEN 4 5 B 9 LPOLYM 4 5 B 13 RPOLYM 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 TRANSMISSION# 4 5 B 25 TRANSMISSION-M 4 5 B 29 Voltage VOLTAGE 3 3 I N 41 S mbol Cade SYMBOL 3 3 1 N Item Descriptions VOLTAGE A code to indicate the voltage, in kilovolts, of the transmission lure represented by this arc segment. Valid values to be included in this table are as follows Code Description 69 69 kv 138 138 kV SYMBOL A code for the lute symbol to be used when this arc is displayed graplucally Initial values for these codes ate as follows Code D i n 1 155 69 xV (Short Dash, 1 20 mm) 15 Other Transmission Dot Do Dash 80 mm 3 4 Above Ground Structures (POLE) Description This coverage contains poles, as defined on the Denton Electrical System Key Map (K- Map) Key features of the coverage are as follows ■ Each pole is assigned a six character unique identification number which is combination of K-Map number and unique number within a map Pole data is currently being collected on System 14o madon Forms by field survey by mapping assistants Data firm these forms will be keypunched and ultimately used as the basis for attribute information for tins table ■ Given the POLE TAG of a selected pole, the user can select and graphically highlight or display attributes for all conductors and devices connected to this pole The following example shows how, in ARCPLOT, attributes for all primary and secondary conductors, ttansfartners and sectionahzmg devices attached to a selected pole Note that within an actual application such data would likely be displayed on a form rather than simply listed as in this simple example RESELECT POLE POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 &SET tag - (SHOW SELECT POLE POINT 1 ITEM TAGI RESELECT PRIMARY ARC POLE-TAG EQ %tag% Miner and Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MA77ON Project Electrical System Features ARClANFO Database r Riga Page 3 10 LIST RESELECT SECONDARY ARC POLE-TAG SO ttagt LIST RESELECT TRANSFORMER POINT POLE TAG SO %tagt LIST RESELECT SECT POINT POLE TAG SO %tag% LIST ■ Pole treatment history will be stored in the table POLE_HIST ATR The POLE PAT will be related to this table through the item POLE TAG This relationship will be established through the INFO relate PHISREL POLEXAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Description em sine Width Width DTypet N of Dec Al Namete Indexed? 1 5 ARBA 4 12 F 3 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 POLE# 4 5 B 13 POLE•M 4 5 B N 17 Pole Number POLE_TAG 5 5 I y 22 Pole Height HEIGHT 3 3 I N 25 Pole Class CLASS 1 1 I N 26 Pole Type TYPE 1 1 C N 27 Ownership OWNER I 1 C N 28 Constriction Code CONST 5 5 C N 33 Sammons Connection SAMMONS 1 1 C N 341 GTE Connection GTE 1 1 C N 351 UNT Connections UNT 1 1 C N 36 Marker Symbol Code S)WB L 3 3 I N Item Descriptions POLE_TAO A unique pole identification code, a combination of the K Map number and a unique pole number within the map HEIGHT Pole height, m feet. One of the following 4 0, 4 5 CLASS Pole elassiflcation One of the following 2, 3 TYPE Pole material type Valid values include the following Code Deaoriotion F Fiberglass M Metal w wood Code Descriotion D City of Denton a GTE OWNER A code to indicate pole ownership Valid values include the following Mi= and Mum 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of DenOw OEO-W "ON Project ARC/24FO Database A a Electrical System Features Page 3 11 CONST A five character code to indicate pole construction set type, based on the standard REA construction codes as described in REA Bulletin 50-3, Specocanons and Drawings for 12.517.2 W Line Construcion. Valid values include the following ingle-Phase Al Single Primary Support Al-1 Double Primary Support A2 Double Primary Support A3 Primary 1-Phase 200 to 60° Angle A4 Primary 1-Phase 60° to 90° AS Deadend (single) A5-1 Primary, Single Phase Tap AS-3 Primary, single Phase Tap A6 Vertical Deadend (Double) A7 Cross&= Construction Deadend (Single) AS Crosse= Construction Deadend (Double) A9 Crossarm construction Double Line Arm A9-1 Crosse= Construction Single Line Arm A22 Crossarm Construction Single Phase Junction wo-Phase B1 Crossarm Construction Single Primary Support B1-1 Crosse = Construction Double Primary Support B2 Crosse= Construction Double Primary Support B3 Vertical Construction B4-1 Vertical Construction B5-1 Vertical Construction Deadend (Single) B7 Crosse= Construction Deadend (Single) 38 Crosse = Construction Deadend (Double) B9 Crosse= Construction Double Line Arc B9-1 Crossarm Construction Single Line Arc 39-2 Crosse = Construction Double Line Arc 39-3 Crossarm Construction Single Line Arc 322 Cross= Construction Single Phase Junction Three-Phase C1 Crosearm construction Single Primary Support CS-1 Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support C1-2 Cross= Construction (Large Conductors) C1-3 Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support (Large Conductors) C1-4 Crosse= Construction (Large Conductors) C2 Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support C2-1 Cross= Construction Double Primary Support C2-2 Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support (Large Conductors) C3 Vertical Construction C3-1 Vertical Construction (Large Conductors) C4-1 Vertical Construction C5-1 vertical Construction Deadend (Single) C7 Crossarm Construction Deadend (Single) C7-1 Cross= Construction Deadend (Single) C7A Crossarm Construction Deadend (Single) Miner and Maur 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton t3EOdN'k 77ON Pmject ARQW0 Database go Mum and Miner Electncal System Feamrea Page 3 12 C7-2 C8 Crosse = Conatruction Deadend (Single) C8-1 Crossarm Construction Deadend (Double) C8-2 Crosse = Construction Deadend (Double) Crosse = Construction Deadend (Double) (Large Conductors) C8-3 Crosaarm Construction Deadend (Double) C9 Large Conductors with Unbalanced Loads C9-1 Crossarm Construction Double Line Arm C9-2 Crossarm Construction Single Line Arm C9-3 Croasarm Construction Double Line Arm Crossarm Construction Single Line Arm (Large Conductors) C22 C24 Crosearm Construction Single-Phase Junction Crosse = Construction Two-Phase Junction Three-Pha se, Double Circuit DC-Cl Crossarm Construction Double Circuit Single DC-CIA Primary Support 2 CLO3$arm Type Crosse = Construction Double Circuit Single Primary Support 3 Crossarm Type DC-C1-1A Crossarm Construction Double Circuit Double DC-C2 Primary Support 3 Crossarm Type Crossarm Constructi D on ouble Circuit Double Primary Support 2 Crossarm Type DC-C2-1 Double Circuit Crossarm Construction 2 Crosse = Type DC-C3 Double Circuit, Vertical Construction DC-C4-1 Double Circuit, Vertical Construction DC-C8 Crossarm Construction Double Circuit Deadend (Double) DC-C25 Crossarm Construction Double circuit 3-Phase Tap Nagle-Phase (Post Insulator) Alp Single Primary Support A1AP Single Primary Support Al-1P 0 to 5 Angle, Double Primary Support Al-IAP 0 to 5 Angler Double Primary Support A2P Double Primary Support A9P Crossarm Construction Double Support A9-1P Crosse = Construction Single Line Arm A22P Crosse = Construction Single-Phase Junction ro-Phase (Post Insulator) alp Crosse = Construction Single Primary Support B1AP Crossarm Construction Single Primary Support 31-1P Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support 81-IAP Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support B2P Crosse = Construction Double Primary Support 89P Crosse = Construction Double Line Arm B9-1P Crosse = Construction Single Line Arm B9-2P Crossarm Construction Double Line Arm B9-3P Crosse = Construction Single Line Arm 7 37 AM 10/8/990 City of Denton GEO-N 7ON Project ARC/24FO Database Dtwp Electrical System Features Pap 3 13 Three-Phase (Post Insulator) C1P Crosse= Construction Single Primary Support C1AP Crosearm Construction Single Primary Support C1PL Crosse = Construction Single Primary Support C1-1P Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support C1-SAP Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support C1-3P Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support (Large Conductors) C1-4PL Crosse = Construction Double Pole Top Support C2-2PL Crossarm Construction Double Primary Support C9-1P Crossarm Construction Single Line Arm C9-2PL Crosse = Construction Double Line Arm C9-3PL Crossarm Construction Single Line Arm Three-Phase, Double Circuit (Post Insulator) DC-Cl PL Croasarm Construction Double Circuit Single Primary Support DC-C1-3 PL Crossarm Construction Double Circuit Double Primar Su ort SAMMONS A Y (es) IN (0) code to indicate whether there is Sammons cable connected to this pole GTE A Y (es) IN (0) code to indicate whether there is GTE telephone line connected to this pole U NT A Y (es) IN (0) code to indicate whether there is University of North Texas line connected to this pole SYMBOL A code for the marker symbol to be used when this pole is displayed graphically Initial values for these codes are as follows 3 4 1 Pole Construction Code Descriptions (POLE_CONST EXP) Description. This table contains pole descriptions based on the REA construction code This table is related to the POLE.PAT feature attribute table by the CONST tem. Thus relauonstup will be suited in the relate PCREL In usage, to display a pole type and a full text description of a selected pole within the ARCPLOT module, one would enter the following commands RESELECT POLE POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST TYPE, PCREL//DESC Expansion Table Organization M>ner and Mnax 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MATTON Pmiect ARC/ZM Datah. 'knign yr.nrwrY Electncal System Feemm Pao. I IA CONST Pole construction code This is the relate item that lints this table to the POLE PAT table The full list of valid construction codes is presented under paragraph 3 4 above DESC A free form text description of the construction code 0.4.2 Pole Treatment History (POLE_HIST ATR) Description This table contains treatment history records for power poles This table is related to the POLE PAT feature attribute table by the POLE TAG item. 0 o C Tr Treatment Desmiptim eatment Date TREAT-DAM 8 8 I N l'e avSC 80 80 C N NO! DOInidons POLE TAG Pole identification code This is the relax item that hnks this table to the POLE PAT table TREAT DATE The date on which this pole was treated, D ESC A fsee form text downption of the treatment performed. BY A code to indicate who the treatment was performed by 3 $ Guy Lines (GUY) Descrip" This coverage conmins Point features for structures, typically poles, as defined on the Degton Electrical System Key Map (,(.Map) Key features of the coverage are as follows ■ Guys will be represented as art; segments with one node located at the pole symbol, as indicated in the following diagram. Murer Mier 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEOM. :)N Pro)ect ARC/INFO Database Design Electrical System Features Page 3 15 Guy Label Guy`_ Point Pole Label point Guy Guy Arc symbol Pole Symbol GUY.AAT Feature Attribute Table Orpanlzadon Col Description Item name Width Width Output N of Type Dec Alternate Name Indexed? I FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 GUY# 4 5 B 25 Feature M GUY M 4 5 B N 29 Pole Tag POLE TAG 6 6 C Y 35 Construction Code CONST 5 5 C N 40 S bol Code SYMBOL 3 3 1 N Item Descriptions CONST A five character code to indicate pole guy construction set type, based on the standard REA construction codes as described in REA Bulletin 50-3, Spect}icanons and Drawings for 125/72 W Line Construction Valid values include the followmg- El-1 Single Down Guy, Thro E1-2 Single Down Guy, Thro E1-3 Single Down Guy, Thro E2-1 Single Overhead Guy, E2-2 Single Overhead Guy, E2-3 Single Overhead Guy, E3-2 Single Down Guy, Wrap E3-3 Single Down Guy, Wrap E3-10 Single Down Guy, Wrap E4-2 Single Overhead Guy, E4-3 Single Overhead Guy, ES-1 Crossarm Construction ES-2 Crossarm Construction E6-2 Double Down Guy E6-3 Double Down Guy E7-2 Three Down Guys (Lang E7-3 Three Down Guys (Larg E8-2 Four Down Guys (Large E8-3 Four Down Guys (Larg Ell Single Loop Guy, Wrap ugh Bolt Type ugh Bolt Type ugh Bolt Type Through Bolt Type Through Bolt Type Through Bolt Type pad Type pad Type pod Type Wrapped Type Wrapped Type Deadend Guy Deadend Guy e Conductors) e Conductors) Conductors) e Conductors) pod Type Mitua and Mutter 7 37 AM 10/8/90 ....r v...oewa UZU-MATION Project ARCM Database Dftp SYMwOL 3 5 1 Guy Construction Code Descriptions (GUY_CONST EXP) Dacripnon Electncai System Features Page 3 16 This table contains pole guy descriptions based on the REA construction code This table is related to the GUY PAT feature attribute table by the CONST item This relationship will be stored in the relate GCREL In usage, to display a le guy typo and a full text description of a selected pole guy within the ARCPLOT module, one would enter the following commands RESELECT GUY POINT CIRCLE • 2 0 LIST TYPE, GCREL//DESC ..aai, uCpntnons CONST Pole guy construction code This is the relate item that links this table to the GUY.PAT table The full list of valid construction codes is Presented under paragraph 3 S above DESC A free form text description of the construction code Molar and Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 A code for the line symbol to be used when this arc is displayed graphically Initial values for these codes am as follows City of Denton OEO-M ON Project Electrical System Features ARCANFO Database Design Page 3 17 3 6 Below Ground Struoturss (STRUCTURE) Description Thts coverage contains below ground structures, such as manholes, pull boxes, splice boxes, enclosures and pedestals STRUCTURE.PAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Cal Deacri tion Item name Width Width Output N of Type Dec Alternate Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PERI48M 4 12 F 3 9 STRUCTURE# 4 5 B 13 STRUCTURE M 4 S B 17 Structure Number STRUC TAO 6 6 C N 23 Structure Type TYPE 2 2 C N 25 Symbol Coda SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions TYPE A code to indicate the type of structure represented by the point feature Valid codes for this item include Code Deacription KH Manhole PB Pull Box PD Pedestal SIB Splice Box SYMBOL A code for the marker symbol to be used when this point feature is displayed graphically Valid codes for this item include the following Code Deacri tion 150 Manhole (Rectangle w/ inscribed circle, 50") 151 Pull Box (Rectangle w/ diagonal line, 3511) 152 Pedestal (Square box, 25") Splice Box 3 7 Street Lights (ST_LIGHT) Description. This coverage contains point features for street lights as defined on the Denton Electrical System Key Map (K-map) Key features of the coverage are as follows ■ Street lights will be modeled as ARC/24FO label points. A street light point will be located snapped to a pole point. The marker symbol for the street light will be offset from the point so that when pole and street light symbols are displayed together they will appear as one symbol, as indicated in the diagram below Mmer, and Mutter 7 37 AM 1018/90 City of Denton OBO-MATION Project ARCANFO Databasr 'bsign Electricai System Features Page 3 18 In usage, given a selected street light to display attributes of the associated pole within the ARCPLOT module, one would enter the following commands RESELECT ST LIGHT POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST POLE-TAG, PSREL//HEIGHT, PSREL//CLASS, PSREL//CONST ST_LIGHT.PAT Feature Attribute Table Organization 1 Deacri Ion hem name Width Aldth output Type N of Dec Alternate Name Indexed? 5 9 AREA PERIMETER 4 4 12 12 F F 3 3 13 1 ST LIOHTN 4 5 B 17 Street Light Tag ST-LIGHT-11) ST_LIGHT_TAO 4 6 5 6 B C 23 Pole Identificetlot Tag POLE-TAG 5 5 I N 8 : Arm Length ARM-LENGTH 2 2 I N '30 h g N 3 tin g Pattern PATTERN 3 3 C N 36 Voltage VOLTAGE 3 3 I N 39 Location Description LOCATION 40 40 C N 79 House Address ADDRESS 6 6 1 N 85 Street Prefix Direction PRE DIR 2 2 N 87 Street Feature Name STREET-NAME 20 20 C N 107 Street Type STREET_TYPE 4 4 C N 111 Date Installed A N 119 Symbol Code S YMS 3 3 I N R ANi d N e ne Items 85 StmetN SAME 26 26 C N Itept Descriptions POLE TAG Tice unique identification code for the pole on which this light is installed. This is the relate item to the POLE PAT table ARM LENGTH Length of street light arm, in feet. WATTAGE Lamp Wattage Valid values include 100, 250, or 400 PATTERN Iaghting peatem type code. Valid values Include the following Minor and Mawr 7 37 AM 10/8/90 ■ Street lights are related to poles by means of the POLE TAG item. The relationship will be established through the INFO [elate PSREL. City of Denton OEO-1 PION Project ARCANFO Database Lesiga Electrical System Features Page 3 19 Code Description I II IIZ IV ADDRESS The house address number for this street light. PRE_DIR With a structured street name, a prefix direction, i a, N. S, E or W Within the full street name z COLFAX AV, m is the street prefix direction. STREET NAME A street feature name Within the full street name s coLFAx AV, COLFAX 1S the street feature name STREET TYPE A street type Within the full street name B COLFAX AV, Av is the street type SYMBOL A code for the marker symbol to be used when the street light is displayed graphically Valid values for this code include the following Code Dea i tion 155 Street/Security Light (Circle with diagonal, 10") 156 Street Light on Pole (Box and light symbol, 10" x 20" 3 7 1 Street Light Repair History (STLT_HIST.ATR) Descnpdon. This table contains repair history records for street lights This table is related to the ST LIGHT feature attribute table byy the ST-LIGHT-ID item. The relationship will be established by the INFO relate SHISREL. Expansion Table Organization Output N of Alternate Col Desori Ion hem name Width Width rVPQ Dec Name Indexed? 1 Street Light ID ST_LIOliT ID 4 5 B N 5 Repar Date DATE. REPAl1t 8 8 C N 13 Reow Dmnvdon REPAIR DESC 80 80 C N Item Defbtidons ST_LIGHT-ID Street light identification code This is the relate item that links this table to the ST_LIGHT.PAT table DATE_REPAIR The date (Month-Day-Year) on which the repair was performed. REPAIR_DESC A free form text description of the repairs performed. Miner and Mara' 7 37 AM 10/8/90 city of Denton GEO.? 'TON Project ARC/24120 Database "p Feature Attribute Table 9 13' Transformer Tog 17 Primary arc node 21 are node 25 Structure Number 29 Structure Tvoe kem Desc*dons Electrical System Features Page 3 21 4 12 F 3 4 S B 4 4 5 3 B B XFR-TAO N 4 3 B N N 4 5 B N 1 1 C N PRIMNODE The node number of the PRIMARY coverage arc connected to this transformer PoInP10 KVA Neda ft lam A5004197 Ar*40 From Node I To Node Item 201 16 1 17 +o 15 16 SECNODE The node number of the SECONDARY coverage arc connected to this transformer STR UC I D The unique identification number of the pole, padmount, or vault ui which this transformer is located. STRUC TYPE A code to indicate the sttucwne type Valid codes for this item include the following. Code i on PL Pole PD Pedestal ME Manhole PER24EM TRANSFORMER# TRANSFORMER-M PPJUNODE SECNODE SYMBOL A code for the marker symbol to be used when the transformer is disPlayed. graphically Valid values for this code include the following Mmer attd Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO NATION Project Electrical System Features ARC/INFO Database ign Page 3 20 3 8 Distribution Transformers (TRANSFORMER) Descnpuon This coverage contains distribution transformers defined as point features Key aspects of this coverage are as follows ■ The TRANSFORMER PAT table must contain the node number of both the PRIMARY coverage arc and SECONDARY coverage arc to which the transformer is connected. Typically, a separate transformer connector arc will be used to establish topological connectivity from either the primary or secondary arc segment to the transformer ■ Transformer attributes currently exist in a dBASE IV database table On initial implementation of the GIS, a copy of the data from this table will be maintained in the INFO table TRANSFORMER ATR As updates are made in dBASE, these will be updated by means of file transfer As the GI3 implementation expands, all transformer attribute data will be transferred to the TRANSFORMER PAT table and updated directly in ARCANFO The relationship between the two tables will be established by the INFO relate XFRREL In usage, given a selected transformer to display attributes of the transformer within the ARCPLOT module, one would enter the following commands RESELECT TRANSFORMER POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST XFR TAG, XFRREL//LOCATION, XFRREL//KVA, XFRREL//CONNECT ■ Transformers will be associated with a supporting structure (i a pole or vault) by means of the STRUC_ID and STRUC TYPE codes Relationships to the pole coverage (POLE) and underground structure coverage (STRUCTURE) will be established based on the R4FO relates XFRPOL and XFRSTR respectively Given a selected transformer within the ARCPLOT module, one could list attributes of the supporting structure with the following commands within a macro RESELECT TRANSFORMER POINT CIRCLE * 2 Ol &SET stype - [SHOW SELECT TRANSFORMER POINT 1 ITEM STRUC TYPE] &IF %atype% EQ PL &THEN 00 LIST STRUC ID, XFRPOL//HEIGHT, XFRPOL//CLASS, XFRPOL//CONST &END &ELSE &IF 43type% EQ MH &THEN &DO LIST STRUC ID, XFRSTR//TYPE &END ■ When displayed on a plot, the transformer will. include the connection code, KVA rating and City Number attributes as descriptive text. Thus should be accomplished by a standard ARCPLOT macro Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MATION Project ARCANFO Database r Ngn 141 142 143 Eleetneal System Feantrw Page 3 22 Description Station Transformer (Triangle w/ 1 hash, Conventional Transformer (Triangle, 25") Conventional Self Protected Transformer (Triangle w/ 2 hashes, 25") Padmounted Transformer (Triangle, 35", in 3 8 1 Transformer Attributes (TRANSFORMER ATR) Descripdon This table contains physical and electrical attributes of transformers as well as descnpuons of trpsformer locations This table is related to the TRANSFORMER feature attribute table by the TRANSFORMER-ID item V The table contains all transformers either in stock or on the system Thus, this table will likely have more records than are contained in the TRANSFORMER PAT table 11 ) TR4NSFORMER.ATR Expanslon Table Organizanon Col Description Rem name Width output Width o T e Dec Alternate Name Indexed? 1 Ttarsvfotmor T N 5 Location LOCATION 40 40 C N 45 House Address STNUMB 6 6 I N 51 Suter?ra tx Direction STDIR 1 1 C N 52 StreotName STNAME 20 20 C N 72 StreatType E N 76 Manufaclim hwo 2 2 C N 78 Serial Number SERIAL 12 12 C N 90 Installation Date DATES 8 8 C N 98 Purchase Order Number PONO 7 7 I N 105 Purchase Order Date PODATE 8 8 C N 113 Purchase Prue PRICE 5 5 I N 118 Phases PHASE 1 1 I N 119 1 r N 122 No Losses NLL 4 4 I N 126 Total Load Losses TLL 5 5 I N 131 R~g TY A 1 N 137 T YP E 3 3 C N 1401 Primary Vo 1 144 Secondary V e N 151 Lin LINECON 1 1 C N 152 FeederM FDR.JD 5 5 C N 157 Oil, Gallons OIL 3 3 I N 160 Bank Connection Code CONNECT 2 2 C N 162 No Customers Served N CUST 4 4 I N ItemiDeffntnons TRANSFORMER-ID Transformer identification code This is the relate item that links this table to the TRANSFORMER.PAT table Mina and Muter 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO•M 'TON Project ARQW0 Database D, sn Electrical System Possum Page 3 23 LOCATION Location description, for example, a business name STNUMB The house address number for this transformer STDIR With a structured street name, a prefix direction, r e , N, S, E or W Within the full street name E COLFAX AV, a is the street prefix direction STNAME A street feature name Within the full street name z COLFAX Av, COLFAX is the street feature name STTYPE A street type code Within the full street name E COLFAX AV, Av is the street type MFG A manufacturer code Valid values for this code include the following Code Description AS AB Chance AC Allis Chalmers GE General Electric ME McGraw Edison WS Westinghouse RT RTE WG Wagner VA Vantra SERIAL Transformer serial number DATES Transformer installation date. PONO Transformer purchase order number PODATE Transformer purchase order date PRICE Transformer purchase price PHASE Number of phases, 1 or 3 IMPD Transformer impedance NLL No load losses, in KW TLL Total load losses, in KW KVA Transformer rating, in KVA. TYPE Transformer type code Valid values include the following Code Description CON Conventional CSP Completely Self-Protected PMT Padmounted STA Station Miner and Mina 7 37 AM 10/8/90 ARC/24FO p~&Ab se Depgn Demo OEO-MA71ON project Eleeatal System Feaanea Page 3 24 rRIV Primary (high side) voltage, in KV SECV Secondary (low side) voltage, in volts LINECON Lue connection code, to indicate which lux the single phase aansformer is connected to One of the following values N, S, E, W, M Note that this does not designate phase FDR ID Name of the circuit or feeder based on the Denton Elwtncal Department circuit naming convention, r e, NL212, H221, etc, rovoge range coda Bur coda Feedo code CONNECT Bank connection code Valid values for this code include the following vu open Delta CD Closed Delta Y Y Connect NO CUST An estimate of the number of customers served by this transformer 3 8.2 Transformer Repair History (TRANS HIST ATR) Description: This table contains repair history records for transformers This table is related to the TRANSFORMER feature attribute table by the TRANSFORMER-ID item. This relationship will be established by the DMO relate XFRHISREL. REPAM-DATS 8 8 I N 13 Repair Catega0, N 14 34 Repay Strop Repair Prloe REPS HOP CB !RA 20 3 20 3 C N 39 Reosiet~acrterh,,. I N Item Dq?nWow XFFI_TAG TMWformer idettd&adat code This is the relate item that lucks this table to the TRANSFORMER.PAT table REPAIFLDATE The date (Month-Day-Year) on winch the repair was performed. REPAIR_CODE A code indicating the type of repair performed Valid values for this code include the following MhW and Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MATION Project ARCIIIVFO Database D n E1epeical SYUM Features Page 3 25 Code Description 1 General Repair 2 3 Complete Overhaul REPAIR_SHOP The shop at which repairs were performed. REPAIR PRICE Cost of all repairs performed REPAIR_DESC A text description of the repairs performed. 3 9 Capacitor Banks (CAPACITOR) Description This coverage contains capacitor banks currently within the system to be represented on Electrical Department K-maps Capacitors will be associated with primary conductor arcs by the item PRIMNODE which will store a primary conductor arc node number CAPACITOR.PAT Feature Attribute Table OrPanixadon Col Descri tlon Item name Width Ou t W Type N of Alternate, Dec Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 S PERIIvt M 4 12 F 3 9 CAPACrMR# 4 S B 13 CAPACrMR ID 4 S B CAP_TAG N 17 Printery are node ID PRnVW0DE 4 S B N 21 Swxtum Numbest STRUC-ID 6 6 C - Y 27 Structem Type STRUC_TYPE 2 2 C N 29 KVAR Capacity WAR 4 4 I N 33 Feeder M FDR_ID S S C N 38 Date 6utelled DATEJNST 8 8 C N 46 S bol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions PRIMNODE The unique identiftof the primary conductor arc node connected to this device STRUC-ID The umqu a identift of the structure (pole or vault) on which tins capacitor is mounted This will enable identification of all devices on the structure STRUC-TYPE A code to indicate the struepae type Valid values for this item include the following Cod* Description PL Pole PM Padmount VL Vault KVAR KVAR capacity Valid values include 600 or 1200 Miner and Mitts 7 37 AM 1018/90 City of Denton OEO-MA77ON project ARC/24PO Database sign Electrical System Fea=w page 3 26 FDR_ID Identifier of the feeder on which this capacitor hes DATEINST Date on which the capacitor was Installed. SYMBOL code u to Indicate the type of point symbol which, by default, will be used to represent this capacitor Valid values to be included In this table are as follows 3 9 1 Capacitor Repair History (CAP HIST ATR) Description This table contains repair history records for capacitors This table is related to the CAPACITOR PAT feature attribute table by the CAPACITOR-ID item This relationship will be established through the INFO relate CAPREL CAP HIST-ATR 5 Re Date 13 Rep ¢ Code - - - REPAIR CODE I ' n 1 N N 14 Crew Site 15 Repair Time - CREW SIM REPAIR TI M 2 4 2 1 I N N 19 ROW Dmni Lion _ RRRero Than 0. 7 F 2 _ N Item De}Jnttwns CAPACITOND CAPACITOR identification code This is the relate item that links this table to the CAPACITOR.PAT table REPAIR_DATE The date on which the repair was performed, REPAIR_CODE A code to indicate the type of reperformed on this capacitor Valid values for this item include the following CREW SIZE The size of the crew (number of persons) performing the repair REPAIR TIME The elapsed time, in hours and fractions of hours, required to perform the repair from the unite the crew was dispatched to the time the crew returned REPAIR_DESC A text description of the maintenance performed Miner and Minor 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-N ION Project Electrical System Features ARCANFO Database Design Page 3 27 3 10 Sectionalizing Devices (SECT) Description This coverage contains sectionahzmg devices existing within the distribution system These features will include • SWITCHES • SECTIONALIZING DEVICES • RECLOSERS • FUSES Devices will be associated with primary conductor arcs by the item PRIMNODE which will store a primary conductor arc node number Attributes for each of these features will be stored ui expansion tables named based on the device type The link between this table and each of the expansion tables will be the SECT-ID item. Relationship will be established to each table by the following INFO relates Item Relate Name Switches SWIREL Reclosers RCLREL Fuses FUSREL SECT.PAT Feature Attribute Table Oneanizadon Coll Description Rem name Width Output Width Tvos Not Alternate Dee Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PEX[METER 4 12 F 3 9 SECTN 4 5 B 13 SECT M 4 3 B 17 Feature Type TYPE 3 3 C 20 Primary arc node M PRIMNODE 4 5 B N 24 Structure Number STRUC 1D 4 S B N 28 Structure Type STRUC_TYPE 1 1 C N 29 S bol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions TYPE A code to indicate the type of feat= represented by this point feature Valid codes to be included in this table are as follows Code D*s0Zi0tiQQ SWI Switch SCT Sectionalizer FUS Fuse RCL Recloser TAP Tau PRIMNODE The unique identifier of the pnmaty conductor arc node connected to this device mum and Millet 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City or Denton GEO.? 77ON Pmloot slaclrical system Fesaad ARC/24FO Database rgn Page 3 29 DATE_INST Date on which this switch was Installed. MFG Switch manufacturer code valid values for this code include the following NORM-STATUS Normal switch status, O(pen) or C(losed) ACT STATUS Actual current switch status, O(pen) or Cposed) LOAD RATING The load break rating in amperes for the switch IC Interrupting capacity 3 10.2 Switch Repair History (SWITCH_HIST ATR) Description. This table contains repair history records for switches This table is related to the SECT PAT feature attribute table by the SWITCH-ID item which points to the SECT- ID item in the SECT PAT table The relationship between the two tables is established by the INFO relax SWIHST SWITCHY NISTATR Expansion Table Organization Cal Deaerl Ion tie n o width fthut Vk T N of Al Dee Namete Indexed? 1 Switch ID SwlTCH-ID 4 _ S B N S I Repair Date REPAIR-DATE 8 8 I N 13 RV* Cade REPAIR-CODE 1 1 I N 14 V* Description AIR DES 80 80 C N Item DeJtnuions SWITCH-ID Switch identification code Timis the relate item that links this table to the SECT PAT table REPAIR-DATE The date on which the repair was performed. REPAIR CODE A code to indicate the "of repair performed on this switch Valid values for this item include the following- Minor and Muter 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MA77ON Project ARC/INFO Database " ugn Electrical Systant Features Page 3 28 STRUC ID The unique identifier of the structure on which this device is mounted This will enable identification of all devices on the structure STRUC TYPE A code to indicate the structure type Valid codes for this item include the following Code Description PL Pole PM Padmount VL Vault SYMBOL A code to indicate the type of point symbol which, by default, will be used to represent this feature Valid codes to be included in this table are as follows 144 Air awltcn - "0410a 145 Air Switch - Open 146 Padmount Switch - Closed 147 Padmount Switch - open 148 Fuse Sectionalizer Recloser 3 10 1 Switch Ekpanslon Table (SWITCH ATR) Description This expansion table contains attributes describing switches There will be a one-to-one relationship between this table and overhead switch records in the SECT PAT coverage This link between these files will be the SECT-ID item. SWITCH,ATR Expansion Table Organisation Col Description Item name Width uwut Width TVOQ N of Alternate Name Indexed? 1 Sectionalizing Devtw SECT ID 4 S B 12 Configuratim CONFIG 3 3 C - 15 Installation Date DATB_INST 8 8 C 23 Manufacturer MFG 2 2 C - N 25 Normal OpaNClosed Status NORM-STATUS 1 I C 26 Actual OpeNCloassd Status ACT-STATUS 1 1 C N 27 LoadBremkRadng LOAD_tATWO 4 12 F 3 N 31 In tin CaDwity IC 4 12 F 3 N Item Defliudont City switch number SECT-ID CONFIG Switch configuration code Valid codes for this item include the following Miner and Mute 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Deacon OEO-1 TION Project ARC/WO Database) -agn Electrical System Features Page 3 30 Code Description 1 General Repair 2 special Repair (rater to description) REPAIR_DESC A text descnpaon of the mi uttenance performed. 3 10 3 Fuse Expansion Table (FUSE EXP) Description This expansion table contains au ibutes describing fuse features There will be a many to- one relationship between this table and fuse records in the SECT PAT coverage This link between these files will be the SECT-ID item. FUSE.EXP Expansion Table Organization Deacri lion Item name With ' output a T o Alternate Dee Name Indexed? 1 SecuottaLzing Device SECT ID 4 E Application canon APPL 2 2 C N 7 LINK 2 2 C N 1 Operating Statue A T 2 2 C N 1 Fuse R FR A E 3 3 I N 14 Cu ut Ratin g CRATE 3 3 I N Item Definitions APPL A code indicating the fuse application Valid codes include Code Description FC Fused Cutout RF Riser Fuse CF Combination ruse LINK A code indicating the fuse element type, based on ANSI standards Valid codes include STATUS A code indicating the fuse status Valid values include Code Description or Open SL Slugged N Normal FRATE Fuse rating, in amps CRATE Cutout rating, in amps Miller and mm 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton 0E0-7 TION Project Electrical System Fee=" ARC/WO Database L,wtgn Page 3 31 3 10 4 Recloser Expansion Table (RECLOSER EXP) Descrlpdon. This expansion table contains attnbutes describing recloser features There will be a many-to-one relationship between this table and recloser records in the SECT PAT coverage The link between these files will be the SECT-ID item. RECLOSER EXP Expansion Table Organization Col Description hem name Width Output Whah Type Not Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 1 Secmonahzmg Device SECT M 4 S B Y S Phase Trip Fast Curve PHFAST 1 1 C N 6 Phase Tnp Slow Curve PHSLOW 1 1 C N 7 Phase Time Delay Closures SLOW_TRIP_PHS 1 1 I N 8 Phase Instantaneous Closures FAST_TRIP-PHS 1 1 I N 9 Ground Tnp Amps GNDTRIP 3 3 I N 12 Ground Tnp Fast Curve GNDFAST 1 1 C N 13 Ground Trip Slow Curve GNDSLOW 1 1 C - N 14 Ground Tune Delay Closures SLOW_TRIP_GND 1 1 I - N 15 Ground Lustantaneous Closures FAST_TRIP_OND I 1 I N 16 Ground Tnp Blk (Y/N) GNDBLK 1 1 C N 17 Furst Reciosmg Interval RECLOSE_TIME-1 2 2 I N 19 Second Reckramg Interval RECLOSH_TII2_2 2 2 I N 21 Thud Reclosmg Interval RECLOSE_TM E-.3 2 2 I N 23 Reset Delay Time RTINM 3 3 I N 26 Meter MuA Tier MULT 4 4 F I N Item Dejlnuions SECT-ID Recloser device number PHFAST, PHSLOW The fast and slow curves for the reeloser operating on phase faults, common values see A. B, C, R. SLOW TRIP PHS The number of slow (time delayed) trips to occur on a phase fault. FAST TRIP PHS The number of fast (instantaneous) trips to occur on a phase fault. GNDTRIP The trip current for ground faults, hydraulically controlled oil circuit reclosers (OCR's) will have no value since RATING from the SECT XAT gives value for phase and ground trip GNDFAST, The fast and slow curves for the recloser operating on ground faults, GNDSLOW common values are 1,2,3,8 SLOW TRIP_GND The number of slow (time delayed) trips to occur on aground fault. FAST TRIP GND The number of fast (instantaneous) trips to occur on aground fau1L GNDBLK Ground trip block, Y - Yes, N - No Miner and Mum 7 37 AM 10/8/90 Cuy of Deatoa OEO-MA77ON Project AROWO Databset 8gn Electrical System Features Page 3 32 RECLOSE TIME 1 ReclosIng interval, in seconds, for the fitst trip For external devices, RECLO8E_TDa_1 is the external relay's time dial setting AECLOSE TIME_2 Reclopingg interval, in seconds, for the second trip For external devices, RECLOSE_TIME2 is the reclose interval for the first trip RECLOSE TIME_3 Reclosmg interval, in seconds, for the thud trip For external devices, RECLOSE_TIIvM_3 is the inclose interval for the second trip RTIME Reset delay time, values range from 1 to 300 seconds MULT Multiplier for metering of phase currents, values range from 01 to 100 0 3,•11 Electrical Meters (EMETER) Description This coverage contains customer locations, represented as point featiuea Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Each EMETER point feature rs associated with a conductor arc by means of the SECONDARY coverage arc node number ■ The EMETER coverage contains four types of features, as follows CUSTOMER METERS DEMAND METER READINGS Detailed attributes for each of these feature types will be stored in separate attribute tables Note that, though the Customer Information System includes security hghdng data and FT and CT data, these items will not be Included in the current implementation of the electrical system database ■ The item AN (account number) will relate the EMETER PAT table to the EMETER.ATR table EMREL. The relationahtp will be established by the INFO relate Given a selected meter feature, attributes stated in the EMETER ATR table can be displayed within the ARCPLOT module using the following sample commands RESELECT EMETER POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST AN, EMREL//MTRRD3, EMAEL//TYPVTY, EMREL//NAME Miner and Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Deacon OEO-P ZION Project Electrical System Features ARCANFO Database L ip Page 3 33 EMETEXPAT Featwe Attribute Table Organization Col Deaen Ion item name Width Width Output T e Dee N of Alternate Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 EMETERii 4 5 B 13 EMETER ID 4 5 B N 17 Secondary Arc Node ID SECNODE 4 S B N 21 Account Number AN IS 15 C Y 36 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 1 N Item Descriptions SECNODE The node number of the secondary/service arc segment to which this meter is connected. AN Formal customer account number This item will provide a link to the EMETER ATR table SYMBOL A code to identify the type of marker symbol to use when the meter is displayed Valid values for this code include the following 3 11 1 Electrical Meter Attributes (EMETER ATR) Description This table contams physical charactenstics of meters and associated customer information There is a one-to-one relationship between records in this table and meter features in the EMETER PAT table EMETERATR Table Organization Col Description hem name Width Width Output N01 Deo Alternate Name Indexed? 1 Account Number AN 15 15 C - Y 16 Meter Number/Compesy No MTRNO 8 8 C N 24 Manufacturer MTRMI?O 1 1 C - N 25 ReaderlD MTRDR 2 2 C N 27 Reading Route ROUTE 3 3 N N 30 Reeding Sequence RDSEQ 4 4 N N 34 Mater Constant MTRMULT 6 6 N N 40 Service Phase (1/3) Code SERVPH 1 1 C N 41 Race Schedde RATECD 3 3 C N 44 Reeding Dam LRDDTE 6 6 N N 50 Resdmg MTRRDO 6 6 N N 56 Type Utility TYPUTY 1 1 C N 57 Customer Name NAME 25 25 C N 82 Secvtce Address SRVADD 25 25 C N 107 Service City, State, 23P SRVCTY 25 25 C N 132 Number of Metes NOMTRS 2 2 N N Item Descnpdons Miner and Mmer 7 37 AM 10fiM Clty O Deatoa GEO-V 7ON Project SRC NFO Database L gn Electncal System Features Page 3 34 AN The formal customer account number This provides a lucks to the EMETER PAT table MTRNO The City of Denton meter number MTRMFG A code for the meter manufacturer Valid values for these codes are as follows ROUTE A code to indicate the meter reading route RDSEO The sequence number along the meter reading reading at which this meter will be read MTRMULT Metermultiplier SERVPH A code to indicate whether this is a single or three phase service RATECD Rate schedule code valid values for this code include the following GP GS LP MTRRDG KWH reading LRDDTE Date on witch the meter was last mad TYPUTY Type of utility serving this meter, E(lectrical), or w(ater) NAME Customer name SRVADD Customer service address, house number and street name SRVCTY Cityname, state and ZIP code for customer service address NOMTRS Number of meters at the service address Maier and Mtaa 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO• %MON Project Electrical System Features ARC NFO Database sign Page 3-33 3 11 2 Demand Meter Attributes (D_METER ATR) Descnpdon This table contains demand meter readings for selected meters There will be one record in this table for every EMETER ATR table record which has a rate schedule code (RATECD) of GS, GP, LP, RW or AF The item MTRNO (City teeter number) will relate the two tables The relationship will be established by the INFO relate DMREL The following commands illustrate how meter demand reading data can be displayed given a selected teeter within the ARCPLOT module RESELECT EMETER POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 &SET rcode - [SHOW SELECT EMATER POINT 1 ITEM RATECD] &Ir %rcode$ EQ GS OR %rcodet EQ GP OR !rcode% EQ %rcodet EQ LP - OR %rcode% EQ RN %rcodet EQ AP &THEN &DO LIST AN, MTRNO, DMREL//DEMRD, DMREL//DEMMULT &END D_METER.ATR Table Organization Output N of Alternate Col Description item name Width Width Type Dec Name Indexed? 1 City Meter Number MTRNOD 8 8 C Y Meter Constant Demand DEMMULT 6 6 N N Demand Reading DEMRD S 5 N 2 N Item Descriptions MTRNO The City of Denton meter number DEMMULT Demand meter constant. DEMRD Demand reading Tyner ad minor 7 37 AM 10/8/90 Clty of Denton OEO-MATION Pm3ect ARCANFO Databas sign Electrical System Feeturw Page 3 36 312 Substations (SUBSTATION) Descnpdon. This coverage contains distribution substations, represented as polygonal features Key aspects of this coverage ate as follows ■ In the initial implimentation of the electrical system database only the substation boundary will be represented within this coverage ■ One-line diagrams for each substation and interchange will be scanned and associated with the appropriate substation polygon This should be accomplished by storing the scanned image of the substation one line under a file name that thatches the substation name, with a file extension to identify it as a scanned image For example, for a substation named GLENBROOK, the one-hne image should be stored in ULENBROOK SVF for an SVF format raster unage or GLENNBROOK.LAT for a lattice file format raster image These images will be viewed within the ARCPLOT module using either the IMAGE or IMAGEVIEW command Cacuit Bra" Subswon Trswformer Subatu,on Wall Pranarl ; - Conductm , a , Feature 9 131 17 Name 37 Bane I PBRDAMER SUBSTAT10Nk SUBSTATION ID NAME 4 12 F 4 3 B 4 S B 20 20 C 4 7 F Item Deseripdons NAME Substation name BASE VOLTAGE Substation base voltage MVA MVA capacity Mnior and Miner 7 37 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEC \TION Project ARC NFO Database ocalga Electrical System Features Page 3 37 3 13 Fault Indicators (FAULT IND) Description This coverage contains fault indicators defined as point symbols Initially, the only user- defined attribute for these features will be a symbol code FAULT_INAPAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Col Deaeri tlon hem name Width Width Output N of Alternate Tvoe Dee Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 S PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 FAULT_RAW 4 S B 13 FAULT IND-ID 4 S B 17 S mbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I Item Descriptions SYMBOL A code to identify the type of marker symbol to use when the fault indicator feature is displayed Valid values for this code include the following 3 13 Load Points (LOAD) Description This coverage contains load points to be used in load flow analysis applications These points will have demand and load flow chaiactanstics LOARPAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Ool Description hem name Width Width Output Not Alternate Oeo Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 S PERZarM 4 12 F 3 9 LOAD# 4 S B 13 LOAD-ID 4 3 B 17 Name NAM 20 20 C Item Descriptions NAME A free form text field for the load point flame Minor and Mina 7 37 AM 10/8/90 ~Rr rG S bhp y y L V ~A sw a 6 ~ a Ian pi 9 • .f N ro yw H ~ > 44 U .V lia r~ F R y j ~ ~ F O w P 9 N gq City of Denton GEO•MA77ON Project Water System Features ARCNPO Database'ksign Page 41 4 0 WATER SYSTEM DATABASE DESIGN The ARCINFO water distribution database has been designed based upon two guiding principles • The database must support preparation of anticipated map products and analysts applications • The geographic features in the GIS database must be linked to corresponding attribute records currently stored in the WDMS application database This draft may not include all attributes desired or necessary to be shared with the WDMS application This issue must be finally resolved as a result of the pilot pmiect. Two primary source will be used to develop the ARCINFO water distribution system database ■ Water/Wastewater Key Maps These will be the primary source of water system feature locations ■ Water Distribution Management System (WDMS) database records Attributes for water mains and appurtenances will be obtained from this database Additional sources to be used as reference will include ■ Water System As built Drawings These will be used as reference and to add services and meters ■ Customer 1r{formadon System Database This file will potentially be used for water meter physical characteristics and water usage data. Water system features will be tiled based on Key Map boundaries This will expedite production of standard map products, though when analysis or tracing is to be performed over an area spanning multiple Key Maps, then all tiles containing the required Key Maps must be copied from the library Figure 3 illustrates the water system ARC/INFO coverages and relationships established between these coverages Mum and Miner 7 58 AM 10/8/90 AR ut`/I 60 Da ate ase se DtY ProJect p Water System Features Page 42 4.1 Water Mains (WMAIN) Descripdon. This coven main between two anodes when a anode is defined at adjunction point such as of we or a cross, or at a dead end, at a 90 degree bend in the pipe, or at a change in pipe size or material Key features of the coverage are as follows ■ All water main attributes are currently stored in the WDMS application rumutig on IBM PCs within the Water Division Thus, the only attributes to be stored with the ARC/INFO water main segment will be an identifier to link to this attribute database and other attributes required for graphic display purposes A copy of this attribute file will be stored as an ARCANFO attribute table (WMAIN ATR) for reference by mapping applications A procedure must be developed to periodically update (Le , refresh) this attribute file with current physical characteristics from the WDMS database A copy of the WDMS maiutenance history file will also be stored as an ARC4NFO attribute table (WHIST.ATR) ■ Within the water main conductor coverage there will be four types of arc segments, as follows • Distribution Mains These arc segments represent typical distribution main segments as shown on current K•Maps • Transfer Mains These arc segments represent low pressure transmission mains which carry water from the treatment plant to storage tanksftservotrs • Effluent Mains These mains carry treated wastewater from the wastewater plant to the stream plant. • Raw Mains These mains carry untreated (raw) water from the reservoirs to the water treatment plot It should be noted that hydrant branches will be included as arcs in the HYDRANT coverage Mbar and Miner 7 58 AM lo/"o City of Denton GEOdV ON Project Water System Features ARCANFO Database Daugn Page 4-3 WMAIN.AAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Cal Desorption Rem name Width Width Output N of Alternate Type Doe Name Indexed? 1 FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 WMAIN# 4 5 B 25 WMAIN ID 4 5 B 29r From Node Number FROMNODE 8 8 C 37 To Node Number TONODE 8 8 C 45 Water Main Type TYPE 1 1 C 46 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I Redefined Items 29 WDMS Main ID WDMS ID 16 16 C Item Definitions TYPE A code indicating the water [Hain We Valid codes for this item include the following Code Desori tion E Effluent Mains D Distribution Main R Ravi Mains T Transmission Main W DIMS-ID The unique WDMS identifier for a water main segment based on two valve numbers (the FROMNODE and TONODE items in the WDMS WMAIN table) Since water triam arcs as defined m ARGINFO will basically tun from fitting to fitting, there will often be multiple arcs pointing to a single WDMS attribute record. Ibis is illustrated by the figure below Mater and Miner 7 58 AM 10/8/50 City of Denton GEO•MA77ON Project ARQU00 Database r wrgn wDMS water Main Number oa7aol i WL047 ~ - - WL047001WL047002- WNFA".AAT ARC-ID WDMS$ 1 WL047003WL047001 2 KL047001WL047002 3 WLO47001WL047002 4 WL04700WLO47002 S WLO4700INLO47002 8 P1L047002NL047003 1 ;P-2 3 0- 4 Arc ID Number water System Peaauea Page a-4 WDMS Water MaInW WL047002WL047003 ARVINFO Water Maltz Numbering 450 6 SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARCANFO LMET file which defines display characteristics for WMAIN coverage line symbols The value of the symbol code will be dependent on values of selected items m the water mam attribute files Valid Values include the following Mince and Mbier 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEOM. , ION Protect ARC/IINFO Database Design 4.1 1 Water Main Expansion Table (WMAIN ATR) Descnpnon Water System Features Page 4.5 This file will contain a copy of water main attributes derived from the WDMS application WMAIN table Key features of this table are as follows ■ Records in this table will be associated with ARC/INFO water main segments by means of the unique identifier, WDM3_ID It will frequently be the case that multiple ARCANFO water main segments will point to a single WMAIN ATR record due to the different methods used to define a water main segment within the two systems ■ The item WDMS-ID will relate this table to the WMAIN PAT table This relanonslnp will be established by the INFO relate WMREL Given a selected water mam arc segment, sample ARCPLOT commands to display attributes from the WMAIN ATR table would be as follows RESELECT WMAIN ARC CIRCLE • 2 0 LIST WDMS-ID, WMREL//PIPETYPE, WMREL//DIAMETER, WMREL//DATEINST WMAIN.ATR Attribute Table Outline Col Description Item name Width Output Width o Type Dec Alternate Name Indexed? 1 From Node Number FROMNODE 8 8 C Y 9 To Node Number TONODE 8 8 C Y 17 Location Code LOCCODE 4 4 C N 21 House Number STNUMBER 6 6 I N 27 Street Prefix Direction STSUB 3 3 C N 30 StreaName STNAME 20 M C N 50 SurfnceCover Code SURFACE 4 4 C N 54 Area AREA 10 10 C N 64 Pressure Zone PRESZONE 4 4 C N 68 Soil Type Code SOMTYPE 4 4 C N 72 Location DwcMtlm LOCATION 40 40 C N 112 Ownership Code OWNER 4 4 C - N 116 Dead&ndCode DEADEND 1 1 C N 117 Dead End Component COMPONT 7 7 C N 124 As Built Nu tuber ASBUILT 10 10 C N 134 Date Installed DAT EI NST 8 8 I - N 142 Specud Instivotloes SPECINST 140 140 C N 282 Pipe Material PIPETYPE 6 6 C N 288 Manubcom Code MANUF 6 6 C N 294 Diameter DIAMBTffit 3 3 I N 297 Leogl6 LENGTH 4 4 N 1 N 301 Pipe Depth DEPTH 4 4 N 1 N 303 Pipe Thickness GAUGE 2 2 I N 307 Pipe Class CLASS 3 3 I N 310 Ape Schedule SCHEDULE 3 3 I N Redefined Items 1 Water Main Se ent WDMSM 16 16 C Y Item Definitions Mawr and mum 7 59 AM 10/8/90 C1ty of Denton GEO-MA71ON Ptolact ARCMMO Database r 4p water System Peamm Page 4-6 WDMS-ID The unique identifier for a WDMS water main segment record defined in general from valve to valve The value of the WDMS_ID item is the result of concatenating two valve numbers (the FROMNODE and TONODE items in the WDMS WMAIN table) LOCCODE Code to further indicate the location of this main Valid values for this code are as follows STNUMBER House number closest to water main location STS U B Street prefix direction for street in which water main lies STNAME Name of street In which water main lies SURFACE Code for surface cover Valid values for this code= as follows AREA Code for the area in which the water main is located. Valid values for this code are as follows PRESZONE SOILTYPE Cade for the sort type Valid values for this code areas follows LOCATION A ftee-form tent descnption for the location of the water main OWNER Code to indicate ownership of this water main. Valid values for this code are as follows DEADEND A Y(esYN(o) code to Indicate whether this water main is a dead end. Mull and Mhier 7 58 AM 10/8/90 Code for the pressure zone in which this water maid has Vahd values for this code are as follows City of Denton GEO-r ION Pmiect ARCANFO Database Dwip Water System Feature Page 47 COMPONT For dead end mans, a code to indicate the type of component located at the dead and. ASBU ILT Unique identification number for the as-built drawing by which this water main was installed DATEINST The year the water main was originally installeda totally replaced, which ever carne later SPECINST Special instructions applicable to this water main. PIPETYPE Code for water man construction material. Valid values and for this attribute am as follows CIP Cast Iron Pipe CON Concrete DIP Ductile Iron Pipe GST Galvanized Steel PVC C-900 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe MANUF Code for the manufacturer of this water main Valid values include the following DIAMETER Nominal diameter of the water man, in inches Valid values range from 1" to 60" LENGTH Pipe length, in feet and fractions of a foot. DEPTH Pipe depth, in feet and fractions of a foot. GAUGE Pipe thiclmess, n inches CLASS A code for the pipe classification Valid values for this code are as follows SCHEDULE Pipe schedule 4 1.2 Descripdon Expanded Water Main Attribute Table (WMAIN_EXP ATR) This file will contain additional water attain attributes not contained in the WDMS database but used for GIS retrieval and analysts Key features of this table are as follows Miner and Miner 7 58 AM 1018/90 City of Denton OEO-MA77ON Project ARC/1NFO Database Design water System Features Page 4-8 There will be a one-to-one relationslup between records in this table and records in the WMAIN PAT table ■ The Item WDMS-ID will be the relate Item which links records in this table with records in the WMAIN PAT table The relationship will be established by the INFO relate WMXREL. Given a selected water main arc segment, sample ARCPLOT commands to display attributes from the WMAIN_EXP ATR table would be as follows RESELECT WMAIN ARC CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST WDMS-ID, WMXREL//C FACTOR, WMXREL//SOURCE, WMXREL//BROJECT# ■ The item PROJECT# will be the relate item to the PROJECTS EXP file which contains descriptive information about each construction project. anion Attribute Table Outline 9 17 20 23 27 31 32 To Node Number Roughness Coefficient Information Source Code BackfM Material Code Bedding Materiel Code Abandoned Code Project Number TONODH C_FACfOR SOURCE BACXFR L BEDDING ABANDON PROJEC W g 3 3 4 4 1 6 80 3 3 4 4 1 6 C I C C C C C Y Y N N N N N N Redefined Items Item Definitions The unique Identifier for a WDMS water main segment record defined in WDMS-ID general from valve to valve The value of the WDMS-ID Item is the result of concatenating two valve numbers (the FROMNODE and TONODE Items in the WDMS WMAIN table) C FACTOR Pipe roughness coefficient, expressed as SOURCE A code for the source for water main attributes Valid codes for this item include the following Code Description ASB Ae-Built Drawings FLD Field Verified KEY W r Ke Maps BACKFILL A code for backfill ma=aL Vaud values for this code include the following Miner and Muter 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-W ON Project ARCM4F0 Database De,.-.a Wow System Features page 49 BEDDING A code for Nx tg in =aL Vahd values for this code include the following Code De cri ion SAND Sand GAVL Gravel SEL Select Sill NONE None ABANDON A code to indicate, Y(es) or N(0), whether the pipe has been abandoned. PROJECT# The unique, identifier of the project under which this water main was constructed. Tits code will be the relate item to the PROJECTS EXP table Muir and Mina 7 58 AM 10/8190 City of Denton GEO-MATION Project ARC/24FO Dembaw sign Water System Features Page 4 10 4 1 3 Maintenance History Attribute Table (WMAINT ATR) Descripdon. This file will contain a copy of water maintenance history records derived from the WDMS application ACTIVITY table, exclusive of water quality test results Data extracted from the ACTIVITY table must be split into files of maintenance record and water quality test records prior to loading into ARC4WO Records in this table will be associated with ARCIINFO water main segments and appurtenances by means of the unique identifier, WDMS-ID, for water mains or a similar unique ID for appurtenances For appurtenances, the TONODE field will be zero The WMAINT ATR table will be related to water mains defined in the WATER AAT table through the WDMS-ID item. The relationship will be established through the INFO relate WMNTREL WMAINT.ATR Expansion Attribute Table Outline Cal Deacri lion hem name Width Output Width of a Dec Itsmate Name Indexed? 1 From Node Ntunber OMNODB 8 8 C 9 To Node Number TONODE 8 8 C N 17 Date Intttated DATEnd1T 8 8 C N 25 Source Code SOURCE 2 2 C N 27 Maintenance N 29 Activity C AIT1' S 5 C N 34 Wars Order Nomber WONO 6 6 C N 40, 48 Date Complete DATECOMP 8 8 C N N Completed E Y COMPEY S 5 C 53 Work Hours HOURS 1 N 58 Problem Code PROBLEM 4 4 C N 62 Condition Coco COND 4 4 C N 66 Comments COMMENTS 180 180 C N N 246 Amount Complete QUANTITY 6 6 N 1 N 252 Unit of Measimiment Code UNIT 2 2 C N Rer eJined Items 1 Water Main Se art WDMS-ID 16 16 C Descnpdon WDMS-ID The unique identifier for a WDMS water main segment record defined in general from valve to valve. The value of the WDMS-ID item is the result of concatenating two valve numbers (the FROMNODE and TONODE items in the WDMS WMAIN table) DATEINIT Date on which the activity was initiated SOURCE Source from which the work was requested. Valid values for this code include the following Miter and Minor 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO M ON Project ARAM Database Design Water System Features Page 4 11 MAINTYPE A code to indicate the maintenance type for the work order Vahd values for this code include the following ACTIVITY A code to indicate the type of activity performed. Valid codes for this item include the following WONO A unique work order number assigned to the particular lob DATECOMP Date on which the job was completed COMPBY A code to indicate who the work was completed by HOURS Time requi ed to complete the maintenance activity in hours and fractions of hours PROBLEM A code to indicate the type of problem. Valid codes for this item include the following COND A code to identify the condition of the equipment at the time the maintenance activity was performed. Valid codes for this item include the following COMMENTS A file-foam text fold for descriptive comments on the work completed QUANTITY This in the together with the unit of MmurcUbbilt item. Indicate date complete item particular activity that has been completed as of the date en the of a portion UNIT Unit of meastmemet associated with the QUANTITY item. Valid codes for this item include the following Code Deaeri tiom FT Feet EA Each Mluea amd Muter 7 58 AM 10/8/90 Cuy of Denton GEO-A PION project ARC/INFO Database Design WKW System Features Page 4 13 COMMENTS A free-form text field for descriptive comments on the work completed QUANTITY This item, together with the unit of measurement item, indicate the portion of a particular acuvity that has been completed as of the date entered in the date complete item UNIT Umt of measurement associated with the QUANTITY item Valid codes for this item include the following 4 1 S Construction Project Descriptions Table (PROJECTS EXP) Description This table will contain a record describing basic facts of water distribution system construction projects Key features of this table are as follows ■ The item PROJECT# will be the relate item back to the tables WMAIN_EXP ATR, VALVE ATR and HYDRANT ATR PROJECTS EXP Expansion Attribute Table Outline Col Descri Ion Rem Hama Width Widtht T e Deffof c at Nam re a Indexed? 1 Ptotect Number Pli # 6 6 C N 7 Pt4lect Code CODE 10 10 C N 17 Pmject CanplOtion Dace DATE-COW 8 8 I N 25 Pmiect Desodpdon DESC W W C N 103 Connector Code CONTRACTOR 4 4 C N 09 Total ST 7 7 I N Description PROJECT# The umque identifier for the project. CODE DATE_COMP Date on which the project was completed. D ESC A five-form text description of the project. CONTRACTOR A code to indicate the name of the prime contractor on the project. COST Total project cost, in dollars mum and minor 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MATION Project Water System Features ARC/INFO Database'' Ign Page 4 12 4 1 4 Water Quality Test Results Table (WTEST.ATR) Description. This table holds water quality test results Records in this table will be obtained from water quality tests stored in the WDMS ACTIVITY table This table will be related to water mains in the WATER AAT table by the item WDMS_ID The relationship will be established through the INFO relate WTSTREL WTESTATR Expansion Attribute Table Outline Coll Descri tlon item name Width Output Width N of Type Dec Alternate Name Indexed? 1 From Node Number FROMNODE 8 8 C APP-11) N 9 To Node Number TONODE 8 8 C N 17 Activity Code ACTIVITY 5 5 C N 22 Date Complete DATECOMP 8 8 C N 30 Completed By CONVEY 5 5 C N 35 Condition Code COND 4 4 C N 39 Water Test Result RESULT 7 7 C N 46 Comments COMMENTS 180 180 C N 126 Amount Complete QUANTITY 6 6 N 1 N 132 Unit of Measurement Code UNIT 2 2 C N Redefined Items 1 Water Mare Se ent WDMS ID 16 16 C Description W D MS-I D The unique identifier for a WDMS water main segment record defined in general from valve to valve The value of the WDMS-ID item is the result of concatenating two valve numbers (the FROMNODE and TONODE items in the WDMS WMAIN table) ACTIVITY A code to indicate the type of activity performed. Valid codes for this item include the following DATECOMP Date on which the job was completed COMPBY A code to indicate who the work was completed by COND A code to indicate the condition of the egmpment at the time testing was performed Valid values for this code include the following RESULT A free form field describing the results of a water test. Miner and Mmer 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City Of Denton GEO-MA77ON Project water system Features ARC/1NF0 Database u8a Page a-la 4 2 In-Line Valves (VALVE) DaMpdon T1113 coverage contains valves used for controlling flow of water within the distribution system. Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Valve attributes are planned but not currently included in the WDMS application ru will nning on IBM PCs within the Water/Wastewater Division no proposed design AR assume C/INFO valve record wn11 be Thus the only an identifier to imk to thibe stored with the s attribute database A (VALVE ATR) for reforence by ma A copy of this attribute file will be stored as an ARC/INFO attribute table developed to penodicall y update (10, ofresh~this expans procedure file with cuurrent physical characteristics from the WDMS database ■ Valve symbols will be (graphically) snap to water main arc segment nodes That is, a water main node must be de at every valve location To establish an explicit link between valve and water main, the water main arc segment node number will be stored as an attribute of the valve ■ Valve maintenance history records will be stored in the table WMAINT ATR The unique valve identification WMAINT A R to relate the code, tables EThis will tio ship will be established by the INFO relate VMNTREL. A sample set of commands to display a maintenance history record for a selected valve within the ARCPLOT module are as follows RESELECT VALVE POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST VALVENO, VMUTREL//DATEINIT, VMNTREL//ACTIVITY, VMNTREL//DATECOMP VALVE-PAT Feature Anribute Table Organization Col Daeori ton Rernmame Width output Width o ternate 1 eo Name Indexed? ] 1 5 AREA PERIMETER 4 4 12 12 0 3 F 3 9 13 Feature ID VALVE# VALVE M 4 4 5 5 B B 17 WDMS Valve Number VALVENO 8 8 C 25 ' Water Main Node Number WMNODE 4 5 B 29 S bol Code SYMB L 3 3 I Iterh DvWdlons VALVENO The unique WDMS identifier for a valve which is a structured number comprised of the letter v, the three digit K-Map number, and a three digit sequential number For example, the number V047001 is composed of the following elements V 47 001 e Indkator K Map Sequeetial Nmnbrr Miner and Miner 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OE04 ION Project ARC41NFO Database Design Water Sysodn Fast um Page 415 This is a relate item which connects the VALVE ATR file to the VALVE PAT file WMNODE The water main arc node number associated with this valve This number will allow direct association of the valve with the water main on which the valve hes For example, within ARCEDIT to select those main segments ending at a selected valve, the following commands can be used EDITCOVERAGE VALVE EDITFEATURE LABEL SELECT pick a valve with the &SET wmnode - [SHOW LABEL EDITCOVERAGE WMAIN EDITFEATURE ARC SELECT FNODE#ti - lwmnode8 cursor (SHOW SELECT 11 ITEM WMNODE] OR TNODEM - 5wmnodett SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARC/INFO MARKERSET file which defines display characteristics for VALVE coverage point symbols Valid codes for this item include the following 4 2 1 Valve Attribute Table (VALVE ATR) Description This file will contain a copy of valve attributes derived from the WDMS application VALVE table Note that not all aunbutes from this WDMS table have been listed below, but rather only a minimum number of basic items Actual items included in the WDMS valve table should be determined by the Denton Water/Wastewater Department. Key features of this table are as follows ■ There will be a one-to-one relationship between records in the VALVE PAT and VALVE ATR tables ■ Records in this table will be associated with ARC/INFO valve features by means of the unique identifier, VALVENO The relationship will be established by the INFO relate VLVREL. Sample commands to display valve attributes in the ARCPLOT module given a selected valve feature are as follows RESELECT VALVE POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST VALVENO, VLVREL//VALVTYPZ# VLVREL//MANUF, VLVREL//SIZE ■ Maintenance history records for valves are stored in the table WHIST ATR Miner and Mier 7 58 AM 10/8/90 AR oC FOO Database MA up p Project Wane[ System Feaum Page 4 16 VALVE.ATR Attribute Table outline ~ Dasmiption iOCA77ON 40 40 ` C N DATEINST g g Volvo Tpe VALVTYPE 3 3 C N 2 C Sin SIZE 3 Number ofTmns NTURN 4 4 I N ~tingDirection OPDIRECr 1 1 C N S VALVSTAT I 1 C ProlectNumber DDnTWl " _ N Item DoThidons VALVENO The unique WDMS identifier for a valve which is a combination of the quarter section number and a running number unique within the quarter section (corresponding to the WDMS attribute UNITID) Thus is a relate item which connects the VALVE ATR file to the VALVE PAT file LOCATION A free form text description of the location of this valve Typically this field contains street names and offset dimensions DATEINST The year the valve was originally installed gr totally replaced, which ever came later VALVTYPE A code that indicates valve type Valid codes for this item include the following* AL, Altitude Valve AR Air Relief Valve BF Butterfly Valve BO Blow-Off Valve MANUF A code that indicates valve manufacturer Valid codes for this item include the following SIZE Nominal diameter of the valve, in inches NTURN Number of turns required to fully open or fully close the valve OPDIRECT The direction in which the valve is to be operated, as follows I L Open Left R 09-en Ri ht VALVSTAT A code indicating the current status of the valve, as follows Muter and mirm 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-M ON Project ARC/INFO Database Dt- en Water System Features Page 4-17 PROJECT# The unique identifier of the project under which this valve was constructed. This code will be the relate item to the PROJECTS EXP table 4 3 Fire Hydrants (HYDRANT) Descripaon This coverage contains fire hydrant features Note that not all attributes from this WDMS table have been listed below, but rather only a minimum number of basic items Actual items included in the WDMS hydrant table should be determined by the Denton Water/Wastewater Department. Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Fire hydrant attributes are currently included in the WDMS application running on IBM PCs within the Water/Wastewater Division Thus the only attribute to be stored with the ARC/INFO hydrant record will be an identifier to link to this attribute database A copy of this attribute file will be stored as an ARC/INFO attribute table (HYDRANT ATR) for reference by mapping application A procedure must be developed to periodically update (LC, replace) this expansion file with current physical characteristics from the WDMS database ■ Hydrant branches will be represented as arcs in this coverage, though no attributes will be stored describing these arcs Hydrants will be represented as point features located at a node on a hydrant branch arc segment. All hydrant attributes will be associated with this point feature ■ Hydrant maintenance history records will be stored in the table WHIST ATR The unique valve identification code, HYDRANTNO, will point to the APP-1D item in WHIST ATR to relate the two tables The relationship will established by the INFO relate HMNTREL. HYDRANT PAT Feature Aunbute Table Organization Cal Description Rem name Width output Wklth N at Alternate Tvoe Dee Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PERMETER 4 12 F 3 9 HYDRANT* 4 S B - 13 FeeWre M HYDRANT M 4 S B 17 WDMS HydraotNumber HYDRANTNO 8 8 C 29 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I Item Desenpdons HYDRANTNO The unique WDMS identifier for a hydrant which is a structured number comprised of the Mina and Miner 7 59 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MA77ON Project ARC4NFO Database r gin Water System Features Page 4 18 001 A 001 This is a relate item which connects the HYDRANT ATR file to the HYDRANT PAT file SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARC/INFO MARKERSET file which defines display characteristics for HYDRANT coverage point symbols 4 3 1 Hydrant Attribute Table (HYDRANT ATR) Descrnpaon This file will contain a copy of hydrant attributes derived from the WDMS application HYDRANT table Key aspects of tins table are as follows ■ There will be a one-to-one relationship between records in the HYDRANT PAT and HYDRANT ATR tables ■ Records in this table will be associated with ARC/INFO valve features by means of the unique identifier, HYDRANTNO The relationship will be established by the INFO relate HYDREL. Sample commands to display valve attributes in the ARCPLOT module given a selected valve feature are as follows RESELECT HYDRANT POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST HYDRANTNO, HYDREL//HYDRTYPE, HYDREL//MANUF, HYDREL//LOCATION YPRANTATR Attribute Table Outline Cal Oaecri lion item name Width Output Width Type of Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 1 WDMS HydratitNumber HYDRANTN 8 C N 9 House Number STNUMBEIt 6 6 I N 15 Street Piet Direction STSUB 3 3 C N 18 Street Name STNAME 20 M C N 38 Size of Water Maas MAINSE M 2 2 I N 40 Area AREA 4 4 C N I N 48 Date Itialn~talled DATEINSST 8 8 C 56 Special Instructions SPECINST 140 140 C N 196 Hydrant Type HYDRTYPE 3 3 C N 199 Manafaotiaer MANUF 6 6 C N 206 Model MODEL 10 10 C N 216 Color COLOR 6 6 C N 222 Size of Outlet 1 OUTSE MI 2 2 I N 224 Size of Outlet 2 OUTSEM2 2 2 I N 226 1 Size of Outlet 3 OUTSMM 2 2 I N 228 Size of Outlet 4 OUTSIZE4 2 2 I N 230 Proeat Number PROIECTM 6 6 C N Item Definitions Mum and Miner 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-1 TON Project ARC4NF0 Database Design Water System Features Page 4 19 HYDRANTNO The unique WDMS identifier for a hydrant which is a combination of the quarter section number and a running number unique within the quarter section This is a relate item which connects the HYDRANT ATR file to the HYDRANT PAT file STNUMBER House number closest to water main location STS U B Street prefix direction for street in which water main hes STNAME Name of street in which water main has MAINSIZE Diameter, in inches, of the water roam which serves this hydrant AREA Area within which this hydrant hes LOCATION A free form text description of the location of this hydrant. Typically this field contains street names and offset dimensions DATEINST The date on which this hydrant was installed. SPECINST Special instructions applicable to this hydrant. HYDRTYPE A code indicating the hydrant type Valid codes for this attribute are as follows MANUF A code indicating the hydrant manufacturer Valid codes for this attribute are as follows Codes De ri ion AD American Darling AM American KN Kennedy LD Ludlow MU Mueller Us U S Pipe WT Water u MODEL A code indicating the hydrant model. Valid codes for this attribute are as follows COLOR A code indicating the hydrant color Valid codes for this attribute are as follows Miner and Muter 7 58 AM 10/8/'90 C1ty Of Denton OEO-KA77ON Project ARCM4FO Database' gn Water System Features Page 4 20 OUTSIZEI to Size of hydrant outlets 1 to 4, in inches OUTSIZE4 PROJECT# The unique identifier of the project under which this hydrant was constructed. This code will be the relate item to the PROJECTS EXP table 44 Water System Pumps (WPUMP) Descripdon This coverage contains well and storage unit pumps defined as point features Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Pumpp charactenstics are stored in the WDMS system table PUMP The ARC/INF0 feature attribute table will store only a limited number of graphic-related items, and will include a unique identification code will allow linkage to the WDMS attribute table ■ A copy of the WDMS PUMP table will be maintained in the external INFO table WPUMP ATR The INFO table should be periodically refreshed with updated data from the PUMP table ■ There will be a one-to-one correspondence between WPUMP PAT records and records in the WPUMP ATR table ■ Pumps will be connected to water mains by the water main node number ■ Pump station buildings will be represented by arcs within this coverage No attributes will be maintained for these arcs, rather they will be simple graphic elements nrumr.rAz reature Attribute Table Organization Oal Descri Ion hem name YVldth Widtht lype DN of ec (Name a Indexed? I 5 AREA 4 12 F 3 PENME SR 4 12 F 3 9 WPUMP# 4 S B 13 Fesaae ID WPUNW ID 4 S B N 17 WDMS A N 25 WaWhWANodeNumbw WMNODS 4 S B N LL L. - C S OL 3 3 I N Item Desenpi9onr PUMPNO The unique WDMS idenaier for a pump wluch is a structured number comprised of the letter P, the three digit K-Map number, and a three digit sequential number For example, the number P047001 is composed of the following elements Miter acid mum 7 58 AM 10/8/90 AAR °W0° ~ n Pr°je°t Water Sy3n7n Featums ~ Page 4 21 4 21 P 047 001 Pump indicator Map S9gaendal umba This is a relate teem which connects the WPUMP ATR file to the WPUMP.PAT file WMNODE The water main arc node number associated with tins pump Thus number will allow direct association of the pump with the connected water mattes For example, given a selected pump, the ARCPLOT commands to retrieve all main segments connected to this pump are as follows RESELECT WPUMP POINT CIRCLE + 2 0 &SET wnode - (SHOW SELECT WPUMP POINT 1 ITEM WMNODE] RESELECT WMAIN ARC SNODE# . %wnode% OR TNODE# - %wnode% SYMBOL Muss and Mina 7 58 AM 10/8/90 A symbol code corresponding to an ARCANFO MARKERSET file which defines display characteristics for WPUMP coverage point symbols Valid values for this code are as follows City of Denton GEO-r ION Ptolect Wow System Features ARCANFO Database Demgn Page 4 22 4 4 1 Pump Attribute Table (WPUMP ATR) Description This file will contain a copy of water system pump attributes derived from the WDMS application PUMP table Key aspects of this table are as follows ■ There will be a one-to-one relationship between records in the WPUMP PAT and WPUMP ATR tables ■ Records in this table will be associated with ARC/INFO WPUMP PAT features by means of the umque identifier, PUMPNO The relationship will be established by the INFO relate WPREL For example, given a selected pump feature in ARCPLOT, sample commands to display attributes from the WPUMP ATR table are as follows RESELECT PUMP POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST PUMPNO, WPREL//PUMPTYPE, WPREL//MA=, WPREL//LOCATION WDYMID ATV Ar ihuro Tnhlo nurlime Col Deecri lion Item name Width Output Width o Two Dec ternate Name Indexed? 1 WDMS Pump Number PUMPNO 8 8 C N 9 Location Description LOCATION 4 4 I N 13 House Number STNLWER 6 6 I N 19 Street PreAx Direction STSUB 3 3 C N 22 Street Name STNAME 20 M C N 42 Area AREA 10 10 C N 52 Location Description LOCATION 40 40 C N 92 Site Type SITETYPE 7 7 C N 99 Site ID STPEID 8 8 C N 107 Date Installed DATEINST 8 8 C N 115 Special Instructions SPECINST 140 140 C N 255 Pump Type PUMPTYPE 6 6 C N 261 Manufacturer MANUF 6 6 C N 267 Model MODEL 20 20 C N 287 Serial Number SERIAL M M C N 307 Tnm TRIM 6 6 C N 313 Rated Flow FLOW 6 6 N 2 N 319 Total Dynemtc Head TDH 3 3 N 322 RPM RPM 7 7 N N 329 Project Number PROJECTS 6 6 C N Item Dejlmdons PUMPNO The unique WDMS identifier for a pump This is a relate item which connects the WPUMP ATR file to the WPUMP.PAT table LOCATION The unique WDMS identifier for a pump This is a relate item which connects the WPUMP ATR file to the WPUMP PAT table STNUMBER House number closest to pump location STSU B Street prefix direction for street on winch primp hes Muter and Mirier 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Dentoo OEO-MA77ON Project ARC/24FO Database P dgn Water System Fes Page 4 4 23 23 STNAME Name of street on which pump hes AREA LOCATION A free-form text description of the pump location SITETYPE A code to indicate the the type of site where the pump is located Valid values for this code include the following STORAGE SITEID The unique identifier for the site where the p is located This will etcher be a well ID, storage unit ID, or a source ID DATEINST Date on which the pump was Installed, SPECINST Special instructions spec>fic to the pump PUMPTYPE A code to indicate the pump type Valid values for this code include the following MANUF A code to indicate the pump matmfacturer Valid values for this code include the following MODEL A code to indicate the pump model Valid values for this code include the following SERIAL The pump smal number TRIM A free-form field to describe the trim of the pump FLOW Rated flow for the pump, in gallons per minute, GPM TD H Total dynamic head produced the pump RPM The pump RPM. Mimr and Miner 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-lk ` TION Ptorect ARCIINFO Database ign water Systern Features Page 4-24 PROJECT# The unique identifier of the project under which this pump was constructed This code will be the relate item to the PROJECTS EXP table 4 5 Demand Nodes (NODE) Description This coverage contains demand nodes defined as point features and located at intersections of water main arc segments Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ These nodes will correspond to water main segment nodes as defined within the WDMS system. To maintain consistency with that database, the WDMS node number will be included as an attribute of this coverage The NODE item will relate NODE PAT records with water mains in the WMAIN PAT table For example, to select water mans meeting at a selected nodes within ARCPLOT, the following command sequence could be used RESELECT NODE POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 &SET nid - [SHOW SELECT NODE POINT 1 ITEM NODE] RESELECT WMAIN ARC FROMNODE EQ 8nidi OR TONODE EQ 9nidtt ■ These features will be used for water network analysis applications and thus will include as attributes data regarding water demands ■ These features will typically not be displayed on standard water system map products, but rather will only be displayed for checking and display of output from water network analysis application runs ■ Services contributing demand to a node will include as an attribute the unique identifier of the target node This node M can be assigned by establishing Thiessen polygons around the node to mtersect with services, or by performing the same operation with Traffic Survey Zone polygons ■ Large users, specifically identified in the WMETER coverage, will be specially assigned to a node by means of a NODE item in the WMETER ATR table NODE.PAT Feature Aunbute Table Orttantsation Col Description hem name Width Output Width N of Roo Alternate Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 NODEN 4 5 B 13 Foamier M NODE ID 4 5 B 17 Node Nwnber NODE 8 8 C N 25 Elevation ELEVATION 4 4 I N 29 Peak Day Avg Hr Demand PKDAY_AVHR 6 6 N 2 N 35 Peak Day Peak It Dowd PKDAY-PKHR 6 6 N 2 N 41 Avg Day Min Hr Demand AVDAY Iv1DM 6 6 N 2 N 47 Avg Day Avg Hr Demand AVDAY-4VHR 6 6 N 2 N 53 Location Description LOCATION 40 40 C N 93 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Miner and Miner 7 58 AM 10/8/90 Cny of Denton OEO-MAnON Pmject ARCM4FO Database agn Water System Feamma Page 4 25 hem DOnidons NODE Unique node 1d, in the standard format for node numbering ELEVATION Elevation of the node, in feet above sea level T and water usage in a particular water network analysis aplication run The he following water demand items will vary given different assumptions for population included at this time in the design illustrate their logical location within thew ter are database system PKDAY AVHR The peak day, average hour demand at this node, measured in gallons per sys em ute This data will be used to simulate normal flow in the distribution PKDAY PKHR The peak day, peak hour demand at this node, measured in gallons per minute This data will be used to simulate maximum flow in the distribution system. AVDAY_MINHR The avers a day, minimum demand at tins node, measured in gallons per minute data will be used to simulate nimmum flow in the distribution system. AVDAY_AVHR The average day, average demand at dus node, measured in gallons per minute This data will be used to simulate average daily flow in the distribution system. LOCATION A freo-form text description of the location of this node, typically in terms of street names addresses and intersections SYMBOL 4 S 1 Large User to Demand Node Correspondence Table (USER.ATR) Description This table will act as a eoirespon dance table to associate large users with demand nodes Tlus' will fadlltate calculation of demands for water network analysts applications USERATR Attribute Table Organization Account Number AN 13 15 C N Mina and Must 7 58 AM 10/8/90 A symbol code corresponding to an ARQ4NFO MARKERSET file which defines display characteristics for NODE coverage point symbols Valid values for this code are as follows City of Denton GEO-M ON Project Water System Features ARC/INFO Database Demp Page 4 26 Item Deflnitfons USER A free format field for the user name AN The customer account number for the user This item will allow linkage to the CIS database for actual water usage data. NODE Unique node id, in the standard format for node numbering 4.6 Water Services (SERVICE) Descnpdon This coverage contains water service lines Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Services will initially be defined as arcs with no user -defined attributes other than symbol code As data is ultimately added to the WDMS service line inventory, this can be associated with SERVICE coverage arcs in the manner suggested for valves, hydrants and other water system components ■ Service arc segments will be graphically snapped to a water ream arc Meter point symbols will be snapped to a service arc node SERVICE.AAT Feature Attribute Table Orsantradon Col Description rem name Width Width Output N of Alternate Type Dec Name Indexed? 1 FNODEM 4 3 B S TNODEN 4 S B 9 LPOLY# 4 S B 13 RPOLYN 4 S B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 SERVICED 4 S B 25 SERVICE-11) 4 S B 29 Umque Idennlier SERVICBNO 6 6 I N 35 S bo1 Code SYMBOL 3 3 I N Item Descriptions SERVICENO Unique identifier for the water service (comparable to the WDMS STNUMBER item) This is the relate item to the expansion table SERVICE ATR SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARCM LINESET file which defines display characteristics for SERVICE coverage arc symbols Valid values for this code are as follows Mina and Mitier 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City or Denton GE044A710N Project ARQ/ Database Design wanes system Features Page 4 27 4 6 1 Water Service Attribute Table (SERVICE ATR) Descrii This file will contain a copy of water senesce attributes derived from the WDMS application SLINE table Key features of this table are as follows ■ Records in this table will be associated with ARC/WFO valve features by means of the unique identifier, SERVICENO There will be a one-to-one relationship between records in the SERVICES AAT and SERVICE ATR tables This relationship will be established by means of the INFO relate SVREL Attribute Table 7 27 Customer Last Name Customer Fust Nam LASTNAME 20 20 C 39 e House Numbs FIRSTNAME HOUS HOUSBNO 12 6 12 C 43 Street prefix Direction STSUB 4 6 4 I C 49 69 aat Name Arta STNAME A 20 20 C k I Water ap Locadon REA TAPLOC 10 4 SO 10 4 30 C C 183 Curb Stop Locations Date Installed CRBSTOPLOC s C 191 Pipe Material DATIUNST PIPETYPE 8 6 8 6 C 197 Fire Lim Code FIRELM I C 1984 m1 Diameter c.....,..'1%- DIAMETER 5 1 S C I Item Definitions SERVICENO Unique identifier for the water service (comparable to the WDMS STNUMBER item) This is the relate item to the expansion table SERVICLATR LASTNAME, Customer now for this service FIRSTNAME HOUSENO The numeric address assigned to the location STS U B Directional prefix for the formal street name, i a, N, S, E. W STNAME Formal Street name and street type designation, AREA Area within which this service hes PRESZONE Pressure zone withm which this service hes TAPLOC A fine-form text description of the tap location. CRBSTOPLOC A 8ne-form text desmPtIon of the curb stop location. Mmor and Minor 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MP-1)N Project Water System Feam ARCANFO Database De. -A Page 4 28 DATEINST The date of installation FIRELINE A yes/no code indicating whether this service is for fire fighting purposes DIAMETER Nominal diameter of the service, in inches and fractions of inches SVTYPE A service type code 4 7 Water Meters (WMETER) Descripaon This coverage contains water meter point featuires Key aspects of this coverage are as follows ■ By convention, water meter label points will be located at the customer end of all service lines ■ There will be a one-to-one relationship between features in the WMETER PAT table and records in the WMETER ATR table The WMETER.ATR table records will be copies of water meter records currently stored in the CIS database The relationship between these table will be established by the INFO relate WMTREL For example, given a selected water meter, attributes from the WMETER ATR table can be displayed in ARCPLOT using the following command sequence RESELECT WMETER POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 LIST METERNO, WMTREL//MTRTYPE, WMTREL//MANUT WMETER.PAT Feature Attribute Table Organisation Cal Description hem name Width Output Width Not Aaernate Tvoe Dec Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 S PERIMInU 4 12 F 3 9 WMETER# 4 S B 13 Faturs ID WMETER ID 4 S B 17 Meta Number METERNO 8 a C N 2 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 1 N No user-defined attnbutes will be associated with this coverage 4.7 1 Water Meter Attribute Table (WMETER.ATR) Descrupdon This file will contain a copy of water meta attributes derived from the CIS application database Records in this table will be associated with ARC/WFO valve features by means of the unique identifier, METERNO Them will be a one-to-one relationship between records in the WMETER AAT and WMETER ATR tables Mina and mum 7 59 AM 10/8/90 City of Deacon OEO.I I'ION Project Wager System Features ARCANPO Database Damp Page 4-30 NAME Customer name SRVADD Customer service address, house number and street name SRVCTY City name, state and ZIP code for customer service address NOMTRS Number of meters at the service address 4 8 Pressure Zones (PZONE PAT) Description This coverage contains pressure zone polygons It wdll be used for mapping of pressure zone boundaries and for selection of features by pressure zone rzu1vC,rA1' Peature Attribute Table Organization Co Description item name Width output Width o Alternate T e Dec Name Indexed? ] 5 AREA 4 12 F 3 9 PERIM11TER 4 12 F 3 13 Fes PZONEM 4 S E ID 4 5 E No'user-defined attributes will be associated with this coverage 4 9 Storage Tanks (TANK PAT) Description This coverage contains storage tanks, defined as point features Key aspect of this coverage are as follows ■ All storage tank attributes are currently stored in the WDMS application running on IBM PCs within the Water Division. Thus, the only attribute to be stored with the ARCANFO storage tank retard will be an identifier to link to this attribute database A copy of this attribute file will be stored as an ARCIINFO attribute table (TANK.ATR) for reference by mapping application A procedure must be developed to periodically update (Le , replace) this attribute file with current physical characteristics from the WDMS database ■ new will be a auto-one correspondence between records in the TANK PAT table and the TANK.ATR table This relationship will be established by the INFO relate TNKREL. ■ Tanks will be related to water main nodes by means of the attribute WMNODE For example, given a selected sage tanks, the following command sequence can be used to select associated water mains in ARCPLOT RESELECT TANK POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 &SET wnode - (SHOW SELECT TANK POINT 1 ITEM WNNODE] Miner and Muter 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MATION Project Water System Features ARCANFO Database ^-atgn Page 4 29 WMETERATR Table Organization Cal Descn tlon hem name Width Width Output N of T e Dec Alternate Name Indexed? 1 Account Number AN 15 15 C Y 16 Meter Number/Company No METERNO 8 8 C Y 24 Manufacturer MTRMFG 1 1 C N 25 Reader ID MTRDR 2 2 C N 27 Reading Route ROUTE 3 3 N N 30 Reading Sequence RDSEQ 4 4 N N 34 Meter Constant MTRMULT 6 6 N N 40 Rate Schedule RATECD 3 3 C N 43 Reading Date LRDDTE 6 6 N N 49 Reading MTRRDG 6 6 N N 55 Type Utility TYPLTfY 1 1 C N 56 Customer Name NAME 25 25 C N 81 Service Address SRVADD 25 25 C N 106 Semce City State 23P SRVCTY 25 25 C N 131 Number of Meters NOMTRS 2 2 V N Item Descriptions AN The formal customer account number This provides a links to the WMETER PAT table METERNO The City of Denton meter number MTRMFG A code for the meter manufacturer Valid values for these codes are as follows ROUTE A code to indicate the meter reading mute RDSEQ The sequence number along the meter reading reading at which this teeter will be read MTRMULT Metermultiplier RATECD Rate schedule code Valid values for this code include the following GP GS LP MTRRDG Water usage reading LRDDTE Damon which the meter was last read TYPUTY Type of utility serving this mater, E(lectrical), or w(ater) Mina and Miner 7 58 AM 10/8/90 city Of Denton GEO•MA77ON Project ARC/ZJFO Database ^,%Ign Water System Featured Page 4 31 RESELECT WHAIN ARC FRONNODE EQ 5wnodek OR TONODE EQ 8wnode% 9 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 13 Feature ID TANK# T~ ID 4 5 17 Tank Number 8 8 E C 25 Water Man Node Number WMNO F g g 31 RUM1W f'nAe C Item Dejininons WMNODE The water main arc node number associated with this storage tank Thus number will allow direct association of the tank with the water mains leading to and from the tank. SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARCIINFO MARKERSET file which defines display characteristics for TANK coverage point symbols 4 9 1 Storage Tank Attribute Table (TANK ATR) Description This file will contain a copy of water service attributes derived from the WDMS application STORAGE UNIT table Records in this table will be associated with ARC/W0 valve features by means of the unique identifier, TANKNO There will be a one-to-one relationship between records in the TANK.PAT and TANK ATR tables TANK.ATR Attribute Table Outline COI 1 Description Item name Width output Width N of Alternate Type ON Name Indexed? Storage Tank Number TANIQIO 6 6 I 7 House Number HOUSENO 6 6 I 13 SuvetprefixDimcdon STSUE 4 4 C 17 Street Name STNAME 20 20 C 37 Date mare W DATE NST 8 8 C 45 DWneW DIAMETBR 5 5 I 5 0 Height HEIGHT 4 4 I 54 CqMM CAPACITY 3 58 GtomwEevatioa 5 5 I 63 Overflow Elevadou OVERELEV 5 5 I 168 Anode Too - ANO ETYPE 8 8 C Item Deftmdons TANKNO Unique rdpntifier for the storage tank. This is the relate item to the expansion table TANK.ATR HOUSENO House number closest to this storage tank. Minor and Kner 7 58 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-h SON Project ARC/1NFO Database Domgn water System Features Page 4 32 STSU B Directional prefix for the formal street name, Le, N, S, E, W STNAME Formal Street name and street type designation DATEINST Install date for the tank. DIAMETER Tank diameter, in feet. HEIGHT Tank height, in feet. CAPACITY Tank capacity, in thousands of gallons GRNDELEV Tank ground elevation in feet. OVERELEV Tank overflow elevation, in feet. ANODETYPE Type of sacrificial anode used to protect against corrosion inside the tank. 492 Descrrpaon Storage Tank Attribute Expansion Table (TANK_EXP ATR) This file will contain additional attributes associated with storage tanks not currently contained in the WDMS application database Records in this table are associated with records in the TANK PAT table by means of the attribute TANKNO The relationship is esmbhshed by the INFO relate TNKEXPREL, TANK_EXP.ATR Attribute Table Outline Cal Description item name Width utpu Width erne e Dee Name Indexed? 1 Storage Tanis Number TANKNO 6 6 I 7 Project Number PROIECT# 6 6 C N 13 Date Intena Last Cleaned DATE_ NT_CLEANED 8 8 I N 21 Date Extenor Las[ Cleated DATE-7a-CLEANED 8 8 I N 29 Date Interior Last Painted DATE_INT_PAINTED 8 8 I N 29 Date Extenar Last Painted DATE =-PAWW 8 8 I N 37 Head Ran HEAD RANGE 4 4 I N Item Definitions TANKNO Unique identifier for the storage tank. This is the relate item to the expansion table TANK.ATR PROJECT# The unique identifier of the project under witch this tank was constructed. This code will be the relate item to the PROJECTS.EXP table DATE_CLEANED Date on which this tank was last cleaned. DATE-PAINTED Date on which this tank was last painted Manor and Muter 7 58 AM 10/8/90 3.0 WASTEWATER SYSTEM DATABASE DESIGN 51 Sewer Mama (SEWER.AAT) 1 5 1 1 Sewer Line Attribute Table (SEWER ATR) 3 5 12 Sewer Line Attribute Expansion Table (SEWER_EXp ATR) 6 5 13 Sewer History Table (SHIIST ATR) 6 52 Manhole (MANHOLE.PAT) 8 5 2 1 Manhole Attribute Table (MANHOLE ATR) % g 5 2 2 Manhole History Table (MFIIST ATR) 10 5 54 Wastewater Sm 3 Lift Station (LiFTSTuA.PpAT) 11 55 Sewer ServiceYLine (S S(ER CE AAT) 12 5 5 1 Service Line Attribute Table (SW _SERVICE.ATR) 113 4 56 Drainage Sub-Basins (SUBBASIN) 15 City of Denton GEO•M ON Project Wastewater Sysoe n Features ARC24FO Database Dt-p Page 5 1 5 0 WASTEWATER SYSTEM DATABASE DESIGN The ARC NFO wastewater collection database has been designed based upon two guiding principles • The database must support preparation of anticipated trap products and analysts a$phcanons • The geographic features in the GIS database must be linked to corresponding attribute records currently stored in the WCMS application database This draft may not include all attributes desired or necessary to be shared with the WCMS application. This issue must be finally resolved as a result of the pilot project. Unlike the databases described previously, the wastewater system will pQL be tiled based on the Key Map grid Rather, rile boundaries will be based on sub-drainage basin boundaries The particular advantage of this approach is that most network tracing operations will be performed within a single sub-basin and with this tiling scheme tracing will not require extraction and re-assembly of multiple ales This disadvantage of this approach is that to produce standard Key Map format map products 51d11 often require lust this type of multiple the retneval Two primary source will be used to develop the ARCANFO wastewater collection system database ■ Water/Wastewater Key Maps These will be the primary source of wastewater system feature locations ■ Wastewater Collection Management System (WCMS) database records Attributes for sewer reams and appurtenances will be obtained from this database Additional sources to be used as reference will include ■ Sewer System As-built Drawings nose will be used as reference and to add services Figure 4 illustrates the sewer system coverages and relationships established between these coverages 5 1 Sewer Mains (SEWER AAT) Description. This coverage contains sewer roam segments which will be defined as that section of a main between two manholes Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ All sewer main attributes ale currently stored in the WCMS (Wastewater Collection Management System) application rumung on an IBM PCIAT within the Denton Water/Wastewater Division Thus, the only attributes to be stored with the ARC/INFO water main segment will be an identifier to link to this attribute database and other attributes used for graphic display purposes Miner acid Miner 1134 AM 10/8/90 Denton, TX Wastewater System ARCANFO Database Coverage Map AVID"I Snao ed unumumpnm~ • Point Features • Unique ID I fm SYwbol Code • WCMS Data • WCMS Data 8A$1K=`,t>, Code •Inspccnon Results Key U Y IDe MQ •S MAN OL$ ATR Coverage Related INFO File SW SERVI( • Arc Features • Unique ID • Aunbutes ,LIFT STATION • Point Features • Unique ID • Attributes W& Miner and Miner City of Denton GEO-r 'ION Project ARCX*D Database L. lp Wastewater System Features Pap 5 2 A copy of this attribute file will be stoned as an ARCANFO attribute table (SEWER ATR) for reference by mapping applications A procedure must be developed to penodicallupdate (i e, refresh this expansion file with current physical chairactensncs from the WCMS database ■ The SEWER AAT table and SEWER.ATR table are related by the attribute WCMS-ID This relationship is established through the INFO relate SWREL. ■ A copy of the WCMS maintenance history file will also be stored as an ARC/INFO attribute table (SHIST ATR) SEWER.AAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Cal Description hem name Width Width u~tput N of Alternate T e Deo Name Indexed? 1 FNODE# 4 5 B 5 TNODE# 4 5 B 9 LPOLY# 4 5 B 13 RPOLY# 4 5 B 17 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 21 SEWER# 4 5 B 25 SEWER-ID 4 5 B 29 Upstream Manhole No MHF 8 8 C 36 Downstream Manhole No MHT 8 8 C 44 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I Redefined Item 29 WCMS Sewer Se ent ID WCMS ID 16 16 C Item DeJlnuions MHF The upstream manhole number, which also acts as a unique identifier for the sewer run. This is the case since only one sewer line will ever exit from a structure This item is a structured number composed of codes for dtamage basin, sub-basin, branch and type, suffixed by a sequential number, as follows JPe This item also relates the SEWER.AAT table to the MANHOLE PAT table For example, given a selected sewer main, one command sequence to identify attributes for the upstream manhole in ARCPLOT is as follows RESELECT SEWER ARC CIRCLE * 2 0 SSET atf - (SHOW SELECT SEWER ARC 1 ITEM MHrl RESELECT MANHOLE POINT MH EQ %Mf% LIST Miller and Mmar 1134 AM 10/8/90 city of DMMU GEO-MAnON Project ARt'.4M Darabeee D=p Waetewaoer system Feamuea Page 5 3 MHT The downstream manhole number This code 13 structured like the upstream manhole number, and also like that code, the MHT also allows a mate to the matching feature in the MANHOLE.PAT file WCMS-ID Uruque identifier for the sewer lute segment (based on a combination of the upstream and downstream manhole numbers) This is the relate Item to the attribute tables SEWER ATR and SHIST ATR SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARC/INFO LINESET file which defines display characteristics for SEWER coverage arc symbols Miner and Miner 1134 AM 10/8/'90 City of Denton GEO-1 ION Project wastewater system Features ARCANFO Database Design Page 5-4 5 1 1 Sewer Line Attribute Table (SEWER ATR) Description Tlus file will contain a copy of sewer line attributes derived from the W04S application SLINE table Records in this table will be associated with ARGINFO valve features by means of the unique identifier, WCMS-ID There will be a one-to-one relationship between records in the SEWER AAT and SEWER ATR tables SEWER.ATR Expansion Attribute Table Outline Col Description Item name Width Output Width Type N of Dec Alternate I Name Indexed? I Sewer Segment ID WCMS ID 16 16 C Y 17 Number of Lucas NLINES 1 1 I N 18 Height HEIGHT 4 7 F 2 N 22 Diameter DIAMETER 4 7 F 2 N 26 Length LENGTH 4 4 I N 30 Upstream Depth UPSDEPTH 4 7 F 1 N 34 Downstream Depth DNSDEPTH 4 7 F I N 38 Pipe Type PIPETYPE 3 3 C N 41 Line Location LINELOC 2 2 C N 43 Line Type LINETYPE 1 1 C N 44 Upstream House Number UPSHOUSENO 6 6 I N 50 Upstream SUMName UPSSNAME 20 20 C N 70 Upstream Qualifier UPSQUAL 20 20 C N 90 Downsttes,n Hasse Number DNSHOUSENO 6 6 I N 96 Downstream Street Name DNSSNAMB 20 M C N 116 Downstream Quaflft DNSQUAL 20 20 C N 136 Critical Rating Code CRITICAL 1 1 C N 137 StafaceCoverCode SURFACE 1 1 C N 138 Area AREA 10 10 C N 148 Sub-Area SUBAREA 4 4 C N 152 Loca wCode LOCATER 20 20 C N 172 Upstream Invert Elevation UPSELEV 4 7 F 1 N 176 Downstream Invest Elevation DNSELEV 4 7 F 1 N 180 Slope SLOPE 4 7 F 4 N 184 Pipe Friction Factor NFACTOR 4 7 F 3 N 188 As Built Map Number ASBUI1.T 10 10 C N 198 Map Reference Number KEYMAP 10 10 C N 208 Year Bah YRBUILT 4 4 C - N 212 Upstream Manhole Material UPSMHMATL 3 3 C N 215 Upstream Manhole Type UPSMHTYPB 3 3 C N 218 Deli Flow DSNFLOW 5 5 I N Item Defintdons WCMS-ID Unique identifier for the sewer line segment (based on a combination of the upstream and downstream manhole numbers) This is the relate item to the attribute tables SEWER AAT and SHIST ATR N U N E S The number of sewer lines between the upstream and downstream manhole The large majority of cases will have one line, however this code is provided to address special case situations Mina and Miner 1134 AM 10/8/90 City of Demos GEO-MA77ON Project ARCINFO DaW)m Ttisip Wastewater Sysatu Features Page 5 5 HEIGHT Pipe height, in itches and fractions of an Inch This field is provided to describe the shape of non-circular pipes (i a egg-shaped pipes) For Circular pipes this field will be blank, DIAMETER Nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches and fractions of an inch For Circular pipes this item describes the pipe diameter, for egg-shaped pipes this item describes the pipe width Valid values for this item are as follows F 4 2 27 27" 30 30" 32 32" 36 36" 42 42" 4 48" LENG TH Pipe length, in feet. UPSDEPTH Depth of this main at the upstream manhole DNSDEPTH Depth of this main at the downstream manhole PIPETYPE Pipe construction material. Valid codes fordo attribute areas follows DIP Ductile iron Pipe CIP Cast Iron Pipe AC Asbestos Cement Pipe VCP Vitrified Clay Pipe CP Reinforced Concrete Pipe rps rlexible Polyethylene Pipe INS Insitupipe LINELOC A code to indicate the location of the sewer lire, to, in the street, in a parkstnp, etc LINETYPE A code to indicate the line type UPSHOUSENO The house number of the address closest to the upstream manhole of this sewer line UPSSNAME The street name of the address closest to the upstream manhole of this sewer line UPSOUAL An additional field to further identify the location of the upstream address Mmc' and Mum 11 34 AM 10/8/'90 City of Denton CEO-IV ON Project ARCM41FO Database Deep wastewater sysaan Features Page 5 6 DNSHOUSENO The house number of the address closest to the downstream manhole of tins sewer line DNSSNAME The street name of the address closest to the upstream manhole of this sewer line DNSOUAL An additional field to further identify the location of the upstream address CRITICAL A code to indicate a critical rating for thts main Valid values for this code are as follows SURFACE A code to the type of surface cover for this man Valid values for this code are as follows AREA The area in which this sewer line is located SUB AREA A code to indicate the sub-area in which this sewer line is located LOCATER A free-field text item to further describe the location of this inam U PS E LEV The invert elevation, in feet and fractions of feet, where the upstream end of the sewer pipe exits a manhole DNSELEV The invert elevation, in feet and fractions of feet, where the downstream end of the sewer pipe enters a manhole SLOPE The slope of the pipe from upstream to downstream manhole NFACTOR Friction factor of the pipe ASBU ILT Number of the as-built map under which this sewer line was constructed KEYMAP The City of Denton Key Map number in which this main is located YRBUILT Pipe installatton year UPSMHMATL Material of the upstream manhole UPSMHTYPE Upstream manhole type DSNFLOW Design flow rate established for this sewer main Miner and Miner 11 34 AM 10/8/90 AR /N DaDamba a DZ ION Protect Derign (SEWER_EXP ATR) e Descripdon Attribute Expansion Table Wastewater System Feah= Page S 7 'Tins table contains maintenance additional attabutes describing sewer main litres not Included in the WCMS application database Key features of this table are as follows ■ There is a one-to-one relationship between records in this table and sewer main Inventory records stored in the table SEWER AAT These tables are related by the Item WCMS-ID The relationship is established through the INFO relate SWEXPREL TR Feature Attribute Item descriptions WCMS-ID Unique identifier for the sewer line segment (based on a combination of the upstream and downstream manhole numbers) This is the relate Item to the attribute tables SEWER PAT and SEWER ATR PROJECT# Unique identifier for the Project under which this sewer line was installed, This item will relate to the PROJECTS EXP table by means of the INFO relate SWPRJREL. 9 1.3 Sewer History Table (SHIST ATR) Descripdon This table contains maintenance history records for sanitary sewer mains Key features of this table are as follows ■ There is a many-to-one relationship between records in this table and sewer am m inventory records stored in the table SEWER AAT These tables are rotated by the item WCMS-ID The relationship is established through the INFO relate SHSTREL. ■ Records in this table will be copies of records from the WCMS application database table MLACT (Main Lane Actions) A procedure must be developed to penodteally extract records from that table and refresh the contents of this table NOW and Miner 11 34 AM loam City of Denton GEO-M ON Project ARCII NFO Database Design Wastewater Symn Fast" Page 5 8 SHIST.ATR Feature Attribute Table Organization Cal Description item name Width Output Width N of Type Dec Alternate I Name Indexed? 1 Sewer Segment Number WCMS ID 16 16 Y 17 Date Initiated DATP.INIT 8 8 I N 25 Date Qualifier DATEQUAL 1 1 C N 26 Tune Initiated TIMEIIIT 5 5 C N 31 Source SOURCE 1 1 C N 32 Activity ACM TTY 3 3 C N 35 Maintenance Type MAIN' rM 2 2 C N 37 Stoppage Code STOPPAGE 1 1 C N 38 Footage Location FEET 4 4 I N 42 Problem Code PROBLEM 3 3 C N 45 Comments COMMENTS 140 140 C N 185 Date Complete DATECOMP 8 8 I N 193 Tune Complete TIMECOMP 5 5 C - N 198 Duration - Hours HOURS 4 7 F 1 N 202 Measured Flow FLAW 5 5 I N 207 Flow Depth FLOWDEPTH 4 7 F 1 N Item descriptions W C MS-I D Unique identifier for the sewer line segment (based on a combination of the upstream and downstream manhole numbers) This is the relate item to the attribute tables SEWER PAT and SEWER.ATR DATEINIT Date on which the work order was initiated. DATEOUAL Qualifier added to date if more than one work order is initiated for the same man line on this date TIMEINIT Time at which this work order was initiated. SOURCE Code to identify the source that initiated the work order ACTIVITY A code to indicate the type of activity performed. MAINTYPE A code to identify the maintenance type Valid values for this code include the followmg- STOPPAGE A code to indicate presence of stoppage in the sewer line Valid values are Y(es) or N(0) FEET The footage from the upstream manhole where the problem or stoppage occurred. PROBLEM A code to mdieate the nature of the problem that tither initiated the activity or was discovered during the course of the activity Vahd values for this code are as follows Miner acid Miner 1134 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO•MA77ON Project ARCANFO Database gn Wastewater system Feawea Page 3 9 COMMENTS A free-forin text field to further describe the maintenance activity DATECOMP Date on which this work order was complete TIMECOMP Time at which this work order was complete HOURS Total time required to complete this activity, in hours and fractions of hours FLOW Flow rate measured within this sewer line 512 Manhole (MANHOLE PAT) Description. This coverage contains sewer manholes defined as point features Key aspects of this coverage are as follows ■ All manhole attributes are currently stamed in the WCMS (Wastewater Collection Management System) application running on IBM PCs within the Water/Wastewater Division Thus, the only attribute to be stored with the ARCANFO manhole point feature will be an identifier to link to this attribute database A copy of this attribute file will be stored as an ARC/INFO attribute table (MANHOLE ATR) for reference by mappmg application A procedure must be developed to periodicallyy update (Le., repllaaccee) this expansion file with current physical characteristics ftoin the WDMS database ■ Manhole maintenance history records will be located in the MHIST ATR table, which will be related to the MANHOLE,PAT by the unique manhole number, MH M-44YHOLE-PAT Feature Attribute Table Orxankadon Cd Deac I Ion ham name Width output Width o Alternate Type Dec Name Indexed? 1 5 AREA 4 12 F 3 PERIL MTER 4 12 F 3 9 MANHOLE# 4 S B 13 FeaM W MANFiOI E ID 17 Meohole Number 8 8 C 25 Symbol Code S OL 3 3 I Item descriptions MH The WCMS manhole number Thus item is a structured number composed of codes for dramage basin, sub-basin, branch and type, suffixed by a sequential number, as follows Mina; acid MLier 11 34 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MP'"ON Protect Wastewater system Features ARC/INFO Database DL i Page 3 10 Basin Sub•Basie Branch Type Number This item also relates the MANHOLE PAT table to both the MANHOLE ATR table and to the SEWER AAT table SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARC/INFO MARKERSET file which defines display characteristics for MANHOLE coverage point symbols S 2 1 Manhole Attribute Table (MANHOLE ATR) Description This file will contain a copy of manhole attributes derived from the WCMS application MANHOLE table Records in this table will be associated with manhole point features by means of the unique identifier, MH There will be a one-to-one reladonslup between records in the MANHOLE PAT and MANHOLE ATR tables This relationship will be established through the INFO relate MHREL MANHOLEATR Attribute Table Outline Output o Alternate Col Description item name Width Width T we Dec Name Indexed? 1 Manhole Number MH 7 7 C Y 8 Cover Diameter CVERDIAM 3 3 I N 11 Cover Type Zr CVERTYPE 6 6 I N 17 W 7 WALLTYPE 3 3 C N Item Definitions M H The WCMS manhole number This item is a structured number composed of codes for drainage basin, sub-basin, branch and type, suffixed by a sequential number, as follows This item also relates the MANHOLE ATR table to both the MANHOLE PAT table CVERDIAM Cover diameter, in inches CVERTYPE Cover type code WALLTYPE Wall type code Code Deac i tion BR Brick CON Concrete Mirror and Mina 1134 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton 090-MATION Project AROWO Database rpggn Wastewater System Features Page 5 11 fi 2.2 Manhole History Table (MHIST ATR) Description This table contains maintenance history records for wastewater system manholes Key fryatures of this table are as follows A There is a many-to-one relationship between records m dds table and manhole inventory records stored in the table MAHHOLE.PAT These tables are related by the manhole identifier item, MH The relationship is established through the INFO relate MHSTREL ■ Records in this table will be copies of records from die WCMS application database table MHACT (Manhole Actions) A procedure must be developed to periodically extract records from that table and refresh die contents of this table M 1STATR Feature Attribute Table OrRamzation 1 Desert t]on Rem name Width output Width o TYPO Deo Iternate Name Indexed? Manhole Number Mill 8 8 C 9 Date bunated DATEiN1T 1 y 17 Date Qualifier DATEQUAL I C N 18 Time Initiated TIMEM 5 5 C N 23 Source SOURCE 1 1 C N 24 Activity ACTIVITY 3 3 C N 27 Maintenance Type MA24TYPE 2 2 C N 29 Stoppage Code STOPPAGE 1 1 C N 30 Problem Code PROBLEM 3 3 C N 38 Comments COMMENTS 140 140 C N N 178 Date cart p le D 185 Time Comp ts TIMffi COMP 5 5 C N 190 Completed H d Y N 194 Dur on Hours HOURS 4 7 F 1 N 199 Amount Complete QUANTITY 4 4 I N 202' Unit of Measurement UNIT 2 2 C N 204 Flow Depth FWMEPTH 4 7 F 1 N N Iteth descriptions MH The WCMS manhole number This item is a structured number composed of codes for drainage basin, sub-basin, branch and type, suffixed by a sequential number DATEINIT Date on which the work order was miuated. DATEQUAL Qualifier added to date if more than one work order rs initiated for the same main line on this date TIMEINIT Time at which title work order was irntlated. SOURCE Code to identify the source that urinated the work order ACTIVITY A code to indicate the type of acdvity performed, Muter and Mmer 11 34 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-M ON Project ARC1M Database Demp Wastewater System Featim Page 5 12 MAINTYPE A code to identify the maintenance type Valid values for this code include the following- STOPPAGE A code to indicate presence of stoppage in the sewer line Vahd values are Y(es) or N(0) PROBLEM A code to indicate the nature of the problem that either initiated the activity or was discovered during the course of the activity Valid values for this code are as follows COMMENTS A free-form text field to further describe the maintenance activity DATECOMP Date on which this work order was complete TIMECOMP Time at which this work order was complete HOURS Total tune required to complete this activity, in hours and fractions of hours QUANTITY A code to itubcate the amount of work complete for this activity This rum must be used m conjunction with the UNIT item for correct interpretation. UNIT Unit of measurement used to define the amount of work complete on this activity, describing the value in the item QUANTITY FLOWDEPTH Depth of flow in the manhole as treasured during the activity Mina and Mina 1134 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MA71ON Project Wastewater System Features ARCAM Database 1>1m Page 5 13 S 3 Litt Stations (LIFTSTA PAT) Description TJs coverage contains sewer system primp station locations defined as polygon features Key aspects of this coverage are as follows ■ This coverage will store attributes relating to the lift station as a whole Characteristics of individual pumps are stored in the SPUMP coverage LIFTSTA.PAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Col Description Rem name Width Output Type N o Dec Alternate Name indexed? 1 5 AREA PERIMETER 4 4 12 12 F F 3 3 9 LIFTSTA# 4 5 B 13 Feature ID LIFTSTA-ID 4 5 B 17 House Number HOUSENO 6 6 I 23 Street Name STNAME 20 20 C N N 43 Qualfier QUAL 20 20 C N 63 64 Type Number of Pumps TYPE NPUMPS 1 1 1 1 C I N 65 Number of Slots NSLOTS 1 1 I N 66 Wet Well Bolton Elev W WBELBV 4 7 F 1 N N 70 Low Level Alum Elev LLALARM 4 7 F 1 74 Pump On Elevation ONELEV 4 7 F 1 N N 78 Pump Off Elevation OFFELEV 4 7 F I 82 High Level Alarm Elev HLALARM 4 7 F 1 N N 86 Wet Well Capamty CAPACITY 4 4 I N 90 Buddmg Type BLDTYFE 2 2 C N N 94 Fenced Code (Y/N) FENCED 1 1 C N 95 Influent Pipe Invest Elev INPIPAELEV 4 7 F 1 N 99 Force Main Size FMAINSIZE 2 2 1 N 101 Location Description LOCATION 80 80 C N 181 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 I N Item Descriptions HOUSENO The house number of the address closest to the hft station UPSSNAME The street name of the address closest to the upstream manhole of this sewer line QUAL An additional field to further identify the location of the upsteam address TYPE Type of pump station, as follows Code D scri tion S Submersible W Not ll D Well N PU MPS Number of individual pumps housed at tlus pump station (typically either 2or3) Miner and Miner 11 34 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-M,4170N Project ARCANFO Database Di i NSLOTS wastewater system Fmnues Page 5 14 SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARC NFO MARKERSET (SEWER MRK) file which defines display characteristics for LIFTSTA coverage point symbols S 4 Wastewater System Pumps (SPUMP PAT) Descnpnon This coverage contains wastewater system pumps defined as point features Key aspects of this coverage are as follows ■ Pumps will be related to sewer main segments by the primp identifier That is, for a sewer main arc terminating at its from node at a pump, the value for the FROMNODE item on that main will the pump identifier 5PUMP.PAT P eaWe AUr1DUte J aDle 5 PERIMETER 4 12 F 9 SPUMN 4 5 B 13 Feature ID SPUMP ID 4 5 B 17 Suction Size SSIZE Discharge Size DSIZE Check Valve Type CHKVTYPE Check Valve Manufacturer CHKVMFG Check Valve Size CHKVSME Control Valve Type CJRLVTYPE Control Valve Manufacturer CTRLVMFG Control Valve Size CTRLVSIZE Controller Type CJRLTYPE Controller Manefacm r CTRLMFO Pump Type PTYPE Pump Serial Number PSERIAL Pump Manufacturer PMFG Rated Discharge RATEDISC Rated TDH RATEDTDH Impeller Diameter IMPDIAM Phase PHASE RPM RPM Wet Wall Access Type WACCI'YPE Dry Well Access Type DACCfYPE Meta Type MTRTYPB ProjectNumber PROJECIV 6 6 C N Item Descriptions HOUSENO The house number of the address closest to the lift station Mmer and Mater 11 34 AM 10/8/90 City Of Datilon ARC NFO Database Om GEO-HATION Protect Wastewater Sysoem Features Page S 15 S1S Sewer Service Lines (SW-SERVICE AAT) Destaipdon This coverage contains sewer service connections represented as arcs Key features of this coverage am as follows ■ Physical characteristics of service litres will be stated in the associated SW-SERVICE ATR file The item SLID will be used to relate these two tables no relationship will be established through the INFO relate SWSVREL ■ The upstream and downstream manhole numbers of the sewer main to which the service is connected are stored as items nose will provide a link to the SEWER coverage SW-SERVICE.AAT Featwe Attribute Table Organization Col Deacrl lion Output N of Alternate 1 hem name Width Width T a Dec Name Indexed? 5 AREA 4 12 F 3 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 SW_SERVICEN 4 S B 13 Feamm ID SW-SERVICE ID 4 S B 17 Service ID SLID 8 8 C 25 Upstream Manhole No MFIF 8 8 C 33 Downstream Manhole No NW 8 8 C 41 Symbol Code SYMBOL 3 3 I Redefined Items Item Deserlpdons SLID The unique identifier of the servicelute This item will provide a relationship between the SW SERVICE AAT and SW-SERVICE ATR tables WCMS ID The identifier of the sewer line to which this service is connected. This item will provide a relationship between the SW SERVICE AAT and SEWER AAT tables SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARC/INFO LINESET (SEWER LIN) file which defines display characteristics for SW_SERVICE coverage arc symbols Miner and Miner 1134 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OB0.1v ION Project Wastewater System Features ARC/WFO Database Doup Page 5 16 S S 1 Service Line Attribute Table (SW_SERVICE ATR) Description. This file will contain a copy of service line physical attributes and maintenance history derived from the WCMS application SLHIST table Records in this table will be associated with ARGINFO service features by means of the unique identifier, SLID SW_SERVICH ATR Attribute Table Outline Output o Alternate Col Description Itam name Width Width T e Dee Name Indexed? 1 Servos Lme Number SLID 8 8 C Y 9 House Address HOUSENO 6 6 I N N 15 Street Prefix Duecnon SPD 4 4 C N 19 Street Name SNAME 20 20 C N 39 City CITY 20 20 C 59 State STATE 2 2 C N N 61 ZIP Code ZIP 5 5 I N 66 Upstream Manhole MHF 8 8 C N 74 Downstream Manhole MHT 8 8 C N 82 Number of Tape NTAPS 1 1 I N 83 Ape Type PIPETYPE 3 3 C N 86 Stu SIZE 2 2 I N 88 Feet from Manhole MHDIST 3 3 I N 91 Reference Manhole MHREF -1 1 C Item Dejintaons SLID The unique identifier of the service knee This item will provide a relationship between the SW SERVICE.AAT and SW-SERVICE ATR tables HOUSENO House number of tins service SPD Street prefix direction SNAME Street name CITY City in which this service has STATE State code, i e , MI ZIP ZIP code of service address Miner and Mina 1134 AM 10/8/90 City of Deacon OBO-MA77ON Pwject ARCANFO Database r sygn Wastewater System Feamm Page 5 17 5.6 Drainage Sub-Basins (SUBBASIN) Description This coverage contains drainage sub-basin polygons These polygons are of particular =P~e because they will be the basis of the wastewater system tiling scheme Key features of this coverage are as follows BASIMPAT Feature Attribute Table Oraanizartan Col item name Width Dec Name Indexed? 5 9 PERIH~IBR 4 4 12 12 F F 13 Feamm ID BASINM BASIN ID 4 4 5 5 B 17 59 Tile Name Location ~ 32 32 B C 187 Basm Code LOCATION BASIN 128 128 C 129 Cni._D-d_n_J- I I C Item Descriptions TILENAME The unique identificton of the sub-basin, this code will also provide the necessary unique identifier for the rile LOCATION The path name describing the location of tits the withal the system directory structure BASIN The unique alphabetic code to identify this basin This item, together with the sub-basin code will unquely identify the sub-basin SUBBASIN The unique alphabetic code to identify this sub-basin within the drainage basin specified by the item BASIN Mmer and Miller 11 34 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MATION Project Stasmwater System Fee== ARC 2*0 Database r-agn Page 6.1 6 0 STORMWATER SYSTEM DATABASE DESIGN The ARC24FO stormwater collection database will contain conduits and structures witlun the City of Denton stormwater drainage system. The stormwater system will = be riled based on the Key Map grid. Rather, tile boundaries will be based on drainage basin boundaries The particular advantage of this approach is that most network tracing operations will be performed within a single sub- basin and with this tiling scheme tracing will not require extraction and re assembly of multiple tiles This disadvantage of this approach is that to produce standard Key Map format map products AM often require lust this type of multiple tile retneval Figume 5 illustrates the sewer system coverages and relationships established between these coverages 6 1 Storm Sewer Drainage Conduits (DRAIN AAT) Description Thus coverage contains open and closed drains within the stormwater system. Key features of this coverage am as follows • All drains, both open and closed, will be kept in one coverage to support convenient network tracing applications • Only basic information about the arc segment will be stored in the DRAIN AAT feature attribute table Physical characteristics for open drains will be stored in the INFO table CHANNEL.ATR, characteristics Of closed draws will be stored in the INFO table PIPE ATR, and charactenstics of culverts will be stored in the INFO table CULVERT.ATR. DJWN.AAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Cal Description item name width width tput ice Dee AINamete Indexed? l 1 FNODPM 4 5 B 5 TNODEN 4 5 B 9 LPOLYN 4 5 B 13 RPOLY#i 4 5 B 17 LBNOM 4 12 F 3 21 DRAIN# 4 5 B 25 DRAIN-ID 4 5 B 29 Upstream St=mm No UPSAPP 8 8 C 36 Downstream Structure No DWNAPP 8 8 C 44 ~ 46 1 Code SYMBOL 3 3 I Redefined Items 29 Drain Se ent ID DRAINSEQ 16 16 C Item DglnWns Mier and Miner 11 47 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton aEt}t 'TON Project ARCAM Database L,,ap Stonnwater System Features Page &2 UPSAPP The upstream structure number, which also acts as a unique identifier for the sewer run. This is the case since only one sewer line will ever exit from a structure This item is a structured number composed of codes for drainage basin, sub-basin, branch and type, suffixed by a sequential number, as follows ype This item also relates the DRAIN AAT table to the APP PAT table For example, given a selected sewer main, one command sequence to identify attributes for the upstream manhole in ARCPLOT is as follows RESELECT DRAIN ARC CIRCLE * 2 0 &SET of - (SHOW SELECT DRAIN ARC 1 ITEM UPSAPP] RESELECT APP POINT APPNO EQ %af% LIST DWNAPP The downstream structure number This code is structured like the upstream manhole number, and also like that code, the DWNAPP also allows a relate to the matching feature in the APP PAT file DRAINSEG Unique identifier for the sewer line segment (based on a combination of the upstream and downstream manhole numbers) This is the relate item to the attribute tables CHANNEL.ATR and PIPE ATR The relationships to these table will be established by the INFO relates CHNREL and PIPREL respectively TYPE A code to indicate whether this segment represents an open or a closed drain Valid values for this code include the following Code De a i n OD Open Drain CD Closed Drain CV Culvert Based on the value of this item, attribute query procedures will branch to look for physical drain characteristics under either the CHANNEL ATR or PIPE ATR table An example code sequence for such an operation within the ARCPLOT module is as follows RESELECT DRAIN ARC CIRCLE * 2 0 &SET dtype - (SHOW SELECT DRAIN ARC 1 ITEM TYPE] &IF $dtypet EQ C &THEN LIST DRAINSEG, PIPREL// &ELSE LIST DRAINSEG, CHNREL// SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARCIINFO LMET file which defines display characteristics for DRAIN coverage !me symbols Mules and Maier 1147 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MATtoN Project ARCAM Database D-np Stormwater Syssem Features Page 63 6.1 1 Open Drain Attribute Table (CHANNEL ATR) Description This file will contain physical characteristics of open channels Key features of this table are as follows ■ There will be a one-to-one correspondence between records in this table with records in the DRAIN.AAT table having a TYPE code o, for open dram Table Outline 17 Job Number JOBNO 12 12 C - N 29 Channel Status STATUS 1 1 C N 30 ' Channel T1'yyppee CTYPE 3 3 C N 33 Bottom Wiiith Bar WIDTH Bolton Depth BOT_DEPTH Side Slope SIDESLOPE Item DoInitions DRAINSEQ Unique,identifier for the drainage line segment (based on a combination of the upstream and downstream structure numbers) This is the relate item to the attribute tables DRAIN AAT STATUS A code to indicate the status of channel represented by tins arc Valid values for this code include the following CTYPE A code to indicate the type of channel represented by this arc Valid values for this code include the following UNL Unlined PIL Pilot Channel LIN Concrete Lined Channel BOT WIDTH Width of the bottoa of the channel BOT DEPTH Depth to the bottom of the channel Mister and Miner 1147 AM 10/8/'90 City of Denton OEOdV ION Project Stormwater System Features ARCANFO Database Dw p Page 6.4 6 1 2 Closed Drain Attribute Table (PIPE ATR) Descnpdon. This file will contain physical characteristics of closed channels Key features of this table are as follows ■ There will be a one-to-one correspondence between records in this table with records in the DRAIN AAT table having a TYPE code o, for closed drain PIPE.ATR Expansion Attribute Table Outline Col Description hem name Width Output Width N of Type Dee Alternate I Name Indexed? 1 Drainage Segment ID DRAINSEO 16 1 C Y 17 Job Number JOBNO 12 12 C N 29 Pipe Status STATUS 1 1 C N 30 Sim (diameter) SIZE 3 3 1 N 33 Material MAIL 3 3 C N 36 Slove SLOPE 4 7 F 2 N Item DeJininons DRAINSEG Unique identifier for the drainage line segment (based on a combination of the upstream and downstream structure numbers) This is the relate item to the attribute tables DRAIN AAT JOBNO The number of the job under which this pipe was, or (for proposed pipes) is planned to be constructed STATUS A code to indicate the status of pipe represented by this arc Vahrd values for this code include the following- Code Description E Existing P Procosed SIZE Nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches. MATL A code to indicate the pipe material. Valid values include the following C concrete RCP Reinforced Concrete Pipe PVC Poly-Vinyl Chloride COR Corrugated metal SLOPE Pipe segment slope. Mina and Maier 1147 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MA77ON Project ARC/INFO Detabese Dedgn SLOPE Culvert segment slope FLIN Flow line in. FLOUT Flow line out. StorniwaW System Feaaaes Page 6.6 DISTANCE Calculated length of the culvert segment from upstream appurtenance to downstream appurtenance 6,2 Drainage System Appurtenances (APP PAT) DFscripdon This coverage contains appurtenances to the storm sewer drainage system defined as point features Appurtenance types include closed system structures, such as, manholes, inlets, pipe junctions and junction boxes, and open system structures, such as, drop structures, head walls, wing walls, safety ends Key aspects of this coverage are as follows ■ Structures will be related to DRAIN coverage segment by a unique identification number assigned to each structure ■ APP coverage records will be related to several 1NF0 tables which will store physical characteristics for each type of appurtenance For closed system appurtenances these will include the tables JBOX ATR, MANHOLE ATR and INLET.ATR for junction boxes, manholes and inlets respectively no attributes specific to pipe junctions will be included The item APPNO will relate the APP coverage to each table with specific relationships established by the INFO relates JBREL, MHREL and INREL. For open system appurtenances these will include the tables DROP ATR and ERG DIS.ATR for drop structures and energy dissipaters respectively no attributes specific to head walls, wing walls or safety ends will be included The item APPNO will relate the APP coverage to each table with specific relationships established by the INFO relates DRPREL and ERGREL AFF.PAT Feature Attribute Table Ortmanizadon ' Ca Deacrl I n hem name Width ou t No Type Dec Alternate Name Indexed? I 9 AREA 4 12 F 3 9 PBRIMEM APPN 4 4 12 S F 3 B 13 Feame ID APP-B) 4 S B 17 Appmnente Number AppNO 8 8 C N Type 6 job N umber JOBNO 12 12 C N .38 i Symbol ride S OL 3 3 I N Item descriptions Mingt and Miner 1147 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO•MA77ON Project Stormwatee System Features ARC124FO Database r gn Page 6-5 6 1 3 Culvert Attribute Table (CULVERT ATR) Descnpaon This file will contain physical characteristics of culverts Key features of this table are as follows ■ There will be a one-to-one correspondence between records in this table and records in the DRAIN AAT table having a TYPE code Cv, for culvert CULVERTATR Expansion Attribute Table Outline Col Description item name Width Output Width Type N of Dee Alternate Name Indexed? 1 Drainage Segment ID DRAINSEG 16 16 C Y 17 Job Number JOBNO 12 12 C N 29 Pipe Status STATUS 1 I C N 30 Culvert Type TYPE 3 3 C N 33 Sire (diameter) SIZE 22 22 C N 55 Angle ANGLE 4 7 F 2 N 59 Slope SLOPE 4 7 F 2 N 63 Flow Line In FLIN 4 7 F 2 N 67 Flow Line Out FLOUT 4 7 F 2 N 71 Calculated Length DISTANCE 4 7 F 2 N Item Definitions DRAINSEG Unique identifier for the drainage line segment (based on a combination of the upstream and downstream appurtenance numbers) This is the relate item to the attribute tables DRAIN AAT JOBNO The number of the job under which this culvert was, or (for proposed culverts) is planned to be constructed STATUS A code to indicate the status of culvert represented by this arc Valid values for thus code include the following TYPE A code to indicate the culvert type Valid values for this code include the following Code Description BOX Box ELL Elliptical CIR Circular SIZE A free-format field descnbm culvert diameter either in feet or inches This may be a single dimension for circular culverts or two dimensions for box or elliptical culverts ANGLE Culvert angle, for angle culverts Minor and Miner 1147 AM 10/8/90 ase r pON project City o AR AM Dm Stocmwater System Features Page 6.7 APPNO The unique identification code for the appurtenance This item also relates the MANHOLE PAT table to the INLET ATR, MANHOLE.ATR, and JBOX ATR tables TYPE A code to indicate the structure type Valid values for this code include the following Code De ari lion B Junction Box D Drop Structures E Energy Dissipater H Head Pull I Inlet J Pipe Junction M Manhole S Safety End W win wall Based on the value of this item, attribute query procedures will branch to look for physical dram characteristics under either the JBOX ATR, MANHOLE ATR, INLET ATR, DROP ATR or ERGDIS ATR table note that there will be no table with attributes of pipe junctions An example code sequence for such an operation within the ARCPLOT module is as follows RESELECT APP POINT CIRCLE * 2 0 &SET atype - (SHOW SELECT APP POINT 1 ITEM TYPE] &SELECT iatype% &WHEN 8 LIST APPNO, JBREL//INVELEV, JBREL//DEPTH &WHEN D LIST APPNO, DRPREL//TYPE, DRPREL//LENGTH &WHEN E LIST APPNO, ERGREL//TYPE, ERGREL//LENGTH &WHEN I LIST APPNO, INREL//JOBNO, INREL//INVELEV &WHEN M LIST APPNO, MHREL//JOBNO, MHREL//INVELEV &END JOBNO The number of the job under witch this appurtenance was, or (for proposed appurtenances) is planned to be constructed. SYMBOL A symbol code corresponding to an ARCIINFO MARKERSET file winch defines display characteristics for APP coverage point symbols Code -Description 102 Sto=water Inlet 103 Grate Inlet 104 Head wall Minor and Miner 1147 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MATION Project Stamwater System Features ARC/INFO Database r in Page t> 8 6 2 1 Manhole Attribute Table (MANHOLE ATR) Description. This file will contain manhole attributes Records in this table will be associated with APP coverage features by means of the unique identifier, APPNO There will be a one-to-one relationship between manhole records in the APP PAT and MANHOLE ATR tables This relationship will be established through the INFO relate MHREL MANHOLE,ATR Attribute Table Outline Output o Alternate Col Description Item name Width Width Type Dee Name Indexed? 1 Manhole Number APPNO 15 IS C Y 28 Status STATUS 1 1 C N 28 Manhole Rim Elevation 1112 ELEV 4 7 F 2 N 32 Invert 1 Elevation INVELEV 4 7 F 2 N Item Definitions APPNO The unique identtfrcanon code for the manhole This item also relates the APP PAT to the MANHOLE ATR table STATUS A code to indicate the status of the manhole Valid values for this code include the following Code Descri ti n E Existing P Proposed RIMELEV The top of rim elevation, in feet and fractions of feet, expressed with respect to the City of Denton datum INVELEV The mvert elevation for the downstream pipe, in feet and fractions of feet, expressed with respect to the City of Denton datum Miner aid Miler 1147 AM 10/8/90 ARCltY COIIVF utoo Ese D 7ON Project Stormwater System Features Page 69 8 2 2 Junction Box Attribute Table (JBOX ATR) Daalption This file will contain attributes of junction boxes Records to this table will be associated with APP coverage features by means of the unique identifier, APPNO There will be a one-to-one relationship between junction box records in the APP PAT and JBOX ATR tables This relationship will be established through the INFO relate JBREL JBOX.ATR Attribute Table Outline Cdt Deecri Ion Item name Width Wldtht Type DNot ec Alternate a Indexed? 1 junction Box Nwnber PNO 15 15 C y 28 Status STATUS 1 1 C 28 Manhole Run Elevation RimmEV 4 7 F 2 32 Invert 1 Elevation IIVVELEV 4 7 F 2 N N 36 Size SIZE Item DeJfnidons APPNO The unique identification code for the junction box This item also relates the APP PAT to the JBOX ATR table STATUS A code to indicate the status of the junction box Valid values for this code include the following Code Description E Existing P Pr osed RIMELEV The top elevation of the junction box, in feet and fractions of feet, expressed with respect to the City of Denton datum. INVELEV The invert elevation for the downstream pipe, in feet and fractions of feet, expressed with respect to the City of Denton datum SIZE Mmer and MIM 1147 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MAMON Project Su rmwow Sysmm Featum AR01NM Database ip Page 6 10 6 23 Inlet Attribute Table (INLET ATR) Description T1us file will contain atmnbutes of stotmwater Inlets Records in this table will be associated with APP coverage features by means of the unique identifier, APPNO There will be a one-to-one relationship between inlet records in the APP PAT and INLET ATR tables This relationslup will be estabhshed through the INFO relate INREL. INLET.ATR Attribute Table Outline Cd Deacrl lion Rem name Width Output Wkah T o Alternate Den Name Indexed? 1 Stasmwater Inlet Number APPNO 13 R C Y 16 Job Number JOBNO 12 12 C N 28 Status STATUS 1 1 C N 28 Manhole Rim Elevadon RIMEW3V 4 7 F 2 N 32 Invert 1 Elevation 24VEL,EV 4 7 F 2 N 36 Size sum Inlet TV0e TYPE 3 3 C N Item Definitions APPNO The unique identification code for the miet. This item also relates the APP PAT to the INLET ATR table STATUS A code to indicate the status of the inlet. Vahd values for this code include the following RIMELEV The top elevation of the inlet, in feet and fractions of feet, expressed with respect to the aty of Denton datum. INVELEV The invert elevation for the downstmam pipe, in feet and fractions of feet, expressed with respect to the City of Denton datum SIZE TYPE A code to indicate the inlet type Vahd values for tins code include the followmg Code Description D Drop inlet YD Yard drain S S Mina and Mina 1147 AM 10/8/90 c uy of Denton GEO-MATION Project stormwater system Features ARCMM Database Design Page 6-11 ,6.2.4 Drt,N Structure Attribute Table (DROP ATR) Desc*don 'T'his file will contain attributes of drop structures Records in this table will be associated with APP coverage features by means of the unique identifier, APPNO There will be a one-to-one relationship between drop structure records in the APP PAT and DROP.ATR tables This relationship will be established through the INFO relate DRPREL DROP,ATR Attribute Type TYPE 3 3 C r twned, rc~rn.,w. _ N Item DOOM Ions I APPNO The unique identification code for the drop structure This item also relates the APP PAT to the DROP AYR table TYPE A code to indicate the drop structure type Valid values for this code include the following LENGTH Structure length. 6 2.6 Energy Dissipater Attribute Table (ERGDIS ATR) Description. This file will contain attributes of energy dissipater structures Records in this table will be associated with APP coverage features by means of the unique identifier, APPNO There will be a one-to-one relationship between manhole records in the APP PAT and ERGDIS.ATR tables This relationship will be established through the INFO relate ERGREL EAGDIS.ATR Attribute Table Outline Output N of Afternat a n m n a Width / W Noma Indexed? 1 EeetgyDletipeserNumbx AA!FFN O 16 T I 15 15 C y ype TYPE 3 3 C N I9 L N 4 7 F 2 N Itgtm DgUidons APPNO The unique identificanon code for the energy dissipater This item also relates the APP PAT to the ERGDIS ATR table Miner and Mber 11 47 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO•M ON Project ARC/INFO Database Design Sttmnwater System Features Page 6.12 TYPE A code to indicate the energy dissipater type Valid values for this code include the following LENGTH Structure length. 6 3 Drainage Basins (BASIN) Descnpdon This coverage contains drainage basin polygons These polygons are of particular importance Because they will be the basis of the stormwater system tiling scheme Key features of this coverage are as follows Dr+auv.rnt reatureAttributeTableOrganisation Coll Description kern name Width output Width a Alternate Type Dec Name Indexed? 1 3 AREA 4 12 F 3 PERMETER 4 12 F 3 9 BASINN 4 S B 13 Feature ID BASIN ID 4 S B 17 Tile Name TILENAMB 32 32 C N 49 Location LOCATION 128 128 C N Item Descriptions TILENAME The unique identifroation of the drainage basin, this code will also provide the necessary unique identiSer for the ale LOCATION The path name describing the location of tins we within the system directory structure 6.4 Drainage Sub-Basins (SUBBASIN) Descnpnon This coverage colimms drainage sub-basin polygons These polygons will subdivide drainage basin polygons defined in the coverage BASIN U11WASIMPAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Cal Desori ion kern name Width Output Width N of Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 3 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 SUBBASINa 4 3 B 13 Feature ID SUBBASIN ID 4 S B - 17 Basin Cade BAS DE 6 6 C N Item Descriptions Miner and Mum 11 47 AM 10/8/90 Cltylof Vnwo OBO-MATION Project Stamweter System Features ARqOM DafabM P-dP Pap 6-13 BASINCOISB The umque xWnd&Adon of ft & map sub-balm I , 1147 AM 10/8190 Minas and Mina City Of Denton GEO M T Protect ARC/IIYF'O Database L n Planning Apoicatims Database ~ Pap 7 1 7.0 PLANNING APPLICATIONS DATABASE DESIGN This section describes coverages required to support maps and applications for the Planning Department. Planning coverages will be developed from several sources, including the following ■ Yandell & Hiller Intergraph Files Digital data was Prepared by Yandell and Hiller for Traffic Survey Zones and Flood Insurance Rate Map zones Though not of an accuracy to match the eventual engineering base map, this data can be used immediately for map production ■ Land Use Management Information System (LUMIS) This dBASE IV database holds demographic and economic statistics by traffic survey zone and by intensity area to be displayed with the TSZ and INTENSITY coverages ■ Denton Zoning Map This four section 1"=1000' map set will be the basis of ZONING coverage polygon boundaries ■ Census TIGER File This digital data can be converted directly into ARGINFO and used for display of 1990 Census Data. ■ Denton Development Plan Map This map set will be the basis of the DEVPLAN coverage ■ OrrhophotographY This will be the source for building footprint polygons for the BUILDING coverage important data. issue for Planning Department applications will be the source for boundary Y planning PPhcations require data to support thematic mapping of demographic and economic data by census tract or other similar district. These maps will be displayed at a comparatively small scale and do not Long term goal rs integration of planning data with engineering land base However, many applications can be achieved with data that is currently available, specifically, the U S Census Bureau TIGER files Several of the be more sparse than utility or land bease coverages Thus,iit wwiill be graphic le to eature swill the full coverage in a single tile, considerably slmplifyying preparation of city-wide map products Coverages in this category include the following ■ Traffic Survey Zones ■ Intensity Areas (zm ■ Census Tracts CIRA( ■ ■ Census Block Grouupp: ■ Census Blocks (BLOB Voting Districts (VOI ■ School Districts (SCIi Other coverages, including the following, include suffictent graphic data for these to be tiled on the same scheme as the land base, i a, by Key Map boundary Maier and Mina 10 45 AM 10/8/'90 City of Denton OEO-MAIION Project Planning Applications Database ARCANFO Database sign Page 7 2 ■ Zoning (ZONING) ■ BUILDING (BUILDING) { 7 1 Traffic Survey Zones (TSZ PAT) Description This coverage contains traffic survey zone (TSZ) polygons These districts are aggregations of census block groups and are used as the basis of many of the Planning ID ar men's data collection and analysis activities Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Multiple sources for TSZ polygon boundaries are available The City currently has one version of this data in ARCANFO format which was derived from the Yandell and Hiller Intergraph files Additional potential sources would be the Census Bureau TIGER file (TSZ's could be created by aggregating block groups and dissolving unnecessary boundaries) and the engineering land base to be developed from 1"=100' scale Key Maps A limitation of both the Y&H files and the TIGER files is the accuracy of the boundaries Both of these files were developed from small scale (1" = 1,000' or smaller) source traps, so that these will not snatch well with the engineering landbase and other utilitymaps The principle advantage of the Y&H maps is that the data is available am whereas the engineering landbase will be developed over the next year or more no logical and recommended approach then should be to make best use of the existing Y&H based TSZ polygon data for whatever thematic mapping and analysis applications are feasible given the limited accuracy of the data, and, once the detailed land base has bee developed create My. TSZ polygons by goo-copying from the landbase to a TSZ coverage arcs that represent TSZ boundanes ,1111 Since the unit of analysis for much of the Planning Department LUMIS (Land Use Management Information System) is the TSZ, a convenient link should be established between LMS and ARCANFO If LUMIS is to remain under dBASE on a PC, as it currently exists, then that PC should be networked to the Planning Department ARGINFO workstation to enable direct sharing of data, though since the IBM RT (and the RS-6000) can read DOS formatted disks, data sharing can be accomplished by diskette for an interim period until networking is completed To accomplish this data sharing from dBASE, data would first need to be exported to an ASCII file for importinto an INFO table Such a process could include the following steps 1 From within dBASE, write LUMIS DBF data to fixed format flat files These extract files must, at minimum, contain a TSZ identifier to link with the polygon feature 2 Transfer the flat file from the PC to the ARGINFO workstation. 3 Use the INFO GET command to import values into an INFO data structure Miner and Mina 10 45 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-M 'rON Project ARC NFO Database D, yn lanning Appueadona Database Page 7 3 4 Define an INFO relate to associate the TSZ PAT with the newly created external INFO data file Once accomplished, AML applications could access LLMS data for mapping and other types of geographic analysis The TSZ PAT table and TSZ ATR table will be related by the TSZ-ID item, The relationslup will be established through the INFO relate TSZREL. TSZ.PAT Feature Attribute Table OreanimdAn 9 PERIMETER 4 12 F 13 Feature ID TSZ# 4 S B 17 Svmhnl rm^ a SZ ID - 4 S B Item Definitions SYMBOL A code for the shade symbol table entry used for shading of the TSZ Polygon Valid values include the following A sample attribute table for Traffic survey zone attributes with LUMIS data could be structured as follows TSZ.ATR Attribute Tabk Ettvtmg Land Use LANDUSE 3 3 B Y Total Population TOTPOP 3 3 N - I N Total Households T "VT%M 6 1 Mara and Mater 10 45 AM 10/8/90 Pintang Applic=Ons Page 7-4 City of Deeten QE0-NA7I0N Project ARQINFODaaba9e'' 8n 7 2 IntensltY Areas (INTENSITY) Descripdon. This coverage contains intensity area polybo s Si ~ area is defined ne similar pol gone, much of the data to be mapped Y a ach for mapping is recommended as well An external attribute table, IN & TY5, should ld defined to hold the Intensity Area identifier and selected Feature Attribute Table l PERRMMR 4 12 F S 2nwsrry# 4 5 B 9 IIVTIS, srry ID 4 5 B 13 Fe9UMID ev Mr%, 3 3 i 7,3 Zoning (ZONING) Descripdon G~ This coverage will be used to track and display land use zoning classificatio There are two fundamentally differing approaches to definition of a zoning map with ARC/INFO, as follows ■ Zoning District Polygons This appr clan wouda deft Te zooningod s would so po ly ons enclosing parcels of the same zoning of the same classification could have as an attribute the classification. All polygons be displayed using the same shade ~e ttern~en wwhzonig en ov change s made the PARCEL coverage, would show zoning by polygon boundary would be edited to reflect the change ■ Zoning as an Attribute of Parcel Polygons This approach would define no graphic feature to represent zoning, but rather would add zoning classification g as an map attribute of the PARCEL Polygon attribute table To display product, PARCEL polygons would be shaded hued tee zoning classification code When a zot>iuB cbaa is made. the zoning on the appropriate parcel(s) would be a as iBoth has have their merits, and were there an existing data file with zoning However, such a file ns b parcel the first alternative would be recommended does not exist Zoning is currently represented on a 1 m LOW zoning map which covers enient to ca approach umn the (qty in four igsections. i ft zThe m t vfrom this map and assign the g zoning classification data will be to digitize oamB polygons pppprroo ach is that n preparation as an attribute of the polygon. have to wart for the compledon of the engmeenng of an ARC/INFO zoning map will not land base It should be noted that, given the zoning polygon approach, once these polygons are defined and zoning classification attributes added, and once the PARCEL coverage of the 10 45 AM 10/8/90 Mbar and Mina' ChY of Denton GEOdV 'TON Pmject ARCINFO Database L gn %U111119 App1{pi10as Database Page 7 S land base is constructed, if the fit between the two coverages is reason able zoning classifications can be add as attributes of parcels by means of the able zoning INTERSECT procedure ARC/INFO ZONIN YePAT Feature Attribute Table 9 Z ERMWER 4 +c 12 F 3 F 13 Feature ID 17 ZOON1N0 ID 4 5 3 g Zoning Classification CLASS 4 22 Shade S 1 S 5 1 B SYMBOL 3 C N l Item Definitions N CLASS Zoning thstnct classification Valid values include the foll owing A Agricultural District SF-16 Single Family SF-13 Dwelling District 13 Single Family Dwelling District S Single SF-7 Family Dwelling District SF-7 Single Family Dwelling District 2F Two Family Dwelling District MF-1 Multi-Family Dwelling District MF-2 ' Multi-Family Dwelling District R Multi-Family Restricted District P Parking District O Office District NS Neighborhood Service District OR General Retail District Ca Centrrali District Business District LL Light Industrial District HI Heavy Industrial District PD Planned Development District S Specific Use Permit SYMBOL A code for the shade symbol ZONING table curry used for shading ZONING polygon Valid values include the following of the Miner and Maur 10.43 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton GEO-MATION Project PlanmaB Appluaama Database Page 7.6 ARQUM Database" '°gn 7 4 Census Treets (TRACT) Descripdon Thi's coverage contains U S Census tract boundaries and polygons Initially, this coverage may be developed from the 1990 Census TIGER file ultimately, the districts df~ned m t file can Oust coverage are as street network to be established in the Denton follows Land Base Key aspects ■ Like the TSZ coverage described above, it is recommended that Census tract attributes be stored in an external INFO table related to the TRACT PAT table by the tract identification code, in this case a re-defined item including the tract number character and two fields suice it may include significant leading zeroes The ila onn willl be established by the INFO relate TRCTREL to be mapped and the shade 0 The value of the SYMBOL illustrated in the following example, symbol set used This Census tracts no to be displayed by color based on total population, as follows Population Color Code 0 to 2000 Green 301 Blue 401 4000 2001 to Red 201 4001 and above ove The fallowing ARCPLOT code fragment will assign appropriate values to the SYMBOL field and display tracts using the assigned color Census tract number and actual total population values will be displayed inside the tract polygon by moans of the pOLYGONTEXT command. Assiqn Symbol values ASELECT TRACT POLYS RESELECT TRCTREL//TOTPOP LE 2000 CALL TRACT POLYS SYMBOL o 301 ASELECT TRACT POLYS RESELECT TRCTREL//TOTPOP GT 2000 AND TRCTREL//TOTPOP LE 4000 CALC TRACT POLYS SYMBOL " 401 ASELECT TRACT POLYS RESELECT TRCTREL//TOTPOP GT 4000 CALC TRACT POLYS SYMBOL , 201 Display Results /r plot treat boundaries ARCLrNES TRACT 101 Shade tracts based on population POLYGONSBADES TRACT SYMBOL /r Display tract number and total population values stacked inside /r the tract polyqon POLYGONTEXT TRACT TRACT CODE\\TRCTREL//TOTPOP t CENTER 10 45 AM 10/8/90 Miner and Miner City of Denton GEO., \TION Ptolect ARC/1NF0 Database 4gn TRACT-PAT Feature Attribute Table Orgamzatton Planning Applications Database Page 7 7 Col 1 Deacri Ion Item name WId utput AR Wldth T S 9 EA PERIMETER 4 4 12 12 F 13 Feature ID TRAM 4 3 F B 17 21 Tract Numbe Ttact Suffi r TRACT~,N0 4 4 S 4 B U x Shade Symbol TRACT SUF 2 2 1 C SYMBOL 3 3 I tMe6ned Irons Item Defihlnons SYMBOL ■ The TRACT ATR table will, in addition to the tract tdentin , contain aggregate census statistics such as those included on the preer typ tgtycally Census data release (the PL-194 tapes) and the Summary Tape Files (STFs) An example of selected items for this table is presented below TRAC UAT Feature Attnbute Table Or anlzation Cd Deacri tion utput Width o Alternate l Tract Idenofier hem name Width Dec Name In, 7 Total Population TRACT -CODE 6 6 C Pri N N N Mhw and Miner 10 45 AM 10/8/90 A code for the shade symbol table entry used for shading of the TRACT Polygon. Valid values include the following City of Denton OEO•MATION pioieco games A~ page 7 8 Aitc,i O Database Dm p 7,5 Census Block Groups (SO) Desartpdon the This coverage contains U S Census blockgroup e dboundaries and eveloped from the 990 Ce sus TIGER TRACT coveragethe districts , this coverage Ind in lly this file may can be adjusted to meet the street network to Usti lishe, in the Denton Land Base Though it is possible to store both block groups and tracts in the same coverage it is block tided that rec ses and since s toring othems tobe kept separate since they Will be used for gether would require a considerable amount of erent redundant storage The s tract associate block pup pogroup Identifier lygons with an(the xtfirst ernal digit tables code) will be required Feature 1 PiEWNWM 4 12 5 F B 5 9 BOO BO•ID 4 4 5 B 13' Featote ID 17 Tract Idennfia TRACT CODE 6 1 6 1 C I 23 Block GrouP Identifier BLOCK-GROUP 3 I 3 Item DgUidons SYMBOL 10 45 AM 10/8/90 Miner and Milan A code for the shade symbol table entry used for shading of the BG g nnlveon. Valid values Include the followin Crry of Denton GEO.W ON Project AROINFO Database L m 7 6 Census Blocks (BLOCK) Descnpnon '1811=9 Appacanons Database Page 7 9 This coverage contains U S Census block boundari coverage, this coverage initially may be developed Scoem districts and POIMons Like the TRACT Ultimately, the defined in this file can be the TIGER established in the Denton Land Base adjusted to meet network o be The tract code and block code external attribute tables will be required to associate block polygons with any BLOCILPAT Feature Attribute Table Organiranon Col 1 Descrl tion hem name utput AREA Width Width T 9 PERIMHTER 4 4 12 12 F 13 Feattut ID BLOCK# 4 F B 17 23 Tract Identifier BLOCK ID TRACT CODE S B 24 Block Wentifier Shade Svmb i - B~ 6 3 6 3 C code o r I Item DVIninons 77 Descrtpdon SYMBOL Voting Districts (VOTING) This coverage contains voang U S Census blocks and block distract Polygons These polygons will be developed from census data provided at a grouPs, as d°~ed within the 1990 TIGER file 1990 block BLOCK and BG cov and block group level and to be associated with the districts ersges respectively can be used to re.aPpomon voang distracts based Thus, on vot~ulation. will be defined as aggregates of Census block and/or block groups Table y1TER 4 12 F ufvr n r^ 4 s B Miner and Miner 10 45 AM 10/8/90 A code for the shade symbol table entry used for shading of the PolYlron. Valid values include the following BLOCK City of Damon 010-MA77ON Project Plantung Apphcadons Database ARPINFO Database t'wign Page 7 10 7 8 Sohool Districts (SCHOOL) DescrOdon This coverage contains Denton City school districts defined as polygons and as developed for the City school district map SCCHOOL.PAT Feature Attribute Table Organization Output o Iternate Deacrl tlon hem name Width Width Type Dec Name Indexed? 1 A 4 12 F 3 5 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 SCHOOL# 4 5 B 13 Fea ID -SCHOOL ID 4 5 B 7,9 Building Footprints (BUILDING) Description This coverage contains building footprints obtained from orthophotography defined as polygons Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ Attributes will be associated with building polygons for long term use and analysis, thus these attributes will be included directly in the BUILDING PAT table UILDING.PAT Feature Attribute Table Organization B , CI Description he name Width Output Width Type o Alternate Dec Name Indexed? 1 O 4 12 F 3 5 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 BUILDING# 4 5 B 13 Fee= ID BUIIAINO-ID 4 10 5 10 B C N 17 Central Appraisal District No CADNO 6 I N 2,7 House Address Number ADDRESS 6 2 C N 3p Street Prefix Ditscdon PRE DIR NAME STREET 2 20 20 C N 35 53 Saw Nam Street Type . STREET TYPE 4 4 C N N Land Use Code L~~ OCCUPANCY 5 2 5 2 C C N 64 66 xupenayTYPO O Cetdf(edOccupancyDw OCC DATE 8 8 1 N N 74 ApptatsalDistrict Type ADIST-TYPE 3 3 C N '17 N of Residential Units ~A I N 79 Floor PON ~ RE00 5 5 1 C N $3 use B S USE 1 4 4 C N IC Code SI Item Doinitions ADDRESS The house/budding number component of the sites address PRE DIR With a structured street time, a prefix, direction, i e, N, S, E or W, component of the sites address Within the full street name a COLFAX AV, a is the street prefix direction 10 45 AM 10/8/90 ML►er and Mbler City o ton OEO-y 77ON Pmject 8n Ong Appucattau Derabsae Page 7 11 STREET NAME A street feature name sheet component of the sous address Within the full name E COLFAX AV, COLFAX is the street feature name STREET TYPE A street type component of the seas address Within the full street name E COLFAX AV, Avis the street type LANDUSE A code for the current land use Valid values include the following OCCUPANCY RES UNITS Number of residential units within this building FLOORSPACE The total amount of floor space (square footage) within this builtyug OCC_DATE The cernficate of occupancy date AD IST TYPE A code for the appraisal district type Valid values include the following USE A code for the building usage designation Valid following values include the C Commercial 1 industrial Miiier and Miner 10 45 AM 10/8/90 n cone 'or the occupancy type Valid values include the following City of Denton GEO-MATION Project planning Applications DaMbase ARCANFO Database n °tiga page 7 12 7 10 Flood Insurance Rate Areas (FIRM) Descripdon This coverage contains flood zone areas defined as polygons An arc attribute table will also be defined for this coverage to allow unique line types to be assigned to each boundary lute Key features of this coverage are as follows ■ The flood zone designation of each polygon is included as an attribute of each (~E polygon, though for snap production, additional text should be defined as ic- - annotation to allow convenient labeling of flood zones (Q°` t ■ For zones where flood elevation are determined, the BASE_ELEV item will hold this elevation ■ This coverage would be combined with the coverages STREET (street edges) and HYDRO (water features) and potentially the TOPO coverage from the land base to prepare standard FIRM maps ■ boundaries Flood zone are Hiller Intergraph files These currently be converted to ARCANFO format for ll most likely represent die ot accurate representation of this data available 1myn8diateuse These files were compiled from October 1989 FIRM maps and DM PAT Feanwe Attribute Table Organization i S FERDMEg 4 12 F 3 9 FIRMIi 4 S B 13 Feature ID FPM ID 4 2 S 2 B C N 17 Flood Zone Designation ZONE N I o... C -..A et....Ai RASE ELEV 4 4 Item Definitions ZONE A code for the flood zone designation. Valid values include the following 10 45 AM 10/8/90 Miner and Mmer City oof Denton / NPO Database Dt ^.1 project AR 'lemming A ppllcadona Database Page 7 13 A Area of 100-year flood; base flood elevation and flood hazard factors undetermined AE Area of 100-year flood; base flood elevation determined AH Flood depths of 1 to 3 feet (usually areas of Ponding), base flood elevations determined AO Flood depths of 1 to 3 feet (usually sheet flow on sloping terrain), average depths determined Al- Areas of 100-year flood; base flood elevation A30 determined B Areas of 500-year flood, areas of 100-year flood with average depths of less than 1 foot or with drainage areas lava than 1 square mile and areas protected by levees from 100-year flood c Areas of minimum flooding x Areas of 500-year flood; areas of 100-year flood with average depths of less than 1 foot or with drainage areas less than 1 square mile, and areas BASE_ELEV Base flood elevation, in feet, with reference to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929 SYMBOL A code for the shade symbol table entry used for shading of the flood zone polygon Valid values include the following, FIRM.AAT Feature Attrlbute Table Organ)zadon ICd Description 1 Item name Width output Width --p - T e De 5 FNODE# 9 TNODE# 4 5 B 13 LPOLY# 4 5 B 17 RPOLY# 4 5 B 1 21 LENGTH 4 12 F 3 Feature ID FIRM# FIRM ID 4 N 5 B 29 cvmt,,,t r,.A. 4 5 B Item Defimnons SYMBOL A code for the line symbol table entry used for flood zone boundary hnes Valid values include the following. Mum and Miner 10 43 AM 10/8/90 City of Denton OEO-MA77ON Ptolect Piammng Applications Database ARQDM Database up pap 7 14 7 11 Development Plan (DEVPLAN) Descripdon. ons descri Denton Development Plan areas based on the This coverage contains pol?c current Development Plan ncept Map Polygons in this coverage will be assigned a type designation to classify the area as an Urban Center, Special Purpose Activity Center, or a Moderate Activity center Production of standard development plan maps would be accomplished by displaying this coverage in combination with the STREET, HYDRO, and FIRM coverages D9VPL4N.PAT Feature Attribute Table Organization utput N o Alternate Desori on hem nee Width Width Type Dec Name Indexed') 1 AREA 4 12 F 3 5 PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 9 DEVPLAN# 4 5 B - 13 Feature ID DEVPLAN ID 4 5 B 17 Classification CLASS 4 4 C 21 Shade bo S OL 3 3 1 1tgm D¢lnuions CLASS A code for the development plan area class designation Vahd values include the following Code Descri tion UC Urban Centers SPAC Special Purpose Activity Center HAC Modest Activity-Center SYMBOL V~ vafor the shade lues symbol table g entry used for development Plan areas the Mlaer MLta 10 45 AM 10/8/90 city AR °OINM n Dm Dry. iON Protect ga 'lanNng Applications Database Page 7 15 7 12 Neighborhoods (NBRHOOD) Dampoon This coverage contains neighborhoods defined as polygons based on the existing City neighborhood trap NBRHOOD.PAT Feature Attribute Table O/YanJzarlan g PERIMETER 4 12 F 3 13 Featum ID NBRHOODM NBRHOOD ID 4 5 B 17 Name 17 Shade Svmbnl 0 NAM , 4 20 5 20 B C Item De.flnttions NAME A free format text field for the neighborhood name SYMBOL A code for the shade symbol table entry used for neighborhoods values include the following Valid Mhiiia and Miner 10 4S AM 10/8/g0 bft City of Damon GRO-MA71ON Project Pap ge 8 S Symbol Li -1 AR01NFO Database TYaiga 1 S.o SYMBOL LIBRARIES Thus section describes preliminary symbol libraries for line and point features City of Denton ARC/INFO Line Symbol Library 101 ROW Line 1 SO 102 Lot Line 0 35 103 Subdivision Liao 82 104 Abstract Lm* 4 0 105 Easement Law 00 30 106 Streams 2 3 3 30 S0 107 E TJ Line 00 30 108 Radmeda 109 Street Centerline 00 30 110 T Contours ' 0 0 1 30 30 50 Contours 111 10 0 35 112 Traffic Survey Zones 113 Fences 0 35 114 Storm Drain Line (Exnung) 0 35 113 Storm Drain Lire (P) nn ng and on ng ymbo s 130 Voting District 131 Census Tract 132 School Distact 133 Z nin Dis t der astewater y 140 Samtarysower Line S 140 141 Form Mama 4 S 120 140 142 Waterlines 143 Wamr 1 ecrlC Utility Symbols 150 Ovahesd ptimary 2 60 ,51 0 33 152 00 30 M 133 <y 3 80 154 dery 1 50 155 69 KV 4 120 w Off 10/8/90 miner and Minor City of Denton GEO-IV 'TON Project ARC/ 4FO Database L gn Symbol Librad" Page 9-2 City Of Denton ARC/INFO Point Symbol Library 101 Traffic Signs 10 102 Storinwaterlitlet 25 z 10 103 Grate Inlet 25 104 Headwall 25 1055 Culvert 25 120 Water Meta 10 121 Water Line Plug 10 122 Fire Hydrant 10 123 Elevated Wamr Stotage 30 124 125 Surface Water Storage Water Valve 30 z 20 126 Sanitary Sewer Manhole 20 z 10 10 127 SamterySewer Lift 128 Station Sanitary Sewer Cleanout 15 x 15 10 129 Sanitary Sewer Line plug 10 130 Sanitary Sewer Flow 140 Station Transformer 25 141 Conventional Transformer 25 142 Conventional sell, Pro- tected Transf ter 25 143 Padmounted 7hWonner 35 144 Air Switch - Closed 50 wide 145 146 Air Switch Opened Padmount Switch Cl 50 wide 147 osed Padmoum Switch - Opp 35 35 148 149 Fuse Guy and Anchor 30 wide 75" 150 151 Manhole Pullbox 50 wide 152 Pedestal 35 wide 153 Existing Wood pole 23 10 dia 154 Ltgg reamgArrester 751ong 155 Street Light 10 du 156 Security light . 15 dis 157 Street light on Metal or . 158 Fiberglass Capacitor Bank to dia 20 wide 35 diL Miner and Miner 10/8/90 AR QCMM Da M • p TION Protect 9 0 INFO Table Relates BM Table Relates Page 9 1 This section describes INFO relates required to luck ARC/WF'O feature attribute tables to associated attribute tables City of Denton ARC/INFO Relates Lan base INFO PAVE TAG PAVE TAG LINEAR PAVREL PAVEMENT ATR Ele011081 System INFO FDR TYPE FDR TYPE LINEAR PCREL COND EX8 INFO FpOLE POLE TAG LINEAR FPOLREL POLE PAT INTO TPOLE POLE TAG LINEAR TPOLREL POLE PAT INTO POLE TAG POLE TAG LINEAR PHISREL POLE HIST ATR INFO CONST CONST LINEAR PCREL POLE CONST ATR INFO CONST CONST LINEAR GCgEL GUY CONST ATR INFO POLE TAG POLE TAG LINEAR PSREL ST LIGHT PAT - INFO ST LIGHT-ID I-_D L LINEAR SHISREL LT HIST ATR ST TRANSFORMER ATR INTO XFR TAG TAG XFR INEAR L LINEAR XFRREL XFRHISREL TRANS HIST AIR INFO XFR TAG A XFR TAG TAG POLE LINEAR XFRPOL POLE PAT INTO UC ID ST STRUCTURETAG LINEAR X$RSTA STRUCTURE PAT INFO CAPACITOR-ID CAPACITOR-ID LINEAR CAPREL CAP HIST ATR INFO INFO SECT-ID SECT-ID LINEAR SWIREL SWITCH ATR INFO SECT-ID SECT-ID LINEAR RCLREL RECLOSER ATR INFO SECT-ID SECT-ID LINEAR FUSREL FUSE ATR INFO AN AN LINEAR EMREL EMETER ATR Water System INFO WDMS-ID WDMS-ID LINEAR WMREL WMAIN ATR INTO WDMS ID WDMS ID LINEAR fir' MAIN EXP ATR MAIN PROJECT# PROJECT# LINEAR EL PROJECT EXP INFO WDMSID WDMS ID LINEAR MNTRZ WMNTREL WMAINT ATR INFO NFO WDMS_ID WDMS ID LINEAR WTSTREL AIR WTEST INFO VALVENO VALVENO LINEAR VLVMEL AIR VALVE ALVE INFO VALVENO WDMs ID LINEAR VMMTREL WMAINT ATR FO IN HYDRANTNO HYDRANTNO LINEAR HYDREL HYDRANT ATR INFO HYDRANTNO APP-ID LINEAR R HMNTREL WMAINT ATR INFO PUMPNO PUMPNO LINEA EL ATR INFO SERVICENO SERVICENO LINEAR SVR EL VA ATR SERVICE INFO METERNO METERNO LINEAR WMTREL ATA WMZTZR TAM0 TANKNO LINEAR L TNKRE TANK ANK ATR INTO INFO TANKNO TANKNO LINEAR TNKEXPREL TANK_EXP ATA Wastewater SEWER ATR INTO WCMS-ID WCMS-ID WCMS-ID LINEAR LINEAR 3WREL SHSTREL SHIER ATR INTO WCMS-ID WCMS-ID WCMS-ID LINEAR SWEXPREL SEWER EXP ATR INFO pROJECT# PROJECT# LINEAR SWPRJREL PROJECT EXP INFO ME ME LINEAR MEREL MANHOLE ATR INFO MH LINEAR MHSTAEL MHIST ATA- -tee INFO SLID SLID LINEAR 11 54 AM 10/8/90 Mim and Mina City Of Dftwn GEO.? AR D'F0 DatabM L 'YONPmlect CHNREL PIPREL MHREL INREL JHREL DRPREL ERGREL 2lanning TSZREL CHANNEL ATR PIPE ATR MANHOLE ATR INLET AIR J80X ATR DROP ATR ERGDIS ATR TSZ ATR Mina and Mkw INFO Table Relates Page 9-2 INFO INFO DRAINSEG DRAINSEG DRAINSEG LINEAR INFO APPNO DRAINSEG LINEAR INFO APPNO APPNO LINEAR INFO APPNO APPNO APPNO LINEAR INTO APPNO APPNO LINEAR INFO APPNO APPNO LINEAR LINEAR INFO INFO TSZ-ID TRACT cnnm TSZ-ID _ LINEAR 1154 AM 10/8/90 GE NIM 3 SECTION 1 22 SECTION 2 24 SECTION 3 108 SECTION 4 109 SECTION 5 110 SECTION 6 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, EXMBITS, AND APPENDICES la St Petersburg Production Facility 10 3a Management Organization Chart 31 3b Pre-Digital Map Inventory Check List 44 3c Edit Check List 45 3d Pre-delivery Edit Check List 46 3e Geomation Proposed and Existing Sources 57 3f Photogrammetnc Capture Flow Chart 67 3g map Automation Flow Cbart 73 Exhibit 6 4 Experiences and References 12 Exhibit 6 7 Exceptions to Terms and Conditions 23 Exhibit 6 5 Production and Technical Staff 39 Exhibit 610 Project Calendar 89 Exhibit 6 9 Detail Pricing 96 Exhibit 6 30 Aggregate Pricing 102 Exhibit 6 6 Production Equipwent and Facilities 104 Appendix A - Plammemc Features Appendix B - Digitizing Guidelines GE NIEX November 16, 1990 Mr Tom Shaw, Mr Gary Collins, Mr Jerry Clark Members of the selection committee Denton GEO-MATION Project 901-B Texas Street Denton, Texas 76201 Gentlemen Geonex is pleased to submit its proposal for the map automation services required to support the Denton GEO-MATION Project our objective in developing this program is to provide map automation services that will ClPatOrY provide effective, accurate information necessary onrsoto support future n sa=u=ces is the amount o control acuviues A measurement of the quality o and of the seances which the City and Vendor have over the cost, quality, design After as thorough review of the RFP, the data sources, and the intended applications, Geonex has identified a deficiency in the sources scheduled for plammetnc and utility features In response, Geonex has proposed an alternate approach to the automation of plammetric and utility features We willshow in our proposal that a new photogrammetnc land base is superior in many ways to the conversion of the 1985 orthophotographic and as-built documents Geonex has listed in the comparing the cost benefit the spent pp oach considerable In every analysis he new e photogrammetno approach is advantageous to the City One of the most significant advantages of the program is the control it provides over the critical factors of cost, accuracy and design The final services developed from this program will provide the city with the most effective balance of cost, accuracy and design. In our, proposal we have attempted to identify the cnucal elements and production show w methodologies in each individual c avers nnnce mponneent mOur pricing of the conversion work here money can be saved by utilizing City Pe to t some e Members of the selection committee Page Two November 16, 1990 Pages 5 through 8 of Section 10 provide a background summary of our technical approach Pages 46 through 50 of the technical requirements in section 3 5 identify the factors which support the utilization of our alternate approach for plammetric and utility features Geonex is uniquely qualified to complete these services for the city of Denton. To provide the best value, our nprogram ogg, boardpo ~sed ere > cial and pprroprietary including and photogrammetry, scanning, gi8, comm satellite imagery among others Geonex uses GIS technology in a daily production environment From our experience we are able to provide more than simple automation services Geonex will provide a solution to the implementation of this phase of the GEO-MATION ProlecL We would be delighted to offer more details of the advantages that this program will bring to the GEO-MATION Project and the city of Denton. Very Truly Yours, Daniel S Beasley Program Development Representative DB wmv GRAM PROPOSAL In Response to: CITY OF DENTON Request for Proposals For Map Automation and Encoding Services to Support GEO-MATION Submitted By THE GEONEX CORPORATION 8950 Nmth Street North St. Petersburg, FL 33702 (813)578-0100 November 16, 1990 EXHIBIT 6 2 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT The undersigned being first duly sworn as provided by law, deposes and says 1 His/her name is J Gary Reed and he/she resides at 8950 Ninth Street North, St Petersburg, FL 33702 2 He/she makes this affidavit with the knowledge and intent that it is to be filed with the City and that it will be relied upon by said City, in any consideration which may give to and any action which it may take with respect to this proposal 3 He/she makes and is authorized to make this affidavit on behalf of, Geonex Corporation (Name of Corporation, Partnership, Individual, etc ) a Corporation , formed under the laws of Maryland (state) on which he/she is & 1 Fat So a Owner, partner, Presi< 4 Neither the undersigned nor any other person, firm or corporation named in above Paragraph 31 nor anyone else to the knowledge of the undersigned, have themselves solicited or employed anyone else to solicit favorable action for this proposal by the City, also that no head of any department or employee therein, or any officer of the City is directly interested therein. 5 This proposal is genuine and not collusive or a sham, the person, firm or corporation named above in Paragraph 3 has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed directly or indirectly with any bidder or person, firm, or corporation, to put in a sham proposal, or that such other person, firm, or corporation, shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any 32097 Exhibit 6 2 Non-Collusion Affidavit Page 2 manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference with any person, firm, or corporation, to fix the unit prices of said proposal or proposals of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City or any person, firm or corporation interested in the proposed contract all statements contained in he proposal or proposals described above are true and further, neither the undersigned, nor the person, firm or corporation named above in Paragraph 3, has directly or indirectly submitted said proposal or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any association or to any member or agent thereof h/" (AF ANT) Swor to before me and subscribed in my presence this 4(f- day Of (Notorial Seal) Ito ary Public PROJECT NAME Map Automation GEO-MATION Project SOLICITATION NUMBER RFP No 1160 32093 EXHIBIT 6 3 REQUIRED DISCLOSURE The following disclosure is of all material facts pertaining to any felony conviction or any pending felony charges in the last three (3) years in this State or any other State of the United States against (1) bidder, (2) any business entity related to or affiliated with bidder, or (3) any present or former executive employee, officer, director, stockholder, partner, or owner of bidder or of any such related or affiliated entity This disclosure shall not apply to any person or entity which is only a stockholder, which person or entity owns twenty (20) percent or less of the outstanding shares of a bidder whose stock is publicly owned and traded r//.. l~ lC~~t BI ER 3209] C3 t IGriq compartyd North MwW BID BOND CIGNA Bond #TO 02-40-04 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WE Geonex Go oration St Petersburg, F 33702 as principal and the INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania having its principal place of business at Philadelphia Pa as surety are held and firmly bound unto City Of Denton, TX 901-B Texas Street Denton, TX 76201 obligee in the penal sum of DOLLARS law Five percent of total amount bid (5 0$ of bid) DOLLARS money of the United States of America for the payment of which well and truly to be made we bind ourselves our heirs executors administrators successors and assigns jointly and severally firmly by these presents SIGNED sealed and dated this 8th day of November A D 19 90 WHEREAS, the said principal is herewith submitting proposal for map automation, encoding and related database production services Inv NRFP No 1160 THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the aforesaid principal shall be awarded the contract the said principal will within the period specified therefor or if no period be specified within ten (10) days after the notice of such award enter into a contract and give bond for the faithful performance of the contract then this obligation shall be null and void otherwise the principal and the surety will pay unto the obligee the difference in money between the amount of the bid of the said principal and the amount for which the obligee may legally contract with another party to perform the work if the latter amount be in excess of the former in no event shall the liability hereunder exceed the penal sum hereof PROVIDED AND SUBJECT TO THE CONDITION PRECEDENT that any suits at law or proceedings in equity brought or to be brought against the Surety to recover any claim hereunder must be instituted and service had upon the Surety within ninety (90) days after the acceptance of said bid of the Principal by the Obligee Geonex: Corporation By qka~ 14 INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA Aeq* Padua, Attorney in-fact t SS 19408 Pie in U S A WON SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION, APPROACH AND QUALIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 10 INTRODUCTION, APPROACH AND QUALIFICATIONS History and Nature of Geonex Background Information of Our Technical Approach Communication Project Management Quality Control Technical Requirements Program Implementation Conclusion Schedule for Completion of Work EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES City of Birmingham, Alabama Consolidated Edison of New York Lufkm-Conroe Telephone Exchange Manatee County, Flonda (soils) Manatee County, Flonda (Landbase) Nashville-Davidson County Metropolitan Planning South East Texas Regional Planning Commission Southern Bell Telephone U S Department of Commerce Chesterfield County, Virginia 2 of 110 o/tam 10 INTRODUCTION, APPROACH AND QUALIFICATIONS History and Nature of Geonex The Geonex Corporation is a professional Geographic information services company providing mapping and resource interpretation to public utility, defense, intelligence, and environmental communities, and state and local governments Geonex gathers and interprets remotely sensed data and related information to map geographic information and create data bases Geonex Corporation was founded in 1976 and has grown to over 1100 employees world wide Geonex is the largest United States private sector mapping and geographic information services firm with 21 offices throughout the United States as well as in Cairo, Egypt, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil, and London, England To provide the range of services necessary to meet the requirements of our diverse client base, Geonex offers a wide spectrum of mapping services including Aerial Photography Remote Sensing Photogrammetry Manual drafting Computer Programming Inertial Surveying 4 Database design Photo Interpretation and Field Analysis Aerotnangulation Raster Scanning Digitizing Orthophotography Geo Positional Surveying Photographic Products To provide the highest quality services, Geonex utilizes proven procedures for equipment allocation, personnel scheduling, client source and map tracking, production scheduling, and performance management 3 of 110 onow G E 1 0". M' EX Geonex offers one of the most advanced and complete mapping facilities for conversion and map automation anywhere in the United States and is committed to bringing our clients the latest improvements in mapping technology Examples of our commitment include a shift to workstation technology for our ARC/INFO production and our new 65,000 square foot mapping facility in St Petersburg Florida Illustration lb indicates the facility layout in St Petersburg and reflects the many diverse mapping capabilities of the Geonex Corporation Integrated technology and mapping expertise enable Geonex to provide the most productive map automation and conversion services Each project is thoroughly planned to provide the equipment, personnel, and procedures that will consistently provide optimum value and service to our clients Background Information of Our Technical Approach Geonex has developed a program for these map automation and conversion requirements that will establish this project as the benchmark for successful conversion projects in North Texas In developing this program, Geonex has thoroughly investigated the applications and database design of the GEO-MATION project and the sources suggested for automation Our program is driven by the intent to provide the highest quality project with the most effective utilization of GEO-MATION resources The City has had the foresight to unplement an effective mapping strategy and to invest in a quality database design. For the project to succeed, however, map automation must be accomplished in an intelligent, quality assured manner Geonex will delineate a technical process which will achieve the objectives of the City and enable the Denton GEO-MATION program to be a productive, effective tool for a wide array of City information processes 4 of 110 cnM GE0MCA Effective communication is essential to a successful project Geonex must understand the needs of the City, and the city must understand the intent and progress of our automation procedures Geonex will assume the role of both TECHNICAL CONSULTANT and SERVICE PROVIDER during the completion of these map automation services Effective communication is essential for Geonex to successfully fill these roles Our program will delineate three primary tasks for effective communication 1) routine scheduled and as- needed meetings with City personnel, 2) a procedures manual to provide a common frame of reference between the City and Geonex, and 3) bi-weekly and monthly status reports from the project manager A common thread through all of our successful projects is good communication between Geonex and the client We will make communication a priority throughout these services Geonex will provide a highly qualified staff to supervise and produce the conversion and map automation process The project team represents production and management personnel chosen from a cross section of the Geonex technical capacities Key project management will include, Principal-m-Charge, Mr J Gary Reed, Senior Vice-President Mr Reed will ensure the corporate commitment and mobilization of all personnel and equipment resources necessary to successfully complete this assignment In addition, he will review cost and schedule performance 5 of 110 GWW 6/1003 GEONOEX Chief Technical Engineer, Dr Steven Lambert Dr Lambert will consult with the City and with Geonex production and management staff on technical and quality production issues including, software development, equipment utilization, and quality assurance Project Manager, Olive Young Ms Young will supervise conversion procedures and ensure schedule adherence She will work closely with the Chief Technical officer and Pruicipal-m-Charge to assure strong communicatio4 at the top management level Quality Control Team Leader, Ike Rhodes Mr Rhodes will develop specific quality assurance check points, check lists and procedures to ensure that quality services are maintained The management staff proposed for this project is fully qualified with extensive previous project experience in all the proposed services established for this program. In addition to the key management personnel, additional supervisory and technical support personnel will be scheduled to complete these services It is Geonex' practice to provide map automation services that satisfy the needs of its cheats and consistently surpass contractual requirements To achieve this goal with maximum uuhzatiozi of client resources, it becomes necessary to incorporate quality control as both a management philosophy and functional program. Quality as a management philosophy is demonstrated through quality program development, in the search for qualified personnel, classroom and "on the lob" training programs, and by providing incentive for employees to take pride in their individual and group effort As a functional program, quality is maintained by providing the quality control department with the tools and tune necessary to implement effective quality assurance procedures 6 of 110 0. oliom GE ~ I The program that Geonex has developed for the city of Denton is driven by two fundamental objectives 1) to deliver quality products and services to meet the needs of the City of Denton, and 2) to deliver these services within the most effective utilization of City resources Section 3 3 of our Proposal summarizes the quality assurance procedures which will be utilized during these services, however, quality assurance will have begun prior to the kick-off meeting and will end long after the final plot Geonex has identified the development of the plammetric layer or base layer to be critical to the successful completion of this project The plammetric layer will serve as a base for all subsequent digitizing including the City Engineering and Transportation key maps (easements maps), drainage maps and contour data If the plammetric base for this project is not current and accurate, complete and successful conversion can not occur To develop the most accurate plammetric base in the most efficient manner, Geonex will propose stereo compilation of new aerial photography The compilation process will establish an accurate, current and complete base for the Denton GEO-MATION project Moreover, the city will have an opportunity to map the type of features necessary for the multi-departmental landbase and have control over the accuracy and features to be shown. Once the plammetnc coverage has been completed, Geonex will convert the City Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps These maps represent important graphic and non-graphic information including rights of way, property lines, address, and project tiling structure Because these maps do not conform to State Plane Coordinates, the landbase must be capable of providing accurate plammetric details to register these maps to the State Plane Coordinate gnd 7 of 110 Gww G/1W GE =PEX After conversion of the Transportation Department Key Maps, Geonex will develop the digital contour file Contours from the 1985 flight have been digitized but must be translated to ARC/INFO Geonex will utilize a proven procedure to automate the existing 57 topographic sheets that remain from the 1974 flight Our procedures will use Intergraph and proprietary software to develop digital continuous contour information from these 1" = 50' scale topographic maps After completion of the contour conversion, Drainage information will be automated Geonex proposes to work closely with the City to improve the accuracy of the storm drainage layer In addition, Geonex will propose a methodology that will attribute the permeability factor of the soil into the graphic component of the GIS This attribute will enable the City to automate and process much of the storm water management assessment The final conversion process will involve automation of quadrangle data throughout the remainder of Denton County Again, Geonex will propose proven techniques which will utilize satellite imagery to update the converted quad prior to shipment to the city This effective use of satellite imagery will improve the accuracy of the digital data particularly in the Lake Ray Roberts area, in the Lewisville area, and in the southwest I-35 corridor Implementation of the program services begin with the development of this proposal A short list interview follows which will provide Geonex an opportunity to further refine the program and provide further clarification and detail regarding these map automation services Upon selection, negotiations will clarify the scope of work and any specific unresolved concerns Following contract signing, Geonex will document the current status of the project in a procedures manual The manual will reflect all project activity to date and, will indicate as well, the unresolved concerns that should be reviewed in the pilot 8 of 110 ~m on~+ M =NEX A pilot project will test the preliminary procedures Upon conclusion of the pilot a review will be held to discuss and establish any revisions to the preliminary procedures Once this document has been revised, full production methodology will be in place and the project will proceed accordingly Geonex is excited about the opportunity to provide the map automation and conversion services required for the denton GEO-MATION project The program developed to accomplish these services will utilize procedures that have been proven and are at the forefront of industry standards The results will be quality services with the most effective use of City financial resources Schedule for Completion of Work Geonex is prepared to commit the resources necessary to meet the schedules of this project Final schedules will depend on a number of events including final scope of work, notice to proceed date, specific program reviews, and final implementation strategy However, Geonex has developed this project so that no specific work element within our production facilities in St Petersburg, Florida will be over burdened by any element of the work This is an important consideration as existing backlog will not be pressured by the commitment to the GEO-MATION project. Specific schedule issues including individual completion and full project completion schedules can be found in section 3 4 2 of the proposal summary 9 of 110 CIWW r'llm u _I OfWEM rENUTIEE I ,IT, J MMOY~MM47 _ M~'~ ~fII J ` OME Mfll r. rt MIME MPMMMM tQ Li MMEMMM1EIi - - w~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Ys 9°19° I I I~ I I, I y MWIIMW ~ I r- W F- J © PO p ognu tEMw I'Ee~~~ ~ w MMMfMNi Y erala MMA411M dell ~ ~ I Ew r~ ' c~ ° ~ C autwmmll r rv fg ^1Nf~M~,IwI f~Lwl' llNnoE .JJI V 'mod' J I I I I~^ 77 MWIIMMMM% , , J - r J _ _ rxoie MR_MMIMIM WI MKMMf - nlwlM Ir-Tm c olattM wrrna _7 ~ r GE = MV( EXIT ff 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND The exhibits requested by the city of Denton illustrate our previous experience in the completion of suntlar automation and conversion projects The following pages contain examples of our previous experience 11 of 110 G/I m EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project City of Birmingham STATE/PROVINCE Alabama Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Mr Ellen Cowles Telephone Number (205) 254 2782 Type of Mapping Map Automation rte p Quarter ons Rowe Real Property Sewer Quarter Sections Water Quarter Sections Source Material 1250 Planimetric, FEMA Flood Maps Number of Map Sheets 8321 250 Quarter Sections Planimetric Area of Project City of Birmingham, South Jefferson County, Oxmoor City omits Contract Amount $700,000 Contract Duration 2 rears Successfully Completed? yes Comments Oeorm Automated existing topographic data parcel ownership, utility maps and various boundary and infrastructure maps to develop 13 digital layers over 158 square miles The planimetric source was line drawn 50 scale 1/4 section maps Qeonex attributed the street centirline file with QBF/DIME Data EXHIBIT 6 4 AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project Consolidated Edison STATE/PROVINCE New York Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Mr Paul A. Binder Telephone Number (212) 576-2049 Type of Mapping IMap Automation Source Material Main and Secondary Electrical Plates Number of Map Sheets 27so Area of Project 4 Divisions within NY Manhattan, BrorK Queens & Westchester Contract Amount $844,000 Contract Duration April, 1991 Successfully Completed? ongoing Comments Qeonex has assisted the client in specific software application and project design during the automation of the main and secondary distribution A second project for automation of the ges facilities was recently awarded to Geonex. EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project STATE/PROVINCE Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Telephone Number Type of Mapping Source Material Lufkin Conroe Telephone Exchange Conroe, Tennessee Pat Singletory (408) 756.0611 Landbass U S Q S 7 V Quads and Need Aerial Photography Number of Map Sheets 35 Area of Project 1500 Square Miles Contract Amount Contract Duration 6 Months Successfully Completed? yes Comments Gaeonex prepared a new digital landbase for the eventual conversion of outside plat facilities The landbase was accomplished successfuly and a new facilities cornersion project has been awarded to Geonex. EXHIBIT 6 4 PERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project Manatee County Solis STATE/PROVINCE Florida Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Mr Dale Friedley Telephone Number (813) 74844 Type of Mapping Soil Map Automation Source Material SCS Sol[ Overlay Data Number of Map Sheets 21 USQS 7 5 Minute Quads Area of Project Entire County Contract Amount $55,42000 Contract Duration 6 Months Successfully Completed? yes Comments The conversion of soil maps required and raster scanning process. The polygons were traced onto a overlay to make scanning more efficient with less 'clean up' The scanning format provided an DLQ file which was translated to ARC/INFO, attributed and shipped to the client EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project Manatee County Land Base STATE/PROVINCE Florida Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Mr Dale Friedley Telephone Number (813) 748.8208 Type of Mapping Map Automation Source Material GBF/DIME, U S O S Quads Number of Map Sheets 21 USOS 7 S Minute Quads Area of Project Entire County Contract Amount $30,47000 Contract Duration 8 Months Successfully Completed? yes Comments Gomm prepared a digital landbase in ARC/INFO to support Manatee County's QIS Implementation Landbase required transformation of the census data from the QBF/DIME, to state plane coordinates Other features Include road and water features and political boundaries EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project Metropolitan Planning Commission STATE/PROVINCE Nashville and Davidson County Tennessee Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Mr Don Mast Telephone Number (615)259-7205 Type of Mapping Photogrammetry Source Material New Aerial Photography Number of Map Sheets 69a Area of Project 506 Square Miles Contract Amount $950,000 Contract Duration 2 Years Successfully Completed? Yes Comments Oeonex recw* completed a second phase of this contract which provided new DTM generated contours Qeonex has been providing photogrammetric data for this region since 1982 total value of service exceeds 16 million EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project South East Texas Regional Planning Commission STATE/PROVINCE Texas Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Bob Dickinson Telephone Number (409) 727 2384 Type of Mapping Geographic Information System Source Material Aerial Photography, Database and Field Info Number of Map Sheets 700 Area of Project 2,300 Square Miles Contract Amount $066,00000 Contract Duration , e Months Successfully Completed? On going Comments Geonex will provide a landbase and custom proarammina in ARCANFO to develop and maintain rural address for an enhanced E 9-1 1 Services include hardware selection and installation, programming photogrammetric Iandbase in lieu of scaled aerial photography, and data base development EXHIBIT 6 4 PERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project STATE/PROVINCE Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Telephone Number Type of Mapping Source Material Number of Map Sheets Area of Project Contract Amount Contract Duration Southern Bell North and South Carolina / Georgia Ms MaryAnn Byers/Ms Jackie Parker (714) 532.3800 / (404) 391.6011 Work Omer Posting of Engineering Work Orders Outside Plant Location Records & Engineering Work Orders 42,000/5,700 North and South Carolina / Georgia Confidential SepL, 1991 / SepL, 1991 Successfully Completed? On gang Comments Geonex has sucosssfuny automated and updated South Central Bell wire centers since 1985 Our success in this project illustrates our ability to track and manage source documents EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project STATE/PROVINCE Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Telephone Number Type of Mapping Census Bureau, Tiger File Data Conversion US Department of Commerce Ma Peggy Sweeney (got) 763-4664 Update and Extend GBF/DIME Files Source Material OBF/DIME Files Census Data Number of Map Sheets Area of Project Contract Amount $1,0140 MOD Contract Duration 15 Years Successfully Completed? Yee Comments Geonex was one of four vendors selected to update and extend QBF/DIME files in in Metropolitan areas This project required extensive programming and QIS application techniques to supoesstuiy complete EXHIBIT 6 4 EXPERIENCES AND REFERENCES FORM (complete as many times as needed) Name of Project Chesterfield County STATE/PROVINCE Virginia Name of Contact/ Client Project Manager Nancy Parker Telephone Number (604) 748-1035 Type of Mapping Photogrammetric Orthophotographic Source Material New Aerial Photography, Control Address Ranges Number of Map Sheets Area of Project 516 Square Mlles Contract Amount $566,00000 Contract Duration 10 Months Successfully Completed? Ongoing Comments Geonex will provide photogrammetric data capture, orthophotographic products and base to recompile parcel descriptions The sheet centerline network was captured during the stereo model set up to improve cost and accuracy Features from the ortho mapping will not be converted GEC _p( 2.0 EXCEPTIONS TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS Geonex does not take exception to any of the terms and conditions as stated in section two of the Request for Proposals However, exhibit 6 7 does include language concerning suggested additional insurance requirements for these services Geonex suggests that the City require important document insurance for this map automation project With a potential for over 8,000 original documents to be sent to a map vendors facility, the City is placing a significant financial resource in jeopardy Geonex will provide $4 5 million in important paper insurance to protect the City from any damage or loss that may occur to any documents during the map automation process 22 of 110 anmo c o E o ro e E c CO a H1 v c _ G w c o E d Z 5' 2 E O p m 1 u c ~ V G O 4 r- ci WONNE C SECTION 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS 30 PROPOSAL SUMMARY 3 1 Experience with ARC/INFO 32 COMMUNICATION Routine Meetings Procedures Manual Progress Reports Map Tracking 3 3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING Resumes 34 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES Organization Objectives Edit Procedures Digital Rework 3 5 PLAN OF OPERATIONS 351 Technical Requirements 3511 Plammetnc Base Layer 3512 Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps 3513 Conversion of Contours 3514 Drainage Maps 3515 As Built Documents 3 516 Plats 3.517 USGS Quadrangles 352 Implementation Plan 3 5.2.1 Work Progress 3 5 2 2 City Responsibilities 3 5 2 3 Schedule 3 6 PRICING 3 7 EQUIPMENT 24 of 110 o/wm GEOEX 3 0 PROPOSAL SUMMARY 3 1 Experience With Required Software Geonex corporation is one of the largest private sector ARC/INFO conversion providers Our experience with ARC/INFO began in 1986 during the development of a large U S Census Bureau GBF/DIME file project Geonex programmers increased the speed and effectiveness of the software for better utilization in a production environment The Census Dime file project was recognized by ESRI as the most advanced application of the software in any production environment at that time Types of modifications at that tune included Rewriting ARCDIME which converts ARC to DIME format to include over 4,000 fortran statements to better suit the program for our application, • Efficiency study with ESRI engineers to optimize our production flow and implement subroutines to increase performance, • Special graphic macros to create line and point symbols more efficiently, • Special modifications in ARCEDTT to more quickly analyze invalid hnework and topology Since our completion of the Census Bureau project, Geonex has continued to unprove our production environment and expertise in ARC/INFO In addition to ARC/INFO our St. Petersburg trapping facility utilizes Intergraph software for a many trap automation procedures As a Registered Intergraph Consultant, Geonex works with Intergraph to develop more effective utilization of mapping equipment and software Our most recent advance with Intergraph is the uuhzation of the I/RAS, I/SCAN, AND I/VEC raster scanning software 25 of 110 G ~ o/tom GE =EX Geonex maintains an experienced programming staff to support both commercial and propnetary software applications The programming staff will be involved in a variety of applications for the GEO-MATION project including quality assurance algorithms, translation of any existing data files, and potential development of ARC/INFO software application (AML) Geonex facilities in St Petersburg have the capacity to complete these services within a time frame which will be satisfactory to the City Typical throughput rates for map conversion facility are shown in the following table The average number of maps being converted to digital form over the last three years at Geonex Martel is as follows Geonex Martel Production Map Counts Year Department Maps/Week 1988 NWI 27 Cartographic Services 8 AM/FM 190 GIs 60 1989 NWI 40 Cartographic Services 9 AM/FM 214 GIs 78 1990 NWI 51 Cartographic Services 12 AM/FM 287 GIs 114 26 of 110 o~m G11= GE = EX These departments convert a wide variety of maps including topographic, land use/land cover, parcel, plammetric, telephone plant location records, electrical uuhty distribution record, among others A large percentage of map conversion not shown in this table is in maintenance rather than full conversion Maintenance involves the posting of new work orders to pre-converted digital maps A representative throughput rate for this type of mapping over the last 12 months is over 5600 maps per month or 1400 maps per week 32 COMMUNICATION AND PROJECT TRACM NG Communication is essential to the effectiveness of the program Communication represents the flow of information which is the chief aim of the GEO-MATION prolecL Therefor it is incumbent upon us to establish effective communication between the City and Geoneit as well as within the Geonex production environment Geonex will implement three activities which will assist us in accomplishing our goal of effective useful communication 1) routine meetings, 2) a comprehensive procedures manual, and 3) status reports Routine Meetings Planned and as-needed meetings will be the cornerstone of communication between Geonex and the City Certain key meeting dates will be described in the procedures manual and scheduled in advance Other meetings will be required as the need develops to discuss either specific or general production concerns An example of a planned meeting is the kick-off meeting Primary objectives of the lack-off meeting will include 1) developing a specific scope of work and fee schedule, 2) introducing key Geonex production personnel, and 3) determining the scope and objectives of the pilot project Other key meetings will include the pilot review meeting, monthly production i meetings, and a final conclusion meeting 27 of 110 Owen U1,O¢1 GE= SEX As-needed meetings will be discussed during the kick-off and other negotiations These meetings will ensure the most effective utilization and automation of the data Specifically, these meetings will serve to resolve conflicts regarding source data provided by the City Other requirements for these meetings may be to interface with specific city personnel or attend key production milestones Procedures Manual A procedures manual will be developed after the kick-off meeting The manual will document the objectives of the GEO-MATION project and the procedures to achieve those objectives A preliminary procedures manual will be submitted to the City within two weeks of the luck-off meeting The city will then review the document After the City review, Geonex project personnel will meet with the City to discuss any questions or suggestions The changes will be reflected in the preliminary procedures manual that will guide the pilot project Once the pilot has been completed, Geonex and City personnel will review the results during the pilot review meeting Many issues will be explored during this meeting including definition of quality and acceptance standards The issues which are resolved during the pilot review will be implemented in the procedures manual Progress Reports The project manager will be responsible for preparing bi-weekly and monthly progress reports Weekly reports will serve to keep the city and project team aware of current status and remind any participant in the project about specific action items required 28 of 110 o/tm3 GE-= EX The monthly report will serve to document overall project adherence to schedule and performance requirements Additional data in the monthly report will include statistical analysis of quality assurance results, key objectives completed from the month, key objectives assigned to the following month, and scheduled meetings and proposed agenda for the upcoming meeting Map Tracking As communication between Geonex and the City is crucial so too is communication within the production element at Geonex One major gauge of production communication is the client source and map tracking system Geonex is experienced in the conversion of complex projects involving thousands of map sheets and has developed effective methodology to control the flow of information through our production facility The GEO-MATION Project has potentially over 8,000 map source documents to be utilized in the development of the conversion services An effective map tracking program will enable Geonex to report the status of the sheets within the production facility, reduce the number of sheets that are not being used, and expedite the delivery of map sheets back to the City The scope of map tracking will be delineated during the negotiations and kick-off meeting as specific scopes of work and work units are discussed Upon commencing the pilot conversion digitizing technicians will review the data looking for initial occurrences of misspellings, illegible graphic or nongraphtc data, and other issues that will impede effective conversion. These sheets wall be flagged for further review with interpretation from the client the ultimate resolution. 29 of 110 G. 011M GE =-NOEX Once the maps have been accepted, technicians will inventory the sheets into the system by assigning them a unique code based on geographical and coverage relationships The number assigned to the sheet will be the tracking number utilized during the conversion project for that sheet All conversion activity and project status reports will include this basic tracking information When the quality assurance team leader has accepted the conversion of a specific work area, the status of the ,source documents will reflect the completed status of that coverage The inventory technician will receive routine reports of map status to momtor source documents that have been completed The inventory clerk will compile and provide a list of completed source documents to the project manager Upon her approval the list will be used to gather the documents, establish a transmittal and ship the documents back to the City 33 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING Geonex will provide the city of Denton with a highly educated, experienced, and capable team of management and production personnel This section is provide in three parts 1) illustration 3b our management organizational chart, 2) a listing of resumes of key personnel, and 3) exhibit 6 5 Production and Technical ~sat'f 30 of 110 G... G11W GEC: =I X Exhibit 3a CITY OF DENTON ORGANIZATIONAL CHART CITY OF _ _ _ _ GEONEX DENTON CORPORATION PROJECT PROJECT MANAGER ENGINEER Olive Young Or Steven Lambert Photogrammetry Quality Digitizing Manager Assurance Mgr Manager Franek Galdeczks Ike Rhodes Myra Anneal* L OuaI Assurance Editors Photogrammetry 17 Geodetic Dlgitlzing Attribution Team Surveys Team Team M = EX DR STEVEN R LAMBERT CHIEF TECHNICAL OFFICERS PROJECT ENGINEER EXPERIENCE Dr Lambert has over 10 years of experience in photogrammetric mapping, analytical stereoplotter software system development, aerotnangulation, geodetic control surveying, and education Dr Lambert began his career with Autometric Inc and was involved in the development of software systems for analytical aerotnangulauon, digital mapping, least squares adjustments, and geographic information systems Dr Lambert returned to the University of Maine, Department of Surveying Engineering, to teach photogrammetry and surveying at the undergraduate and graduate levels In 1989, Dr Lambert joined Geonex as Senior Scientist His responsibilities include the establishing of technical procedures in all phases of the Geonex production elements PROFESSIONAL OUALIFICATIONS A.S, Civil Engineering Technology, 1976, University of Maine B S, Surveying Engineering, 1979, University of Maine M S, Surveying Engineering, 1986, University of Maine Phd, Surveying Engineering, 1989, University of Maine Member, American Society of Photogrammetry Member, American Congress of Surveying and Mapping Member, American Geophysical Union Member, IEEE SELECTED PUDUCATIONS Contributing Author with A. Leick, Satellite Surveying, J Wiley, New York, 1989 "Modification of MUSAT Aerotnangulation Programs to Accommodate Bathymetnc Image Points", USAETL, Report 301, 1984 "Monitoring Crustal Deformation in Eastern Maine Using GPS Derived Orthometnc Heights", Reports of the Maine Geological Survey, New England Seismo-Tectomc Project, 1988 32 of 110 0/100 OLIVE L. YOUNG PROJECT MANAGER Ms Young is currently responsible for management of selected GIS projects at Geonex She has been employed by Geonex for over ten (10) years and has vast experience in both automated and traditional mapping Her project experience includes - City of Birmingham GIS (ARC/INFO) - National Wetlands Inventory (WAMS) - Manatee County, Florida Landbase (ARC/INFO) - Flagler County, Florida GIS (ARC/INFO) - Volusia County, Florida GIS (ARC/INFO) BellSouth Services OPERA Landbase (Intergraph and ARC/INFO) Her understanding of major computer systems, a highly successful background as a project manager and outstanding communication skills have created a strong, sound and aggressive computer systems environment at Geonex. Ms Young managed the digital map department winch performs computer mapping of wetlands and related themes for the National Wetlands Inventory Ms Young was also employed by Service Support Contractor at the Western Energy and Land Use Team (WF•LUT) of the U S Fish and Wildlife Service She received her training in WAMS at WELUT and also gained supervisory and computer operations experience Ms Young has also used Automated Digitnxng System (ADS), MAPDRAW, CALPLOT, and WINDOW digitizing softwares Programmed in BASIC (The Colorado College -1978), PASCAL (Colorado State University - 1983) and FORTRAN (St. Petersburg Junior College - 1988) In addition to the hardware currently in use by her department, she is experienced in operation and maintenance of Data General 330, 350 and MV4000 series computers, Calcomp off-line drum plotter, and Calcomp digitizing table, Apple Macintosh system. 33 of 110 Go 011= GE =SEX Olive Young Page 2 She participated in the Nature Conservancy baseline study of Mueller Ranch, Colorado (1979), collected data on the winter resident bird species In 1982, she served as a Biological Aide in the Forest Pest Control Laboratory, USDA Forest Service, Denver, Colorado (1982) The Colorado College, B A., Biology, 1981 34 of 110 C~" . G/1M GE =S=MOW FRANEK GAJDECZKA MANAGER, PHOTOGRAMMETRY GEONEX CORPORATION As Manager of Photogrammetry for this Geonex project team, Mr Gajdeczka will be responsible for establishing effective procedures and ensuring adherence to schedules Mr Gajdeczka's responsibilities include directing the activities of stereo compilers, editors, programmers, and technicians to support development of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and Automated Mapping/ Facilities Management (AM/FM) projects Prior to joining Geonex, Mr Gajdeczka held the following positions - KUCERA International, Mentor, Oluo - Computer Systems Manager/Programmer/ Digital Mapping Manager/GIS Section Leader Mr Gajdeczka managed and supported processing on a MicroVAX II, networked HP9000 workstations, HP1000, PDP 11/73 and microcomputers, managed digital mapping department and digital jobs setup, managed LIS project and created GIS section He also developed programs for graphical files customization and translauon. - VEP Associates, Inc, West Caldwell, New Jersey - Programmer Manager of Digital Mappmg/Systems Analyst Mr Gajdeczka designed a system for intercommunication and translation between data capture and editing systems, supervised digital mapping and editing, developed edit and quality assurance programs and programs for cross- section graphics files generation - State Geodetic and Cartographic Enterprise, Warsaw Poland - Programmer Systems Analyst/Photogrammetnc Engineer Mr Gajdeczka developed programs for data filtering and aerial triangulation adjustment, data transformation and transfer between different computer systems, and supervised processing of geodetic and cartographic data. Warsaw Land Survey Office, Warsaw, Poland - Field Surveyor Mr Gajdeczka surveyed, performed computations and updated property census M S, Engineering, Warsaw Polytechnic, 1979 35 of 110 ~m o/~oa+ GEC. -EX F Galdeczka Page Two Hardware Data General ECLIPSE, IBM 360/370, IBM PC/AT, PDP 11/73, COMPAQ 386, HP 1000, HP 9000, MicroVAX H, Intergraph 200/250 FORTRAN 77, PASCAL, C, BASIC, OS/MVS, JCL, TSO, IBM Utilities, VAX DCI, UNIX Shell, RTE-A, TCP/IP, NFS, MS-DOS, CP/M, UNIX System V, MAPS 300, ATLAS, DIGINETICS, CADMAP, AutoCAD, COGOPC-PLUS, ZEISS HIE, DBase, DELTAMAP, ARC/INFO, IGDS, TFIDS, MicroStatton 32 36 of 110 «~m a~iaro GE 0 N' cc X RONGHUAJIN APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT/SOFTWARE SUPPORT GEONEX CORPORATION Mr Jin joined Geonex Martel in 1989 In addition to his primary responsibility of application development and project setup using ARC/INFO, Mr Jin is also involved in project design and analysis, and software development and support of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) projects Prior to joining Geonex Martel, Mr Jin held the following positions - Application Programmer, Software Quality Assurance Specialist, Data Processor and Digitizer (visiting scholar) at Environmental Systems Research Institute (ESR1) - working with PRIME computer, digitizers, plotters and ARC/INFO software, programming in FORTRAN, AMI, and INFO - Remote Sensing Technician for the Division of Agriculture, Zhejiang Province, Chia - development of an image classifier using FORTRAN - Remote Sensing Technician for the Department of Forestry, China - worlang on VAX computer and I I S image processing system, programming in FORTRAN - Research Assistant for Resource and Environment Information Systems - worlang with VAX computer, digitizers, plotters and ARC/INFO system, and programming in FORTRAN M S, Remote Sensing Technology and Application, Beijing University, China, 1987 B S, Remote Sensing of Geology, Zhejiang University, China, 1984 Matchi ESRI User's Conference Symposium, 1989 Masters Thesis, Beijing University, 1987 MultiaRecjral Scanner Digital Imagg Classification of Grasses in the Plateau of Oilta_n Mountaias, Bachelor's Paper, Zhejiang University, 1984 37 of 110 0.0. 6/1007 GE M&A MIREYA ARMESTO SUPERVISOR GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS) Ms Armesto has been employed by Geonex since 1985, and is currently a GIS Supervisor Her responsibilities include contacting clients for clarifications regarding contracts' specifications, production tracking and maintaining contracts on production and delivery schedules Ms Armesto has acquired extensive ARC/INFO knowledge while serving as a GIS Team Leader for the City of Birmingham project Her responsibilities included supervising GIS Technicians and Engineers, and training and task assignments of team members Utilizmg ARC/INFO, Ms Armesto was an on-site representative for the City of Birmingham. She performed Quality Assurance m-process edits, produced scheduling and production reports, and ensured that production and delivery schedules were met Ms Armesto's knowledge of ARC/INFO GIS was also applied while serving as a Team Leader for the U S Census Bureau GBF/DIME file GIS project Her responsibilities for this project included editing and coding of all files prior to digitizing, creating files for digitizing and final processing of files prior to delivery AA, Engineering, St Petersburg Junior College, 1987 B S, Electrical Engineering, University of South Florida (in progress) 38 of 110 n G/10M O ~ r 0r r r v+ M N r M h N d' Z C a c ° V o Z~ a -0 ~2~ 40 3 a ~LU CL v~$ O .c Z ffi m ` c c c 02 o > CL O O. ~ L E' 41 u'~ c E • o V m ` 9 9 f a 's c o ~ m ~ c ~ ca ° k s . ` v 8 U rs U J. a IL O GE= NEX 3 4 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES This section will explain the organtzation, responsibilities and functions of the quality assurance group along with the descriptions of personnel utilization More detailed quality assurance procedures will be found following each conversion step throughout the proposal Organization The quality assurance team is fully independent of production personnel The quality assurance team leader reports directly to the Project manager His prime responsibility is to momtor production and to ensure that it meets client standards The team leader manages the edit staff and contributes to production planning and implementation Key input includes developing procedures for checking and reviewing data, providing feedback from production quality results, and suggesting improvements in quality assurance procedures and techniques Quality assurance editors are autonomous from production authority and report directly to the quality assurance team leader The separation ensures unbiased decision and judgement to evaluate and identify quality problems and initiate solutions The organizational chart in section 3.3 indicates the relationship of the quality assurance department to the overall organizational structure Communication between production personnel and quality assurance is essential to the success of the project The quality assurance personnel are experienced in each phase of the conversion process 40 of 110 C M= onW3 GEsOX Objectives Geonex will provide and maintain an inspection system to ensure that all products and services submitted for acceptance conform to contract requirements Five basic applications drive the quality assurance department 1) establish and maintain production inspection procedures, 2) analyze inspection performance to detect negative trends, 3) recommend solutions to solve prevailing defects, 4) perform quality inspections to ensure that the product meets expectations, and, 5) take necessary corrective actions, as required, to strengthen the inspection system The quality assurance objectives are translated to work activities The following activities are conducted by the quality assurance department to meet their assigned objectives Edits are conducted by both manual and automatic procedures Specific quality inspections vary for each contract depending on the type of sources being converted Quality inspections are established during program development and will be refined during negotiations with the city of Denton Final inspection procedures will be documented in the procedures manual In addition to automated quality inspection procedures, the quality assurance manager tabulates both manual and automated inspection results to achieve a statistical relationship between the type and frequency of errors encountered The integrity of graphic and non- graphic data is ensured by venfication programs 41 of 110 am. 6/100] GE =NEX Quality assurance critiques occur routinely after project implementation is underway The quality assurance team leader critiques the work of technicians and team leaders in digitizing and attribution production The quality critique is useful to both the technician and the quality assurance team leader The technician receives valuable analysis of their production while the quality assurance team leader receives input regarding the effectiveness of the quality control analysis These individual critiques ensure that quality assurance edit calls are clearly understood by production personnel The critique is attended by the technician team leader and the editor which has been assigned to that specific work unit Specific edit calls are reviewed and the problem areas are explained Team quality reviews represent quality critique on a team production basis These quality reviews occur on a monthly basis and result in better project communication and therefor, quality The team quality review is attended by all levels of the project force including the chief project engineer and the project manager All products are given a final review by the chief editor pnor to review by the quality assurance team leader Defects are discussed with the assigned technician All defects are then corrected by the technician and rechecked by the editor prior to going back to the quality assurance team leader 42 of 110 GIIM GE Am C ) NEX Edit Procedures Edit procedures for this project will be both manual and automated Edit procedures involve activities that identify and correct specific violations of quality standards will be confirmed during the pilot review The following activities identify and correct substandard quality throughout the conversion project Automated edit programs identify ranges or patterns of unacceptable attribution and unacceptable graphic hnework Invalid attributes are located through a comparison of acceptable ranges or patterns against automated attribute values Any attribute that does not fit within the acceptable range or pattern would be flagged for review and correction An example of an attribute range is where all values must have a five digit number Any attribute i with more or less than five digits would be flagged An example of an attribute pattern is where all values would have a direction such as north, south, east or west. Attributes that did not match one of these patterns would be flagged Another example of the automated edit procedures for the GEO-MATION protect may check for attribute values The ARC/INFO database design identifies eight distinct codes which will be used to fill the CLASS Item of the Sheet Arc Attribute Table An automated audit routine will be established to check the Item class for codes which are not correct Only the codes PAR, SAR, COL, RES, INT, ALY, PRV, and EST will pass the automated edit All other codes will be flagged for correction on the printed audit report. Automated tine work edits are used during both stereo compilation, manual board digitizing, and raster scanning operations Generally, specific conditions are established to allow the software to isolate incorrect hnework flaws A host of specific applications are available One example is a street centerline analysis where all nodes which have less than four line connections would be highlighted These intersections could be three way intersection or some could have undershoots which would disable the network 43 of 110 0a o/hips GE CNIO1EX Manual edit requires the development of specific combinations of edit checklists and edit check plots Geonex is experienced in both of these key phases of quality assurance review Edit Plot Development Manual editing begins with the prudent design of plotting routines in ARC Macro Language (AML) Geonex is well versed in ARC/INFO's ARCPLOT map design and will develop plotting AML's tailored to this project The edit plots will be plotted in color on translucent paper and will show linework, label points and labels A typical plot will highlight, through the use of different ink colors or plotting symbols, any node errors and polygons with null attribute values Incorrect attribute values will also be highlighted on a plot to identify possible errors in attribute entry In addition to automated highlight assurance, manual edit procedures involve overlaying the edit plot to the original source to assure correct lmework duplication and annotation. Edit Check lists Manual edit procedures utilize custom developed check lists to look for both attribute and graphic quality concerns Quality Assurance Checklists are first used during a pre-digital map inventory procedure This checklist will look for initial quality concerns such as readability and quality of source material Additionally, this check list will assign a unique identification number to each map source Please see illustration 3b for a sample of the pre-digital map inventory checklist 44 of 110 c/iom GE%40 )`NEX The edit plot quality assurance checklist provides the editors with a list of predetermined quality concerns that will be looked for in edit plot Items listed will have been discussed during the pilot review and will include improper linework, misplaced annotation, and irregular coverages Please see illustration 3e for a sample of an edit check list The final Quality assurance checklist will be the pre-delivery edit checklist This checklist provides the editors with a list of all relevant items necessary to ensure aesthetic standards and quality deliverables As required in the edit plot checklists, these concerns will be initiated by Geonex, amended by discussions with the City of Denton, and reviewed and tested in the pilot project Please see illustration 3d for a sample of a pre-delivery edit check list Digital Rework Once the quality concerns have been identified, Geonex will implement both manual and automated procedures to accomplish digital graphic and non-graphic rework Automate rework will utilize commercial and proprietary software to revise certain substandard hnework In general these routines will establish allowable tolerances that hnework may be adjusted to create topological or seamless data One example of the automated hnework rework is in the stereo compilation process where stereo models are automatically tied to their adjacent coverage where mismatches less than 1150 of an inch exist Other automated quality assurance edits include edgematching processes, raster scanning and vectorization processes, and polygon and label point revision Manual rework will be accomplished interactively These corrections will involve the input of new attributes that have been flagged as invalid and new graphic data has been flagged for improper placement The standard implementation of manual rework is begins with the review of the edit plot by the quality assurance editor 45 of 110 G~ Glim GECarNEX This technician will review the document for established quality concerns, any errors will be highlighted by colors to signify the type of error and recorded in the editor log book Weekly copies of the log book will be turned in to the quality assurance team leader for analysis and can be made available to the City Once the editor has completed his review, the digitizing technician who first converted the data will register the edit plot back to the converted digital file The digitizing technician will correct the quality assurance editor calls on the edit plot through an interactive session During the manual rework, source errors are often noticed The inconsistencies which escaped detection during the pre-digital inventory often exceed allowable tolerances for automated correction. When the technician will attempt to solve the discrepancy, the source document will be inconclusive When these conditions occur, the technician will notify the quality assurance team leader A note will be made in the source review log book, and a photo copy of the area will be made An approach involving personnel from the City and Geonex will be developed in the preliminary procedures manual and refined during the pilot to communicate and discuss any source resolution issues Once the technician has corrected the linework, a second edit plot will be prepared and reviewed by the quality assurance editor Upon acceptance the data will forwarded to the subsequent mapping activity Automated correction procedures will work within specified tolerances to close gaps or overruns in the line work. Additional automated quality assurance procedures will fix attribute data of polygons which have been duplicated by splits caused by tile boundaries 46 of 110 c/loin Exhibit 3b PRE-DIGITAL MAP INVENTORY CHECK LIST ENGINEERING & TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT KEY MAPS City of Denton Coverage Source Contract # SOURCE I Taw Linework Condition Acceptance Comments NAME Exhibit 3C CONTRACT NAME rnvi:pAnr mA ur EDITOR CHECKLIST CONTRACT NUMBER MAP NUMBER EDIT 1 ERRORS DATE EDIT 2 ERRORS DATE EDIT 3 ERRORS DATE TICS TIC IDS TIC PLACEMENT ARCS LINEWORK PLACEMENT DANGLES PSEUDOS SLIVER POLYGONS MISSING POLYGONS LABELS MISSING/DUPLICATE ACCURACY ANNO MI SING/PLACEMENT OV RSTRIKE/SPELLING SIZE/TYPE EDGEMATCH LINEWORK 1 _ 2 _ 3_ 3 4_ 4 2 ATTRIBUTES 1 _ 2_ 1 3 _ 4- COMMENTS Illustration 3d GIB PRE-DELIVERY CHECKLIST CONTRACT NAME CONTRACT TEAM LEADER APPROVAL MANAGER APPROVAL DELIVERY FROM GEO1 GE02 GE03 MARTEL_ PC ARC/INFO HP FORMAT OF DELIVERY [ ] MAGSAV [ ] EXPORT MEDIA OF DELIVERY [ J OPTI DISC [ ] 9 TRAC TAPE [ ] HP CARTRIDGE [ ] FLOPPY 5 1/4 - 3 1/2 PRECISION OF DATA ( ] SINGLE [ ] DOUBLE COORDINATE SYSTEM OF DATA [ ] UTM [ ] SP (EAST / WEST) [ ] DIG [ ] ALL LINE WORK EDITED AND APPROVED [ ] ALL LABEL & ANNOTATION EDITED AND APPROVED [ ] ALL EDGE MATCHING COMPLETED AND APPROVED [ ] POLYGON TOPOLOGY VERIFIED FOR ALL COVERAGES [ ] ALL DELIVERABLE DIRECTORIES HAVE BEEN CLEANED UP [ j ALL ATT FILES CLEAN (IF APPLICABLE) [ ] ALL PAT FILES CLEAN (IF APPLICABLE) [ ] ALL VALIDATION / AUDIT LOG FILES GENERATED [ ] ALL VALIDATION / AUDIT LAGS EDITED AND APPROVED [ ] ALL FINAL PLATS GENERATED (IF REQUIRED) [ ] ALL FINAL PLATS EDITED AND APPROVED [ ] ALL DELIVERABLE REPORTS GENERATED AND APPROVED (IF REQUIRED) [ ] INVENTORY OF ALL CLIENT SOURCE COMPLETED AND APPROVED [ ] ALL CLIENT SOURCE CLEAN AND READY FOR DELIVERY CONTRACT NUMBER _ DATE GE~NEX 3.5 PLAN OF OPERATIONS 3.5 1 Technical Requirements The technical requirements begin with the development of an accurate plammetric base A strong high quality planimetric base layer is important for two reasons 1) The base layer will show a number of important map features and, 2) The base layer will serve as the source of registration for all subsequent conversion While it is clear that the intent of this RFP is to utilize the most accurate source for the development of the this crucial data, it is our opinion that the suggested ortho source is not suitable for this purpose We will prove in this section that new aerial photography and stereo compilation procedures will provide a superior product to the conversion of the ortho base layer The process of correcting distortion in the photo usage (ortho rectification) reduces the clarity of the photo image through the generation of intermediate negatives and through the repositioning of images within the sheet An orthophoto positive is an enlargement made from a negative of the original aerial negative The Santonn ortho sunplex unit that created the City of Denton ortho sheets is driven by a stereo operator who views the three dimensional model and floats a mark along the terrain in a series of proflles The instrument then takes the readings of terrain differences provided by these profiles and creates a new negative which has been compensated for the up and tilt of the aircraft and for relief distortion. Once the new negative has been created, it is then scaled to a template of streets in the photo lab The resulting positive print is the final product The generations of image from negative to negative to positive will introduce, depending on the sophistication of the instrument, varying levels of distortion and "fuzziness" 50 of 110 Gwo o/10M GE~~EX In addition to the fuzziness that is encountered from the various photographic processes, the realignment of ortho rectification creates two additional deficiencies The first is the distortion due to the repositioning of features and the second is characteristic distortion of features possessing a height value such as power poles or bridge overpasses Normally sharp delineations such as building outlines become less clear during the repositioning of rectification Only the finest analytical orthophoto machines (which were not widely available in 1984) have the type of camera system to reproduce rectified imagery with the same clarity of the original negative Hence less sophisticated equipment will introduce varying levels of vagueness in plammetric features The rectification process uses height differentials to calculate accurate placement of features, however, where there are two different height locations on one feature such as the top and bottom of the power pole or pavement on the ground and in the air (bridge overpass), the process must decide which is correct and then reposition the other element Tlus repositioning will result in a distorted placement of the feature In addition to traditional deficiencies of ortho photographic products as a digitizing source, these maps may actually violate National Map Accuracy Standards Inaccuracies have cropped up throughout the utilization of the mapping Two examples of this inaccuracy are found in the latest overall map compilation by Yandell and Hiller and through misaligned features found in extensive field checks by City personnel It is not a coincidence that the mapping effort by the respected engineering firm of Yandell and Hiller had some unacceptable accuracies The inaccurate digital project provided by this contract could have been, in large measure, by the accuracy deficiency found in the ortho photo maps If these ortho sheets were more accurate the errors in feature location would be consistent throughout the mapping area 51 of 110 a.. onM GE =SEX Since their arrival in 1985, City personnel have identified features that are out of position by distances in excess of national map accuracy standards These aligned features are off in varying distances in varying directions in varying locations This variant inaccuracy can deteriorate the integrity of the enure project Without accurate positions of the plammetnc layer and control points, future conversion will not be accurate to the plammetry and once converted to itself Accurate plammet and control, however, will maintain consistency and allow Geonex to locate potential inaccuracy either between the planimetry and the coverage, or within the coverage itself, and work out a logical solution To eliminate problems associated with these ortho photographic sheets, Geonex proposes utilizing new aerial photography and analytic stereo compilation processes to capture the plammetnc features in lieu of the orthophoto source It is important to note that this procedure is similar in cost to the process of digitizing those same features from the old orthophotos There are at least 5 important reasons why utilizing new aerial photography is the best approach to developing the landbase for the Denton GEO-MATION project 1) Consistent adherence to National Map accuracy standards, 2) Improved delineation of features, 3) Provide more effective and facile development of registration ticks, 4) Provide more current and complete wet of information and, 5) Provide an improved return on investment CONSISTENT ADHERENCE TO NATIONAL MAP ACCURACY STANDARDS While the accuracy of the existing ortho source has been proven over the last five years to be mcon$istent, new controlled photogrammetnc data will be accurate Geonex can provide state-of-the-art analytical triangulation procedures and an efficient utilization of Global Satellite Positioning services to establish an accurate control network to generate a consistent dependable plammetnc base 52 of 110 G/10M GE= S=EX I-Lgh precision analytical stereoplotters with video super imposition and specialized software will be used to efficiently and accurately capture the required features The City will have the choice (see Appendix A) to select the type of accuracy and features they would like for this project An optimum balance between cost and performance would enable the City to achieve accuracy necessary to control the Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps at a cost that is most favorable It would be possible however for the City to improve this accuracy (at a higher cost) or reduce the accuracy (for a lower cost) Within any choice however, National Map Accuracy standards will be achieved and a strong, provable control base will be available for the entire conversion project IMPROVED DELINEATION OF FEATURES While a digitizer converting an orthophotographic image is using a third generation image with his naked eye, a stereo operator can see a first generation image through a three dimensional model using a 16 power enlargement factor The stereo operator can view the image from a diapositive which is a positive translucent contact print of the original negative This environment is clearly the most accurate and effective methodology to capture plammetnc features Stereo compilation will enable capture of the type of facility information that the multi- departmental landbase must provide Features such as poles, fire hydrants, drainage features, and pavement surfaces and outbuildings which can not be discerned in the orthophotography will be available for capture along with other landbase features Stereo compilation will be less expensive and more accurate than digitizing these features from the 6,250 asibuilt documents These facility and infrastructure features will improve the ability of the landbase to control future facility mapping projects 53 of 110 C. Gll= ~ GENEC The type of features captured will determine the costs of the overall landbase Appendix A shows the type of features available MORE FACILE AND EFFECTIVE DEVELOPMENT OF CONTROL TICKS Once the model is set, development of control ticks becomes a very simple and effective procedure The floating mark inside the analytical stereoplotter can assign coordinates of any feature or location to plus or mmus 5 microns of the calculated value By using the stereo compilation approach for planimetnc features, the development of control gnd ticks will be supple and accurate MORE CURRENT AND COMPLETE INFORMATION The most recent photographic source for this project will be the 1985 photography which- will make the current mapping project five years old Since 1985 the population of the City of Denton has increased 25% while the population of Denton County has increased by 39% Without new photography it is conceivable that the Denton GEO-MATION project will never have current information to maintain The 1985 1" = 50' scale orthophotography does not cover the area sufficiently to control the important Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps Illustration 3e on the following page shows the relationship between 1" = 50' scale orthophotos and the key maps Where the 1" = 50' scale orthophotography does not exist, the less accurate 1"=200' scale orthophotography would have to be used Using new aerial photography, Geonex will complete the large scale accuracy necessary to control the Key map series 54 of 110 c/tom E ®=EX IMPROVE RETURN ON INVESTMENT As indicated in the pricing exhibits, the approach to new aerial photography will not be appreciably more expensive than using the orthophotographic source There are several factors which enable stereo compilation to compete with the board digitizing of ortho images The conversion of the ortho image requires significant effort The work involves sheet set up, corner tick development, feature capture, photo interpretation, edgematching, and quality control procedures These same efforts must take place in the stereo compilation process, however, many of these process are more automated and more efficient in the analytical stereo plotting instruments Additionally, Geonex will not have to wrestle with continuous discrepancy between scale and feature placement due to varying levels of orthophoto quality The smile most imoorta`n_t decision in the technical requirement for the successful automation of the Gity of Denton GEG-MAMN project is to utilize new ae~11otogrjWby and stereo compilation processes, 55 of 110 GW= c/1oo3 GE =P =EX ILLUSTRATION 3E EXISTING AND PROPOSED SOURCES The following diagram represents area of coverages by existing and proposed Denton GEO- MATION sources The first overlay shows the existing 1"=200' scale orthophoto coverage This is the area which we will call the 1"=200' scale area We suggest new aenal photography in this area The second overlay shows the area covered by the 1974 contours and the drainage study Both of these layers are critical to the GEOMATION project The third overlay is the 1" = 50' scale orthocoverage This overlay shows how the coverage does not adequately control the Engineering and Transportation Department Key Map area. We suggest not using this coverage The fourth overlay is called the Engineering and Transportation Department Key Map area This an important coverage in the project Geonex suggests developing new, current plammetric information in this area to control these documents We have called the plammetric mapping to control this area the ENGINEERING AND TRANSPORTATION AREA PLANIMETRY (ETAP) The remainder of the diagram shows a portion of Denton County USGS quad coverage will be utilized to automate All of Denton County outside of the coverage in overlay 1 (1"=200' scale coverage) 56 of 110. c~iow K C NEW AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY (1" = 200" SCALE ORTHOP140TOS/196) 1 --"I M Y 1 " = 50' SCALE ORTHOPHOTOS/ 1985 V 1 1974 CONTOURS AND DRAINAGE STUDY ENGINEERING & TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT KEY MAPS GE0NEX Aerial Photography A flight plan will be developed to accomplish the options selected by the City of Denton. The flight plan will be prepared on photo imagery to enable the flight crew the best possible flight source Aerial photography will be exposed at two different altitudes for this project The accuracy of any photogrammetric project is governed by the flight used during photo acquisition. Geonex will fly the area currently covered by the 1" = 200' scale orthophotography at a scale suitable for 1" = 200' mapping This area is shown on illustration 3e by the area on the third overlay A second, lower flight, will be initiated over the area covered by the Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps This flight will provide the Engineering and Transportation area plammetry (ETAP) It is this area that the City could select to show specific system and infrastructure features The last overlay in illustration 3e shows the Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps area corresponds to the ETAP mapping area Geonex will schedule a six (6) inch focal length WILD RC 10 camera for aerial photographic acquisition. A copy of an up-to-date calibration report will be provided with the flight maps for your inspection and approval Photo Pr dq ucts Aerial film will be of high resolution Kodak Double-X Aerographic (ESTAR BASE) black and white negative Trained aerial film technicians will inspect the exposed film for proper ground coverage, photo scale, forward overlap, sidelap, crab, ult, and image quality 58 of 110 GWM G11W Three sets of contact prints will be prepared on Kodak semi-gloss double weight paper One set of the 60% overlap prints will be sent to the city of Denton within two weeks of the date of photography for inspection The second set of prints of 60% overlap will be annotated showing all horizontal control points, these will be the control prints The third set of prints will be used for preparation of the photo index and in-house production needs Aerial photography for use in stereo compilation process is developed on a film positive called a diapositive These diapositives will be prepared on our Logetromc printer and processed using a Dupont 49C Processor The diapositives will be printed on Kodak Aerographic Film No 4421 The diapositives should have a D-imn of 3 and a D-max of 13 or a range of 1 After the diapositives are complete they will be inspected for process streaks and scratches and placed in individual envelopes All aerial film will be stored in plastic containers Containers will be labelled and labels WdL be attached to the film spool The aerial film will be annotated to show date of photography, scale of photography, camera focal length, County name, and line and exposure numbers All materials, when not in use, are stored in our fireproof vault Film diapositives and prints are normally stored for at least 8 years However, we have some data that is over 20 years old Aerial experts will review each flight line for proper stereo coverage and overlap conditions In addition, the quality of the flight will be measured in terms of crab and tilt Excessive crab or tilt will be cause for rejection. Film will be reviewed for proper contrast and aesthetic quality 59 of 110 Owen o/1om GEED( A quality assurance checklist will be completed on each flight line showing the results of the quality assurance review In addition, the flight check list will indicate the date and time of day when the flight occurred, how many reflights, if any were required, the number of negatives exposed, and other information Geonex will utilize only the highest quality film, chemicals and other supplies to prepare good quality aerial film and film products Any film not meeting our standards of acceptance will be rejected All film will be edited prior to the departure of Geonex GPS crews and prior to picking up target material Horizontal Control The control plan will reflect the final control locations selected by the City of Denton. Establishment of Geodetic control will reflect the needs of photogrammetry, conversion, and City Engineering requirements Existing control will be utilized wherever possible The final control diagram will reflect both the existing and new control Geonex will provide the highest quality GPS survey data available Geonex is a world leader in geo-positional surveys The data provided from these activities will allow the city to develop all the new data, if desired, in NAP 1983 datum at literally no extra charge We propose a minimum horizontal accuracy of Second Order, Class I (150,000) to support the requirements of the photogrammetnc mapping and to provide the County with a high order network for future surveys 60 of 110 G ~ 6/i0m GEOEX As on past photo control mapping projects similar to this one, we propose using heavy duty (0 006 mil) thick aerial target flagging for the targets This heavier material resists tearing for longer durations and thus if photography is delayed due to weather, less maintenance time is required which reduces costs Where control falls in asphalt, we utilize a water soluble white paint to paint the targets The targets will be in a propeller shape or "Y" at sizes to be seen clearly on the photos based on flight altitude In addition to targeting control for mapping purposes, the City may desire to target other key utility features to implement a higher order of conversion to drainage or other utility features Aerotnangulation Analytic aerotnangulation is a method of ground control extension or densificauon performed mathematically and in conjunction with existing ground control Analytic triangulation provides the proper number and pattern of control points for each stereo model (pair of photographs) This data is necessary to orient the stereo model to the ground for accurate digital photogrammetnc compilation. Through the process of orientation, the stereo operator scales and levels each stereo model, accounting for the up and tilt of the aircraft as well as the position of the camera and the lens when the photographs were taken. Our aerial triangulation procedures will be conducted by trained and experienced photogrammetnc technicians All results and accuracies of triangulation data will be provided to the City prior to commencement of the pilot project Stereo operators will view each stereo model and select pass and tie points to begin supplemental control development 61 of 110. 6/IM GEOEX Plammetnc Data Capture Geonex will utilize the highest quality stereoplotters available in the market today Geonex will matte available Zeiss P-2 and P-3 analytical stereoplotters for the compilation of the plammetnc features These stereoplotters are equipped with CADMAP data capture software and super imposition capability CADMAP provides an extremely responsive flexible data capture software It provides the operator a set of predefined macros that will allow placement of a feature simply by the touch of a control The symbol library will be developed specifically for this project and will conform to the city database specifications Once accepted, the library will be loaded into the CADMAP package Each machine scheduled for this assignment will have the same symbol library Super imposition is a tool designed to facilitate capture of plammetric detail for use in urban and rural geographic information system development Super imposition allows the operator to super impose the aerial image on top of the captured plammetnc data without having to consult an outside momtor This software enables the operator to quickly see that his capture of plammetnc features is correct and complete The combination of super imposition and CADMAP provides one of the speediest, most effective data capture platforms available The level of detail selected to be captured during this phase of the project is dependent solely on the needs and interest of the City The features which could be captured are shown in Appendix A. The city will have the opportunity to select the type of features which will satisfy budget as well as utilization concerns 63 of 110 r. 0/10M GEW During the lack-off meeting, prior to data capture, Geonex will review the ARC/INFO features winch have been scheduled for the representation of the selected map elements Elements can be depicted by any feature (line, polygon, or point) or complex feature For instance, elements such as a mining site can be shown by a pair of coordinates, (point features), polygon area, (areal features), or both(complex feature) Depending on specific concerns of the City, Geonex will develop the optimum approach to facilitate the utilization of the landbase for use in future coverage development and overall project application Planimetnc Accuracy The mapping provide in both the 1'=200 foot control area and ETAP area will conform to National Map Accuracy Standards as stated below Ninety percent (90%) of all plammetric map features compiled photogrammetncallyr shall be plotted so that their position is within 025" of their true coordinate positions The remaining ten percent (1001b) of the features shall not be misplaced by more than one-twentieth (1/20) of an inch from their true coordinate position. Geonex will utilize commercial and proprietary software in addition to visual edits of the plammetric data to ensure proper and complete data capture Quality Assurance procedures are built into the CADMAP software As a software package developed for photogrammetnc data collection, automatic quality assurance routines will improve the speed and quality of the data capture process Building squaring is accomplished as the corners of each building is digitized Symbols are defined by Geonex and can be placed with one, two, or three points Text has user definable height, width, rotation and slant winch will provide more interactive control 64 of 110 a/nom GE~EX Line fonts are not just a series of desired lines but are definable by Geonex to represent such features as tree lines, fence lines and street centerlines These advantages will increase both data capture and editing speed and accuracy which will provide the City with a less costly, higher quality product In process snapping routines assure a continuous seamless data base is established throughout the mapping area Once the photogrammetnc technician has completed the model and reviewed it for completeness, adjacent models are brought to the screen The operator will use a SNAP command to tie features to existing data in the previously captured models in order to ensure topologically accurate, seamless data Once SNAP procedures have been implemented, interactive editing of the captured data will commence During the interactive session data editors will utilize CADMAP software to modify any elements of the symbol and line work. Modifications can involve moving; adding, or deleting points within a line, dragging (moving), rotating, mirroring, or copying Imes Single points may be dragged, rescaled, rotated, or deleted Text will be reviewed for proper placement and aesthetic quality The active flexibility of CADMAP will allow our editors to accomplish a better degree of editing in less time than many software packages that provide less flexibility During the interactive edit, editors could utilize any special element maps that may help locate or qualify certain features such as manholes or traffic lights Preluninary hard copy paper edit plots of each model will be prepared Quality assurance technicians will review both the hard copy check plots will complete quality assurance check lists for each sheet. Reviews will include unacceptable line or text work, missed features, unlabelled or mishtbelled control points and other unacceptable conditions Each quality assurance technician will then sign the check list and return it and the plot to the production technician. 65 of 110 6/1061 GE: ;SEX The final edit plot will be delivered to the quality assurance team leader prior to acceptance into the GIS conversion facility for support in automating the Engineering and Transportation department Key Maps Illustration 3g shows the steps required for photogrammetric capture of the plammetric features and the integrated quality assurance activities 66 of 110 onom ~EX GEO PHOTOGRAMMETRIC CAPTURE FLOW CHART Illustration 3f Project Definition Geopositional Surveying Target Aerial Photography Photographic Aerotriangulate Planimetric Data Capture Software Edit Edit Plot Quality 1 R .f Interactive Assurance Map Automation NEX CA) M 3.5 12 Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps The conversion of this data source will be accomplished by using a board digitizmg methodology in conjunction with controlled graphic placement and placement by observation This approach has been successfully employed by Geonex for parcel conversion for many other clients We will utilize ARC/INFO because of our extensive experience and existing library of proprietary software for effectively automating maps similar to these Key Maps The following process will be unplemented for the automation of the city of Denton Engineering and Transportation Department key Maps As the first step of digitizing, technicians will register the parcel maps to the plammetnc base Because of our development of a new current, accurate, and complete plammetnc layer, Geonex will have a sound plammetnc base to register to The registration will proceed on a block by block basis The first step of the registration is to select identifiable control points that are in common in the plammetnc data and the parcel, e g, street intersections and, where possible, property line surrogates We willselect a immmum of three common points to use as a base for scale and rotation purposes The selected control points in the Key maps will be digitized from the plammetnc base and established on a identifiable point of the Key map If the root mean square (RMS) is beyond the 002" stated in section 4121 of the RFP, Geonex technicians will select other control points and repeat the matching process until a suitable RMS has been achieved 68 of 110 G ~ ca/am GEO-NEX With the plammetric base as a background, the technician will digitize the parcels in the block being controlled. If the technician sees that the digitizing is not following the plammetnc base, he will reselect the block in a separate layer using Geonex proprietary software Once separated,the technician can determine the difference in distance between the base and the parcel If the difference falls outside a tolerance which will be established during negotiation and reflected in the procedures manual, the block will be included in a report to the City and Geonex and the City can discuss its particular resolution If the tolerance is within the established limits, the technician will make one of the following adjustments 1) rotation of a block or a small group of parcels, 2) rotation of a subdivision, 3) rotation of an entire source document, and 4) adjustments to parcel lines within tolerances established during project negotiation and identified in the procedures manual Following registration, digital capture will proceed in accordance with the guidelines shown in illustration 3h or as amended if necessary, in the procedures manual All data capture will be performed on interactive workstations with high resolution ( 003") Altek digitizing tablets which allow for maintenance of the digital data at an accuracy well above 01" Parcel lines will be digitized so they are consistent with the plammetncs without crossing building footprints or pavement edges Digitizing will be performed in a checkerboard pattern across the City such that adjacent maps are not being worked on simultaneously This will allow a digitizing technician in a given coverage to draw up completed adjacent coverages as backcovers while digitizing in order to edgematch during line placement This procedure does not guarantee precise coordinate matching, but will bring to light any significant tie problems while they can be most efficiently resolved 69 of 110 0/1001 GE~EX Attribution of polygon and line features will be performed in an efficient manner as part of the element placement process Attributes will be as established in the City of Denton database specifications Attributes which are common to most features in the maps will be built into a digitizing matrix menu registered to the digitizing tablet The technician will then select the desired attribute by sparking it on the menu rather than typing it in at the keyboard each time it is required The use of this menu reduces the time for attribution and improves accuracy In addition to the attribute, the technician will also enter a numeric code for the feature type This process will allow the feature to be programmatically reselected to its delivery layer from the master coverage For instance lines which serve as parcel layer in addition to easement right-of-way will be able to be duplicate from the initial line to ensure exact co-incidence of the features The technician will also enter any available property line and lot dimensions during the attribution process These will be plotted as annotation for internal quality control checks and for delivery to the City Other annotation as mutually agreed upon and established during the procedures manual will be collected Geonex would like to inquire about the potential use of a Real Estate Master file or other digital database of information which could facilitate the attribution of the graphic data. Geonex has an experienced programming staff capable of creating customized routines for these types of applications Attribution of the graphic data will be accomplished during manual digitizing unless available non-graphic databases are available to utilize in a bulk load environment Features to be attributed will be as shown in section 5 2 2 of the RFP to include addresses as well Specific automated attribute analysis procedures will be developed for this project and will be available to the City of Denton 70 of 110 cw~ anar+ GE= -SEX Geonex can provide the City with ARC/INFO software that can be utilized for the development of address range development from the existing addresses Geonex has extensive experience with address ranges including projects involving Southern Bell Telephone, U S Census Bureau and others Coverages created by board digitizing and attnbuuon will have polygon topology built This procedure establishes polygon structure and closure Linework which is not part of a closed polygon will be highlighted as a "node" error and corrected using interactive GIS tools to close the hnework Throughout the board digitizing approach, topology will be re-built as necessary following changes to the linework or attributes The initial quality assurance step is the pre-digital review process where Geonex technicians will review the source documents looking for initial errors These concerns will be addressed in conjunction with the City to assure that any knowledge of the data will be passed on to the automation staff Included in this pre-digital review will be the check for discrepancy shown in section 612 4 of the RFP Geonex will utilize the best available sources to verify the information prior to conversion. Once reviewed and assigned a document tracking number, these source data will be sent to digitizing where tick development, registration and digitizing will take place Automated topology processes within the ARC/INFO software will be utilized to assure initial topology 71 of 110 G. 0n003 EX GE =S An edit plot will then be created which will be the primary edit step Once plotted, quality editors will review the data looking for generic and specific linework, annotation and attribution errors The quality editor will mark any errors found on the sheet and list those errors in the editors logbook The executed edit plot will then be sent back to the imual digitizing technician for digital rework Once the edit plot has been accepted by the quality editor, the sheet will be edgematched to other converted data Edgematching will first be assured during the digitizing steps where no fully adjacent coverages will be converted at the same time By utilizing a checkerboard pattern of digitizing edgematching concerns will become apparent immediately At this point, the technician will examme the source of the nonconformance whether it would be from the source, interpretation of the source, or through production deficiency Sorting out any potential edgematch issues during this step of the conversion process will limit the amount of reconversion because adjacent sheet adjustments were inaccurate The result being a more economical and effective map automation procedure Once the final edgematch procedure has been completed an editor will review the data to assure its quality At this point the graphic data should be acceptable from the topological and seamless criteria A pre-dehvery edit will be performed to validate additional information including sheet title information, and aesthetic acceptance This final edit plot will be sent to the City for review and acceptance Geonex will never send any known error to our clients and do not intend to utilize the City of Denton to locate quality concern issues However, it is often useful to send a final accepted copy of the converted data for a review prior to production of the final sheets This step allows Geonex to make any corrections suggested by the City prior to final sheet preparation and improves the overall project communication flow Once returned from the City, any corrections will be implemented and another edgematch will be run to assure seamless data At this stage the final deliverable is prepared The flowchart shown in Illustration 3g diagrams how the various quality assurance steps are implemented in the overall project work flow 72 of 110 G~ G/I m GEOwN Illustration 3g MAP AUTOMATION Review with Denton Review Source Documents Register Source Digitize & Attribute Build Topology Plot Quality Assurance Automated Edit Edgematch Interactive Edit Pre-delivery _~~Edlt Edit Plot _Reot City of Denton Review Edgematch 'T Deliverables to Denton ETAP Data GEC own EX 3.5 13 Conversion of Contours Contours represent a significant data set for the GEO-MATION project While contours from the 1985 mapping have been digitized and are currently in Intergraph format, the topographic maps which were used to support the storm drainage master study have not been It is our intention to digitize these 1974 contours prior to automating the storm drainage maps so that drainage information which reflects contour features can be more accurately automated The first procedure will require translating the 1985 contours from Intergraph to ARC/INFO Geonex as an Intergraph Registered Consultant, has a proven library of translation including a SIFARC translation that will be utilized in this application. Once the digital data has been translated, a topologic build will commence to check those contours for graphic continuity Any errors will be reviewed with a potential requirement to return to the source data to clarify any discrepancy There are several possible approaches to the automation of the 1974 contour maps The objective of this conversion will be to create accurate digital contours that are topologically continuous This implies that contours will not be broken for buildings as they currently are Geonex will suggest that plammetnc features not be captured from these this topographic map set The three available options to conversion of these maps are, l) scanning and vectonzmg the data, 2) board digitizing the data, and 3) tracing the quads onto a mylar overlay and scanning that source We recommend the third option which will trace the contours onto a film overlay and automating that source through scanning 74 of 110 C.. tell= ■ E--E)C Our procedure will register a mylar overlay to these topographic maps and trace the contour lines The technician will be interpolate the contours that are not shown currently inside the building area. The 1985 contour plots will be tied to the 1974 contours through the State Plane Coordinates available from each map The technician will then review the potential edgematch during this initial coding activity Any significant discrepancies will be logged and a final report regarding the tie between the two contour projects will be submitted Geonex will review the results of the report with the City to determine the type of solution, if any, required to produce the type of fit that the City is comfortable with The quality assurance editor will compare the final tracing against the source to ensure its exact replication to the original source Any discontinuity between the contour and the original source will be flagged an returned to the technician for rework. Once the linework has been accepted, Geonex will utilize an Intergraph Eagle scanner to develop a raster image of the contour overlay Utilizing Intergraph and proprietary software, Geonex will first edit the raster data to clean any unacceptable "noise" or impurity picked up by the scanning instrument Once cleaned, the lmework will be vectonzed for processing in the ARC/INFO format The vector linework will then be sent to an interactive edit station where technicians will review any specific topological errors During this interactive edit, contours will be attributed with their elevation value Tiles will be developed once the topologic conditions have been met The tile coordinates digitized during the Engineering Key Map conversion will be applied to this contour coverage, Neat image coordinates will be implemented in the digital file to assign the appropriate tile structure Once implemented, the tiles will be edgematched to ensure a seamless data set 75 of 110 G~ on0M GE =SEX As in each step of the conversion services proposed here an accurate plammetric base is critical for the eventual alignment of the features within the completed GEO-MATION project Geonex will provide a high degree of certainty that, assuming the 1974 contours adhere to National Map Accuracy standards, the conversion between the ETAP data and the 1974 contours will fit We can assure the City this because we can guarantee that the ETAP data will conform to National Map Accuracy Standards If the landbase is to be digitized from the Ortho sheets with updates from the 1974 topo maps and the as-built documents, it would be probable that the contours and plammetric features would not in all cases tie with each other 3.5 14 Drainage Maps The master drainage maps provide important data for the GEO-MATION project The drainage system maps possess unique sets of attributes and graphic data for use in a variety of city functions Although the drainage maps possess key information they have some complexities which will make their automation more difficult In general these complexities include, 1) non current information, 2) difficult small scale source documents, and 3) highly detailed system information This program will include an effective approach to automating the drainage maps and implementing the drainage data in the GEO-MATION project The objectives of the automation of the storm drainage maps are as follows 1) to automate the permeability characteristics of the soil polygons shown on the drainage maps, 2) to automate the locations and attributes of existing and proposed drainage network, and 3) to automate the delineation of the three areal features Major drainage areas, Basins, and Sub- basins One of the major objectives of the lack-off meeting will be to famihanze Geonex personnel with the drainage maps This familiarization will be aimed at the understanding of the system attributes reflected on the maps and the type of symbology and coding utilized to convey the system information. 76 of 110 anon GE= EX Approximately 25 to 30 systems have been installed since these maps were prepared in 1974 Geonex will first update the drainage study by utilizing drainage area maps These maps are system specific and represent as-built drawings of the systems installed since 1974 This update procedure will be coded using specific colors on a set of original drainage sheets Once the initial coding has been done, Geonex will then convert the existing drainage system The existing system will at this time be shown by the master drainage maps on those systems installed prior to 1974 and by the color coded system in the drainage maps The procedure for implementing the existing drainage data will require consultation with the City Our negotiations will center on the type of features which can most effectively control the placement of the existing storm drainage structure Two general types of approaches will be discussed the first will utilize drainage information from the as-built data and the second will utilize features shown in the ETAP mapping The use of features from the as-built drawings will need to be studied It is common for as- built drawings to place notes of caution regarding the location of existing underground infrastructure These notes are necessary because the exact location of underground utilities has not been filed verified A separate concern for use of the as-built is in the cost of registering over 6,000 documents to control a single coverage Thirdly, significant estimates of position would be required to place features shown in the small scale drainage maps with dramage appurtenances shown in the large scale as-built diagrams Verification of each graphic and nongraptuc feature would not be possible A second method of controlling the master drainage maps so that the placement of features was geographically correct would be through the capture of drainage system appurtenances from theI ETAP mapping area. Some of these features such as open drainage channels and culverts will be captured in the stereo image Other features such as manholes and drains would require panelling prior to the flight 77 of 110 a/1am GE-0=EX Geonex proposes a study of this issue with City personnel who are familiar with the system The purpose of the study would be to define, system by system, the most effective method of controlling the placement of the features The results of the study would indicate the least expensive method for arriving at strategically located system features that would be placed into the graphic database for drainage system control It is quite possible that the most effective procedure will include a combination of control established from the as-built documents and control established from the aerial photography Once the methodology to capture the existing system was in place in the procedures manual, Geonex would begin board digitizing processes to capture those features Steps listed in the conversion of Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps will be utilized to assure high quality topological linework. When all quality assurance steps have been completed an edit plot will be prepared and sent to the City for their review These plots will be at a scale determined during the lack-off meeting but should be large enough to easily discern the features shown Upon acceptance of the existing system, Geonex will begin conversion of the proposed system This system will be less rigorous and its placement less critical than the existing system Therefore technicians will utilize the 1" = 400' scale drainage maps as their source and will not require additional control Once quality assurance has reviewed the data, a plot of the newly converted proposed system will be plotted along with the existing system to ensure proper readability when the two are plotted on the same sheet The third attribute and feature to be captured from the drainage maps will include the basins structure This type of feature is an areal feature or one dealing with polygon areas Three types of basin data is requested, 1)Malor Drainage Areas, 2) Basins, and 3) Sub- basins 78 of 110 0.00<. 6/100] GEOno _CA Basin coverages can be accomplished in several different methods depending on specific concerns of the City For instance the most direct approach would involve digitizing the basin features while the drainage maps have been registered to the plammetnc detail for conversion of system coverages However, this approach will not take into account the position of the feature in regard to contours Small basins usually fall within a single contour designation or proceed directly through certain specific contour points such as ridges If contours are not taken into account, it is possible that the data would not adhere to the vertical aspect of the land A second approach to the basin conversion would be to overlay a plot of the contour data, to the basin information on the overlay in a fashion similar to our approach for contours In this manner a quality assurance review based on both the drainage and contour information would be possible The final coverage of the drainage traps will include the soil permeability polygons These polygons will be digitized while the document is set for system conversion. The attribute structure for these data are not currently listed in the database but will potentially fall within the sub-basm feature attribute table Ltnework from the polygons will be quality assured as suggested in the Engineering Department Key Map series Special software will be developed to check accuracy and conformity of the attribute data in this data set The conversion of the drainage maps will be a significant undertaking This data however, will be a productive and effective component to the GEO-MATION project. Geonex is prepared to work closely with the City to reduce the overall cost of the drainage conversion and improve the overall accuracy and effectiveness 79 of 110 ~n~ GEO R X 3.5 1S As-Bmlt Documents The Request For Proposal itemizes the as-built documents as a source for additional accuracy and plamnetnc features Geonex has reviewed this approach and have itemized several difficult elements in the implementation of the as-built diagrams for these conversion purposes The Request For Proposals has listed the following features as features to be gained from the as-built documents 1 Street and curb lines 2 Utility Lines 3 Driveway locations 4 Rights-of-way S Drainage Features 6 Road Centerlines Geonex is proposing the capture of these features in most cases from other sources Feature numbers 1) street and curb lines, 2) driveway locations, and 6) road centerlines will be picked up from the new aerial photography and stereo compilation process Stereo compilation will be more effective for this purpose because the model must be set to capture an accurate landbase for conversion of the Key map series and the drainage structure in addition to providing an accurate landbase for the multi-departmental uses While the model is set these features require very little time for capture Feature numbers 4) nghts-of-way will be secured from the Engineering Key Maps or plats as required Feature number 2) will only be captured where visible in the photography or through the drainage conversion project 80 of 110 0/tow G E 0 EX One of the difficult issues with the conversion of the as-built maps are the number of sheets to convert The conversion of these maps will be expensive due to the large number of sheets If each sheet took one hour to register, digitize, quality control, and use for attribution, of other sources the cost would be approximately $150,000 00 However, after having spent that money, the GEO-MATION project would not have any complete data The as-built maps do not convey a complete coverage of any type Rather these documents reflect large scale documents of engineering improvements Geonex is prepared to select a few as-built documents that, in mutual agreement with the city, will help us more accurately place the existing drainage features However we do not believe it is a cost effective or qualified approach to suggest using the as-built documents in whole or part for any coverage 3.5 16 Plats Geonex realizes the valuable data contained on the Plat documents It is our understanding, however, that all or most of the data on the plats are shown on the Engineering and Transportation Department Key Maps Geonex has not detailed a production plan or cost estimate for the conversion of the Plat documents because it is possible that this data would be redundant If there are in fact, Plats that need conversion to achieve the type of data expected by the City, Geonex will prepare a detailed cost and production plan for their conversion 81 of 110 G/10M GE NO_ 3.5 17 Automation of USGS Quad Sources Outside of the 1"=200' scale mapping limits, Geonex will convert the USGS 75 Minute quadrangles Typically these quad maps are significantly out of date The most recent photo revision (update) of the 12 maps that comprise the majority of the Denton County area is 1981 The following table shows the quad name and its date of photo revision QUAD NAME DATE OF UPDATE Lewisville West 1981 Lewisville East 1981 Argyle 1973 Justin 1968 Denton East 1973 Denton West 1973 Ponder 1968 Green Valley 1978 Sanger 1978 Era South East 1978 Aubrey 1960 Little Elm 1968 It is apparent from this list that the Data being automated by the GEO-MATION project from the quad source will not be current Geonex, however, proposes a methodology that will provide more current quad sheet data through the use of SPOT satellite imagery This procedure is being used for South Central Bell in a project that has won AM/FM's scribe award for excellence in facilities mapping projects 82 of 110 G oM 6/1M 1; r"I 1. cc X GEC Geonex will use manual board digitizing to automate the 30 quads which cover Denton County Our board digitizing procedures will ensure a positional accuracy not to exceed 005 itches from the quad source For the conversion, clear mylars of the quad transportation, drainage, contour and culture features will be used as the source Geonex will purchase from the USGS composite reproducible positives containing pertinent culture, contour, and drainage data This composite image constitutes the base map for the board digitizing or scanning of rural areas A tic file will be generated for the entire county from the comer coordinates from each of the USGS 7 5 minute quadrangles Using the Altek digitizing table and the ARC/INFO digitizing software, the techmcran will register each quadrangle with a root mean square (RMS) error of less than 003 The technician will then proceed to digitize the required features Required cultural features will be captured through the use of a project-specific matrix menu which sets level and line code attributes appropriate to each feature type Explicit node placement assures positive snapping from arc to arc Contour and drainage data will be scanned where the county area represents over 25% or more of the quad Scanned linework will then be attributed on a digitizing board After completion of the board digitizing or scanning, quality assurance will review an edit plot of the digitized data This plot will be exammed for acceptable line work and feature attribution. Once the edit plot is accepted, updating of the quad feature will begin 83 of 110 «a= 0/100 GE'EX Geonex will acquire complete coverage of satellite imagery for the entire project area with a shelf date of no earlier than one year before the scheduled delivery date The image area for each orthounage will be precisely equivalent to its corresponding USGS 7 5 minute quadrangle in scale, projection and area of coverage, with horizontal positional accuracy not to exceed 50 feet Mylar plots of the ARC culture and drainage coverages are overlaid with the photographic sources and registered to the control points on the photographic sources Local adjustments to physical features as portrayed on the USGS quads may also be used to ensure fidelity between sources The USGS source is considered authoritative for the positional accuracy of those features it portrays Additional features shown on the photographic source will be drafted onto the mylar plot maintaining proper relationships with features portrayed on the USGS source The compiler will also scan the photography for changes in the outlines of standing water as well as new roads and railroads No building or contour features will be added as a result of the photo update Once the photo update compilation has been completed on the mylar overlay, technicians will board digitize the new information The mylar compilation plots will be routed to the digitizing department where technicians set up the plots as base maps Paper proof plots will be produced to ensure digitizing accuracy Editors will review the new line work against the SPOT photo image Any improper hnework will be modified Geonex will obtain local state lughway department and other useful local information to label the newly digitized features if possible to be consistent with the existing quad data. The positional accuracy of features digitized from the photo-update compilation will be as nearly as good as that of features derived from the USGS quad Control points on the photographic update source are registered directly to the control ticks plotted from the computer's calculated projection, so positional tolerances of the quad and the photo are not compounded By compiling new features with fine point drafting tools and digitizing within 005" of the compilation image, Geonex can assure a positional accuracy within 50 feet 84 of 110 G~ G/IM GE N-i It is important to understand that the accuracy of these quad coverages will be much less accurate than the automated mapping within the control area (new photography overlay) shown in illustration 3e In fact the accuracy of the mapping in the controlled area will be at least 10 times more accurate (+1-5 feet vs +1-50 feet) than the quad coverage It is therefore not consistent with this mapping program to utilize the features or control points from the quad coverage to serve as reference for accuracy in the controlled area 3.52 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN Project implementation will be a strong factor in determmung the success of the GEO- MATION project. Implementation activities will include issues throughout the project including, 1) mobilization, 2) work progress, 3) city responsibility, and 4) schedule Mobilization will occur once notice to proceed has been given The first agenda item will be scheduling the lack-off meeting in Denton. The objectives of the lack-off meeting will be to determine the City needs and refine our services and costs to meet those needs The kick-off meeting will be a tune to gain familiarity with the City source data and for City representatives to meet and discuss project requirements with Geonex personnel Upon return to our offices following the lack-off meeting Geonex will submit a cost and performance outline Tlus outline will serve to steer negotiations by establishing the most definite scope of work possible While we will have defined project needs as accurately as possible, there will still be a need to investigate potential options in the pilot project. Once our scope and fee schedule has been set, Geonex will prepare the procedures manual The procedures manual will delineate all admini strative and production issues expected during the duration of the contract manual will be available two weeks after the lack-off meeting The procedures manual will be submitted to Denton for review Soon thereafter, Geonex personnel will meet with the City to discuss and review the proposed procedures Any changes and improvements will be implemented and the pilot project will be ready to begin 85 of 110 «dM a/iam GE X NI The pilot project will be selected to test as many possible issues as necessary to gam a full understanding of the overall project services There will likely be issues which could be accomplished in a variety of ways Where no clear cut approach seems apparent, Geonex would like to test those options during the pilot Upon completion of the pilot Geonex and the City will meet to discuss the results A pilot is of no real benefit if the City and vendor do not take the time to discuss its implementation and results These discussions will be the most productive in terms of defining the activities of the project One important aspect of the pilot review will be the development of quality acceptance standards With final data from the pilot on hand, we will discuss specific quality assurance concerns on behalf of both Geonex and the City From these discussions, specific quality assurance procedures and checkpoints will be developed and implemented in the procedures manual These quality assurance points will drive our editor review throughout the duration of the project This process will ensure that our quality editors are concerned about the same types of issues as the City After the pilot review and revision of the procedures manual, Geonex will begin full scale implementation of the automation During the conversion activity, Geonex will adhere to all production and administrative requirements outlined in the procedures manual One such administrative activity will be routine and as-needed meetings Routine meetings will be scheduled monthly The monthly meetings will be held to review project activity and to ensure regular dialogue and production management interface The meetings will be scheduled in advance with Geonex providing a detailed agenda one week prior to each meeting 86 of 110 C . onM GEONEX As-needed meetings will be held from time to time as specific production elements require These meetings will be geared more to specific production milestones or technical applications Various disciplines of Geonex personnel will likely attend these meetings including project management, quality assurance, programming, surveyors, etc All work progress will be reflected in the weekly and monthly reports These reports will serve to advise all project participants of the ongoing status and of specific action items required of the individuals The status reports will coincide with monthly production meetings to keep the City of Denton fully involved and aware of all production activity and status The City will have an important role in the success of the GEO-MATION project The input of City personnel is critical in the following areas 1) communicate project needs, 2) develop and implement acceptance/rejection criteria, 3) assist in developing working knowledge of source documents The clear statement of the needs and objectives of the overall project is critical to the success of these services Geonex's chief aim is the satisfaction of City objectives However, our goal cannot be realized without these needs being clearly defined and communicated Development of acceptance and rejection criteria will be accomplished in conjunction with Geonex During the pilot review process when project dehverables are available for discussion and review, the City will have an opportunity to suggest any desired modifications or improvements These suggestions will be added to suggestions by Geonex for developm4ent of the final deliverable data 87 of 110 rw= G/1003 ^ GEA C The third element will also be accomplished jointly Geonex will invest the necessary time and personnel expertise to become familiar with the source documents available to this conversion project In conjunction with this effort, the City will have opportunities, particularly in the drainage conversion, to assist Geonex in the development of this data The extent of assistance that the City will provide will be determined during contract negotiations 3.5.2.3 Schedule Geonex has prepared the exhibits requested to delineate both specific and aggregate schedule activities as required by the City Some schedules particularly the ETAP and 200 scale mapping will not be firm until the final scope of work is determined 88 of 110 Oww 0110¢1 - °n - °m W) LO O o = - w F W FV4r- N Q N • 0 93 CC q o o a ~ p ~ ~ p w 4 1 - u. „ ~y ar W o W c+ E S~TZj a • N II o_ S Q a 0 Y 9 C r d 0 m D . - rn r - n - r' T - M T - T r LU w° CO ca V/ ~ a t5 - Lo I - co ca ~m Q • r Y r O O i C CD c0 c 0 c ~ c7 Q o Q E 00 w w 3: [ - M • • • • Ch f7 • • ~ • N • • • LA N • ~ • • N LH c • w • I~ 2 U Cf) m CL r O m ~ ~ Im • j T I ~j V) y C • - O) Z a D EE o 0 ad - ,n • r • u r, o m E ~ • R m • O ~ • LL Z T T M - T W O - T U W N m - T Q I,T41 cm G `a m z ca-6 °a 0 N l6 m N U (J a ~ Y r r - M r w o - r co I W r o C Op 3 ; co m co p Y O m c C O1 O C m is O o C7a ~ 3 oU T M T T T Q Q 0 O Z O U Lf) m ; Z m T O _ O ~ L~,, N fy~ C7 C1 a LL 3 - co Ul 0 w - M - CM M C W f Y O p eZ t0 m p! o L d 0 p Q (3 a C m 3 E~ GN 3 6 PRIQNG Geonex has conformed to the request for proposals by submitting a specific price for each individual work item in addition to a aggregate project cost We have listed the pries in realistic ranges where the options available to the city have not been fully discussed We would be pleased to provide exact cost schedules upon request by the City of Denton If so requested, Geonex would clarify specific pricing concerns and present these costs to the City in a detailed cost presentation 95 of 110 G. G/IM S W U ME a a 0 z ~ IL ~ E Y e 0 m 0 $ 00 0. mo 0° ~g L ~ EV W • 'S N 'cC O a5 O N r ara O~ W U FE IL CL •a m ~ o a c ~a a z 5c a COQQ a U. dF~ E c 0 c W c `om a m~£ a a 3 c 0 p1 O n E N F w~ g 8 8 8 d ~ r ~ OpI iil !'~1 ° r 'l'7 m w C !L ~ V ~0 2 IL 9N C O J m Q F 0 'E O E C .2 m Im E Im Ta C m c a ~ a `6 E N E O O r {0 y Q m~ m V V N Os V II S .S i i C i p v II ro a Ica. c 'a as a a at c a a c ih N N c C4 C4 w us Q C4 i a a 8 W U a a 0 z d 0 10- 0 o 0 8 a S N W U a a 0 c U To rd m 12 0 F- o p 1 G ~ ; c C c o o w o 0 c m :o c J2 c. m c ,g c m~ ~ o e c a ~ a$ 8 W U 2 a 4 O H Z_ w ad a 0 S ~ ~ o Q e D CL U C .o i N g n 8 n c~ W V rr a a O H C7 Z QF D N co I E 0 Dlb 49 o ~ 0 v mo 0 o N " m co Lo a o 8 W U S 88 8 8 a O df M a LO M ~ r a co ~ ~ a O r a o C7 m a ~ m Y O O C. M iff C O C ~ y ~ y~ C~}p C V N m ~ ~ W ~ W ~ •7 fdAl ' 6 7 m ~ C to L7 tll yO p, W F. N W ~ C pp 8U D m ly off M to a Ifs to La tD Lo N U) a 10 GE= -EX 3 7 EQVWMENT Geonex will bring tho the GEO-MATION project one of the most complete and advanced mapping facilities in the United States This section conforms to the RFP through the use of exhibit 6 6 production Eauinment and Facilities In addition we have submitted other listings and depictions of hardware and software to give the City of Denton a better understanding of our resources . 103 of 110 C. Glim oV E z m ro R ~ to co ~ C Q N W t M T O T ~ y O o. 00 (D h W ? ^ c"l n v ~ W c . a tl o c CL c T f c ~ - o. y W~ z m 17 T CL T T T C X ~ T T LL Y iI w V om ~ v ~ ~ ~ 00 0 ~ . ~ ~ X m5 ~ • (p SaSa88• ^ C ~ U Q = co d CuVS _ 5~2 ~ ~ c~ ~Q ro > c; w M P. C' YS N N T T p 'a T T T 0 o6 ~ _m 0 i - z ~ o c LLI CL v, > D p CL g o a~ c~ o h-W e a a CL W G C CD , Z m S m W O U a c ^ !0 N m d a `D > a N ro W 'o ~ a 'c m ~ ^ c. 6r Q 2 a ~ a v c 4 3 c c a ug o a o ~ QQ o~ h l§5 AN ww r h2 W ~V E ~E CCC!ll---ill N E *YjZ yF L $YJ VL a ~ y1B E A ~ E yZ Y gu a 6 W L (0 U tilli ~a s OF N 01 GEC:1 4 0 FINANCIAL STATEMENT This section includes our 1989 annual report 108 of 110 G. 0/10M TABLE OF CONTENTS Letter to Our Shareholders 3 Services Offered 3 Mayor Markets Served 4 Utility Services Federal Government Services 6 State and Local Government Services 7 International Services 8 Financial Highlights 10 Managements Discussion 11 Financial Statements 15 Officers of Geonex Subsidiaries 34 Geonex Corporate Officers 35 Board of Directors 35 Geonex Subsidiaries 36 1 LETTER TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS Dear Geonex Shareholders Fiscal year 1989 was a year of achievement for Geonex We reached our earnings per share goal as well as adding new services new clients and new popportuniinto Geonexs growing base Geonex continues to be the world leader in mapping and surveying Fiscal 1989 was dedicated to 1 Expanding our international Market Geonex was selected by the Egyptian Survey Authority to perform the largest land information survey 2 Diversifying our domestic market We continued our pursuit of a full complement of strategically located mapping and surveying entities with new offices and acquisitions These additional locations gave us a stronger presence on the West Coast and in Alaska 3 Diversifying of client base Geonex focused its efforts on obtaining a variety of contracts covering our wide spectrum of services In doing so we protected our market shares 4 Enhancing productivity Emphasis was placed on monitoring costs and increasing production efficiencies to maximize profits Geonexs 1989 financial results reflected the fulfillment of our goals share rose to w$0 40 ere u a 1% to $27655 000 Net income for the year was $1367000 earnings per four fold increase over fiscal year 1988 Our goals for 1990 are to continue our program to increase earnings per share and to increase our return on investment Specifically we enter 1990 with these priorities to guide us The successful start up of the Egyptian contract The profitable integration of our acquisitions • Further diversification of our client base While we strive for continued progress of the effective operation of Geonex are ever of mindful of our responsibility to our shareholders Through careful planning and execution the challenges of 1990, Geonex will reward its shareholders with continued growth We appreciate the confidence you have shown in Geonex by your investment in our company Sincerely 54e / 4ror~ Harold F Flynn President and Chief Executive Officer January 12 1990 SERVICES OFFERED ■ Mapping ■ Charting ■ Surveying ■ Remote Sensing ■ Computerized Utility Records Management ■ Public Utility Outside Plant Engineering ■ Analysis & fisting ■ Environmental Services MAJOR MARKETS SERVED ■ TELEPHONE AND OTHER PUBLIC UTILITIES ■ US GOVER2&7EVT ■ MUNICIPALITIES ■ ENVIRONMENTAL AND HAZARDOUS WASTE ■ COMNIERCIAL AND EVVUSTRIAL ■ OIL, GASANDMIlVERAL EXPLORATION ■ AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY Utility Services. Digital Databases For Outside-Plant Applications. Miles of cables, conduits, pipe strategic terminal and line equipment an mtncate web, delicately bal anced to distribute vital services For telephone, gas, electric and water utilities, Geonex creates so- phrsncated, digital database tools to facilitate the design, construction, management and maintenance of vast infrastructures Digital databases organtze information about complex utility networks 6 Federal Government Services Timely, Accurate Contract Fulfillment. An organization as complex as the US Government requires impeccable geo information to manage its far reaching operations Geonex provides a host of federal government agencies with everything from traditional map ping charting and geodesy to interpretation and analysis of remote sensed data from engineering ser vices to comprehensive digital database services 'timely accurate service is the key to Geonex success as a govern ment contractor For departments as diverse as Defense Interior Corn merce Agnculture and State Geonex responds with services that are on time on target and on budget From wetlands mapping to the Space Shuttle project Geonex is a trusted and proven partner for a host of federal agencies State & Local Government Services Using Technology Forlncreased Efficiency Land use and development public F .tea services transportation systems tax assessments public protection The critical decisions that keep the coun try functioning are made at the state county and municipal level Geonex provides cost effective data acquisition/conversion and helps local governments develop computer- ized Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and land information systems (LIS) to meet ever-increasing admen istrative and service demands In fact Geonex is one of the largest pro viders of GIS services in the world 7 Data gathered from precise aerial surreys and other sources is combined into comprehensive Geographic/land Information Systems World Geo-Information Specialists Throughout the world Geonex can be found providing innovative solutions to geo information problems from the Sahara Desert to the rain forests of South America to the Arctic tundra As an example Geonex was chosen by Egypt to execute one of the most ambitious surveying and map ping projects in that countrys history The project includes several series of mapping products covering agricul rural lands for the entire Nile Delta and about 400 miles of the Nile River Valley Other aspects include ca dastral surveying, establishing a cadastral data base a year long sur vey of crop acreage and soil conditions and a Land Information System pilot project im Similarly for the government of Brazil Geonex was selected to pro vide aerial photogrammetric services and produce orthophotomaps of areas in excess of 200 000 square kilometers 8 From Bolivia to Zimbabwe from Malaysia to the Nile River Valley Geonex is a world leader in admnced surveying mapping and geographic information technology GEONEX CORPORATION Revenue Growth Rate (000s) 30,000 25,000 20,000 15,000 10,000 5,000- 0 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 Compound Growth Rate - 39% 9 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS The following selected financial data relate to the Companys financial condition and results of operations Fiscal 30 (in thousands, En&d except per share data) 1988 1986 1987 1988 1989 Income Statement Data Revenues Gross profit Operating profit (loss) Income (loss) before income tax Net income (loss) Income (loss) per share Balance Sheet Data Cash cash equivalents and short term investments Working capital Total assets Long term obligations excluding current portion Shareholders equity $12697 $19065 $16684 $21080 $27655 3 336 6 730 4181 6 323 8 945 1329 3 637 65 674 2 655 906 3 489 224 493 2 294 493 1860 224 339 1367 22 77 07* 10 40 105 7 948 5 159 5 010 5 461 2,225 7 562 5 899 5 923 6 836 7 311 15 974 15 898 20 713 25 512 3 186 1863 1964 3 509 4 580 1496 9 521 9 751 10 468 12 095 *After expensing of $1400 421 in start up costs MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION Fiscal year 1989 was a year of strong growth in revenues and earnings for Geonex Managements goal was to increase earnings and the result was fiscal 1989 earnings were a four fold increase over fiscal 1988 The combination of continued production efficiencies combined with an increase in sales volume fueled the growth in earnings Selling general and administrative expenses declined significantly as a percent of revenue and are expected to continue to decline in fiscal 1990 New marketing thrusts contributed to growth in fiscal 1989 Geonex developed a national account manager system during the year and appointed line officers to specialize in each of the Company four major markets public utilities federal government state and local government, forestry and agriculture As in the past, each operating unit manages its sales function Geonex targeted electric utilities as a growing area and during the fiscal year signed a major conversion contract with Consolidated Edison in New York City The War on Drugs is a potential market for Geonex agriculture related service Detection surveillance and eradication verification of illegal crops use our technologies During fiscal 1989 Geonex undertook pilot programs for illegal crop monitoring in areas of the U S and Latin America As the need for digital records for municipal manage ment has increased cities and counties are becoming a major market for Geonex During fiscal 1989 Geonex was selected for a major geograptuc information system project in Seattle A local office has been opened in that city Service in support of oil and gas exploration found new demand in fiscal 1989 Geodetic and ground geophysi cat operations for oil gas, and mineral exploration were performed in several western states Liquidity and Capital Resources As of September 30,1989 the Company's working capital was $6,836000 as compared to $5,923,000 at the end of fiscal 1988 Cash cash eqtuvalents and short term investments were $5 461 000 on September 30, 1989 an increase of $450 000 from September 30,1988 Historically the Company has satisfied its working capital requirements with cash generated from operations and borrowings under its line of credit At September 30 1989 the borrowings under the line of credit were $2 682,000 as compared to $2 043 000 at September 30 1980 The increase in borrowings under the line of credit wore used to purchase additional equipment and to fluid operations At fiscal year end the line of credit permitted borrowings up to $3 500 000 The Companys current line of credit is to be reaffirmed on an annual basis with the next reaffirmation due September 1 1990 The line of credit bears interest at bank prime and is unsecured Two industrial revenue bonds with outstanding balances of $628 000 and $898 000 bear interest at 80% of prune and 95 3% of prune respectively The industrial revenue bond financing requires monthly installments over the next ten years and is collateral ized by the purchased equipment and property of CAS Two five year term loans were approved by the bank to finance the purchase of assets pursuant to the acquisitions of Itech and Delta in the amounts of $1500 000 and $300 000, respectively These loans bear interest at the rate of bank prune plus ih% and are secured by the assets of the acquired companies One five year note for $1000 000 to Geonex Corpora tion to purchase equipment during fiscal 1989 bears interest at the bank prune plus 42% and is secured by the equipment purchased Subsequent to September 30 1989 the bank granted a five year note for $1500 000 to purchase the stock of Cartwright The note will bear interest at bank prune plus Y2% Additionally a term loan in the amount of $3125 000 has been approved for the purchase of a new 50 800-square foot building and 4 4 acres of land for Martel On October 5 1989 $2 125 000 was borrowed under this commitment The term of the loan is fifteen years with a $500 000 balloon due at maturity The rate of the loan is prune plus 112% and is secured by a first hen on the building and property Capital expenditures, primarily for equipment, have been financed through industrial revenue bonds term bank financing, working capital, and funds raised through the initial public offering As of the close of fiscal 1989 the Company had committed to the purchase of new digital mapping and survey equipment at a cost of $446,000 Additional capital expenditures for equipment over the next twelve months are estimated to be $2 630 000 The Company believes its cash flow from operations borrowings under its line of credit and the term loan available for equipment purchases and existing cash balances will be sufficient to satisfy its anticipated operating and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future 11 Results of Operations The Company currently operates within three broad market segments mapping analysts and testing, and corporate The revenues and expenses of the market segment corporate were derived from Landsee The table at the conclusion of the Management Discussion sets forth for the periods indicated (1) the percentage that each segments revenues bear to total revenues the percentage that each segment's gross profit and operating income bears to each segments revenues and the percentage that additional items in the Consolidated Statements of Income bear to total revenues and (u) the percentage change in each item from the prior period Fiscal 1989 Compared to Fiscal 1988 Revenue for fiscal 1989 was $27655 000 an increase of $6 575 000 or 31% over fiscal 1988 Net income increased by 303% from $339,000 in fiscal 1988 to $1367000 in fiscal 1989 Revenue of $1 171 000 was contributed by the new companies added after September 30 1988 On a quarterly basis revenue showed continued strong growth over fiscal 1988 throughout the year Net income increased for the first three quarters but finished flat in the fourth quarter The explanation for the fourth quarter can be attributed to low margin high volume survey projects completed by [tech during this quarter in addition acquisitions of Uara and Kean were completed during the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 1989 The mtegr;tion and organization of these two new companies required a one time incremental overhead expense Revenues generated from telephone and utility contracts increased by 83% to $12,403 000 (up from $6 761,000 in 1988) Revenues generated by contracts held with U S government agencies decreased by 8% to $7959 000 (from $8,624,000 in 1988) Revenues from contracts with the Department of Defense decreased $875 000 from 1988 However, there was a $225,000 claim settlement in the 1988 comparative revenue amount Revenues from the Department of Commerce were $422 000 lower in fiscal 1989 primarily due to the completion of the Bureau of the Census contract which generated $515 000 of revenue in 1988 Revenues associated with the Department of the Interior were $4 977000 an increase of $648,000 over fiscal 1988 Total gross profit margin in fiscal 1989 was 32% of revenues, compared with 30% of revenues in fiscal 1988 This increase was a result of increased produc tion efficiencies Operating income increased by $1 981 000 over fiscal 1988 which was the result of increased capacity utilization due to higher volume primarily in the Company's mechanized posting segment Additionally selling general, and administrative CSG&A7) expenses were 23% of revenue as compared to 27% of revenue in fiscal 1989 Overall revenue increased by $6 575 000 while SG&A expenses increased by only $641000 Net income for fiscal 1989 was $1367 000 or $ 40 per share based on 3 388 000 weighted average shares outstanding Net income of $339 000 or $ 10 per share based on 3 230 000 weighted average shares outstand ing was reported in fiscal year 1988 Fiscal 1988 Compared to Fiscal 1987 The comparative results for fiscal year 1988 quantify the impact caused by the addition of subsidiaries included in the Companys fiscal 1988 consolidated financial statements that were not included as part of the Company at the close of fiscal 1987 The effects of these additions are in line with managements expectations It was determined that Delta though purchased with two weeks remaining in fiscal 1987 should not be included as one of the companies added in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 1987 due to the timing of this acquisition Accordingly Delta has been included in the comparative results of companies added in fiscal 1988 Revenues for fiscal 1988 increased by $4 396 000 or 26 3% over fiscal 1987 Of this revenue increase $3,475,000 was contributed by the subsidiary firms added to Geonex during the last month of fiscal 1987 and fiscal 1988 Revenues for the second quarter of 1988 included a $225,000 settlement received on an outstanding claim for a project completed in 1985 Revenues generated by contracts held with U S gover runent agencies increased by 28 4% to $8 624 000 (from $6 718,000 in fiscal 1987) Revenues from contracts with the Department of Defense increased $544 000 over fiscal 1987 A three year contract for the Bureau of the Census (Commerce Department) was completed in fiscal 1988 This contract added $515 000 in fiscal 1988 compared to $454 000 during 1987 Revenues associated with the Department of the Interior were $1256 000 higher in fiscal 1988 than fiscal 1987 principally due to services to the Bureau of Land Management 12 Revenues from telephone contracts in fiscal 1988 were $6 585 000 compared to $6 422 000 in 1987 essentially equal Severe price competition associated with the return of work under the utility conversion contract was a major factor in this regard Total gross profit in fiscal 1988 was 30 0% of revenues in fiscal 1988 compared with 25 1% of revenues in 1987 Gross profit ascribed to the added companies totaled $837000 or 241% of the revenues generated by those companies during fiscal 1988 For those subsidiaries included in 19875 consolidated financial statement the gross profit was 312% of revenues for fiscal 1988 Costs incurred for research and development associated with Verde were expensed during fiscal 1988 this resulted in a negative gross profit of $22 000 for that particular subsidiary At the start of fiscal 1988 the Company extended the useful life on certain assets (property, plant and equipment) due to the excess capacity caused by the delay in the telephone conversion contract An additional factor in this was the fact that the overall market for utility records conversion developed more slowly than anticipated This accounting estimate change caused a reduction in depreciation expense of approximately $517,000 and increased net income after tax by $355 000 The Company believes that this change will result in a better matching of revenue and expenses Operating income increased by $608 000 due in part to the increase in capacity utilization at those operating subsidiaries affected by the delay of the telephone conversion contract and also through increased production efficiencies This increased productivity was realized through the completion of training and the learning curve associated with the start up of the Company mechanized posting segment Costs of this start up written off at the end of fiscal 1987 were not amortized over the production phase winch generated revenues in fiscal 1988 consequently this enhanced the gross margin and operating profit for 1988 The operating profit for subsidiaries included in the consolidated results of operations in fiscal 1987 was $1285 000 or 73% of the revenue produced by these companies Operating loss for the added companies as expected totaled $611000 or 176% of the revenues of those companies Selling general and administrative expenses increased during 1988 Specific factors were the integration of the added companies and the Company's heightened bid/ proposal activity attendant to the international marketing effort Selling general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 23 9% for fiscal 1988 (compared to 24 6% for fiscal 1987 with the subsidiaries then included) The emphasis in sales and marketing efforts resulted in a rise in revenues for these companies of $920 000 or 5 5% There was an increase in assignments of $2 200 000 at the end of fiscal 1988 as compared with the end of fiscal 1987 Net income for fiscal 1988 increased to $339 000 or $ 10 per share (based on 3 230 000 weighted average shares outstanding) This is an increase of $115 000 over 1987 when net income was $224 000 or $ 07 per share (based on 3 210 000 weighted average shares outstanding) Net income of $129 000 was earned in the second quarter of fiscal 1988 as a result of the $225 000 claim resolution for which there was no related expense in fiscal 1988 Net income for those subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements at the close of fiscal 1987 was $807000 or $ 24 per share the net loss associated with the added comparues was $468 000 or $ 14 per share as expected both these figures are based on 3 230,000 weighted average shares outstanding 13 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION continued Year Ended September 30 Period to Period Change 1988 1989 vs vs 1987 1988 1989 1987 1988 Revenues Mapping 908% 909% 896% 265% 293% Analysis and testing 92 91 83 245 199 Corporate 21 - Total revenues 1000% 1000% 1000% 263 311 Gross profit Mapping 234 288 315 554 417 Analysis and testing 411 423 448 281 270 Corporate 178 - Total gross profit 251 300 323 512 415 Operating income (loss) Mapping (17) 17 92 2260 6150 Analysis and testing 207 184 173 110 127 Corporate (54) - - Total operating income 4 32 96 9369 2939 Interest expense (12) (24) (25) 1485 394 Other, net 22 15 12 (111) 56 Income before income taxes 13 23 83 1201 3653 7 34 * 5019 Income taxes Net Income 13% 16% 49% 513 3032 *Not meaningful 14 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT The Board of Directors and Shareholders Geonex Corporation We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Geonex Corporation and subsidiaries as of September 30 1989 and 1988 and the related consolidated statements of income shareholders equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended September 30,1989 These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement An audit includes examining on a test basis evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion In our opinion the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects the financial position of Geonex Corporation and subsidiaries at September 30 1989 and 1988 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended September 30 1989 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles K%o/'/6' Tit M"Vz-elm Tampa Florida December 1, 1989 15 GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Balance Sheets September 30 1989 and 1988 Assets 1989 1988 Current assets Cash and cash equivalents $ 2 405 000 2 217 000 3 056 000 2 794 000 Short term investments less allowance for doubtful Accounts receivable , accounts of $257 000 in 1989 and $258 000 in 1988 4569000 4131000 4 859 000 3 070 000 Work in progress 350 000 303 000 Inventories 434 000 144 000 Prepaid expenses 15673000 12659000 'Ibtal current assets ProperM plant, and equipment (notes 2, 3, B and 6) 14 602 000 12 199 000 Less accumulated depreciation 5 416 000 4 438 000 Net property plant and equipment 9,186,000 7761000 Other assets, at cost, less accumulated amortization 653 000 293 000 $ 25 512,000 20 713 000 See accompawng notes to consolidated financial statements 16 Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity 1989 1988 Current liabilities Note payable to bank (note 4) $ 2 682 000 2 043 000 Current installments of long term debt (note 5) 849 000 806 000 Current installments of obligations under capital leases (note 6) 46 000 54 000 Accounts payable 1459 000 763 000 Accrued expenses Compensation 1030 000 743,000 Payroll and other taxes 392 000 234 000 Income taxes (note 7) 255 000 41000 Other 371000 444 000 Deferred income taxes (note 7) 1 753 000 1608 000 'ibtal current babillties 8 837 000 6 736 000 Long term debt, excluding current installments (note 5) 3491000 2 957 000 Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments (note 6) 120 000 24 000 Deferred income taxes (note 7) 969 000 528 000 'ibtalliabilities 13 417 000 10,245 000 Shareholders' equity (note 8) Common stock $ 01 par value Authorized 12 000,000 shares issued and outstanding 3 270 000 shares in 1989 and 3,206,000 shares in 1988 33 000 32 000 Additional paid in capital 6 942 000 6 683 000 Retained earnings 5 120 000 3 753 000 lbtal shareholders equity 12 095 000 10 468 000 Commitments (notes 6 and 10) $ 25 512 000 20 713 000 17 GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Income Years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 1989 1988 1987 Revenues (note 11) Production costs Manes Other direct costs Overhead cost Start up costs (note 12) Gross profit Selling, general, and administrative expenses Operating income Other income (deductions) Interest and other income Interest expense Gam (loss) on disposal of equipment Minority interest in net loss of subsidiary income before income taxes Income taxes (note 7) Net income Earnings per share (note 9) Net earnings Weighted average number of common and common share equivalents outstanding $ 27 655 000 21080 000 16 684 000 8 225 000 6 768 000 6 003 000 3481000 2661000 1661 000 7 004 000 5 328 000 3 439 000 - - 1400 000 18 710 000 14 757 000 12 503 000 8 945 000 6 323 000 4 181 000 6 290 000 5 649 000 4 116 000 2 655 000 674 000 65 000 411000 298 000 320 000 (700 000) (502 000) (202 000) (72000) (28000) 41000 - 51000 - (361000) (181000) 159 000 2 294 000 493 000 224 000 927,000 154 000 - $ 1367 000 339 000 224 000 $ 40 10 07 3 388 000 3 230 000 3210,000 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 18 GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity Years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 Common Stock Number Additional Total of paid in Retained shareholders' shares Amount capital earnings equity Balances at September 30,1986 3 125 000 $ 31000 6 300 000 3 190 000 9521000 Net income - - - 224 000 224 000 Common stock issued 1000 - 6 000 - 6 000 Balances at September 30,1987 3126,000 31000 6 306 000 3 414 000 9751000 Net income - - - 339 000 339 000 Common stock issued 80,000 1000 377 000 - 378 000 Balances at September 30,1988 3 206 000 32 000 6 683 000 3 753 000 10 468 000 Net income - - - 1367 000 1367 000 Common stock issued 64 000 1000 259 000 - 260 000 Balances at September 30,1989 3270,000 $ 33 000 6 942 000 5 120 000 12 095 000 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 19 GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 1989 1988 1987 Cash flows from operating activities Net income $ 1367 000 339 000 224 000 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used n) operating activities Allowance for doubtful accounts (1000) 26 000 (191000) (Gam) loss on disposal of equipment 72 000 29 000 (41000) Depreciation and amortization 1415 000 1083 000 1259 000 Employee stock purchase plan 4 000 2000 2000 Minority interest in net loss of subsidiary - (51,000) - Changes in assets and liabilities net of effects from business acquisitions Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable (426 000) (949 000) 306 000 Increase in work in progress (1685 000) (1499 000) (737 000) Increase in inventories (37000) (29000) (57000) Increase in prepaid expenses (285 000) (63000) (41000) Increase (decrease) in accounts payable 261000 (40000) (389 000) Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses 462 000 527 000 (118 000) Increase in deferred income taxes 586 000 102 000 - Net cash provided by (used in) 1733 000 (523 000) 217 000 operating activities Cash flows from Investing activities Sales of short term investments 3,613 000 4061000 29 742 000 Purchases of short term investments (3875000) (4291000) (25 846 000) Proceeds from sale of equipment 233 000 53 000 45 000 Capital expenditures (2096,000) (1146 000) (2860,000) Increase in other assets (169 000) (179,000) (22000) (458 000) (406 000) (40000) Business acquisitions - 51,000 - Minority interest Net cash provided by (used in) (2752,000 ) (1857 000) 1019 000 investing activities (Continued) 20 Gr'N EONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Continued 1989 1988 1987 Cash flows from financing activities Net borrowings under line of credit agreement $ 639 000 2 042 000 - Proceeds from long term debt 1 000 000 1825 000 783 000 Principle payments on long term debt (423 000) (1801000) (849 000) Principle payments under capital lease obligations (65000) (84000) (66000) Proceeds from issuance of common stock 35 000 20 000 4 000 Proceeds from exercise of stock options 21000 - - Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 1207 000 2 002 000 (128 000) Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 188 000 (378 000) 1 108 000 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 2 217 000 2 595 000 1487 000 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 2 405 000 2 217 000 2 595 000 Cash paid during the year for Interest $ 621000 317,000 199 000 Income taxes $ 127 000 11000 14 000 During the year ending September 30 1989, capital lease obligations of $153 000 were incurred when the Company entered into two leases for new equipment In addition the Company issued 50 000 shares of common stock valued at $200 000 for the purchase of certain equipment See note 14 regarding acquisition of property, plant and equipment and assumption of debt in connection with the Company's business acquisitions During the year ended September 30 1988, the Company acquired $1,547 000 of property, plant and eqtupment by the assumption of $1,247 000 of debt and the issuance of $300 000 of common stock in connection with their business acquisitions In addition, the Company received $229 000 of property plant and equipment as consideration for the 49% minority interest in Verde Inc During the year ended September 30,1987 the Company acquired $349 000 of property plant and equipment by the assumption of debt in connection with a business acquisition See accompagymg notes to consolidated financial statements 21 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 1- Summary of Significant Accounting Pblicies (a) Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Geonex Corporation and its subsidiaries all of which are wholly-owned All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation (h) Short Term Investments - Short term investments are stated at cost which approximates market (c) Cash Equivalents - For purposes of the statements of cash flows the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents (d) Revenue Recognition - Revenue is recognized as services are rendered Services rendered on long term contracts are measured on the percentage of completion basis Provision is made for the full amounts of any anticipated losses in the period in which they can be estimated The asset "work in progress represents costs and estimated earnings recognized in excess of amounts billed (e) Inventories - Supplies inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market Cost is determined by the first in first out method, (1) Property , Plant, and Equipment- Property plant and equipment are stated at cost Plant and equipment under capital leases are stated at the lower of the present value of mummum lease payments at the beginning of the lease term or fair value at inception of the lease Depreciation on plant and equipment is calculated on the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets Plant and equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset (g) Income Mixes - Deferred income taxes are recognized for income and expense items that are reported in different years for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes principally related to reporting earnings from long term contracts under the percentage of completion method for financial reporting purposes versus completed contract and 40 70 and 90% PCM methods for income tax purposes and accelerated depreciation for income tax purposes Investment tax credits are treated as a reduction of income tax expense in the year in which the related assets are placed in service Statement of Finartcial Accounting Standards No 96 Accounting for Income Taxes, was issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in December 1987 Statement 96 requires a change from the deferred method to the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes Under the asset and liability method deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of "temporary differences" by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities Under Statement 96 the effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date Statement 96 must be adopted in the year ended September 30,1993 Upon adoption the provisions of the Statement may be applied without restating prior years' financial statements or may be applied retroactively by restating any number of consecutive prior years' financial statements The Company has not determined the impact that Statement 96 will have on its financial statements or the method that it will use to initially apply the Statement (h) Other Assets-Other assets consist primarily of organizational costs and covenants not to compete and are amortized on a straight line basis over their respective estimated useful lives (i) Reclassifipations - Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1988 and 1987 consolidated financial state ments in order to conform to the 1989 presentation 2 - Accounting Estimate Change Effective October 1. 1987 the Company extended the estimated useful lives of certain equipment The Company believes this change will result in a better matching of revenue and expenses The change in accounting estimate reduced depreciation expense by approximately $363 000 and increased net income by $216 000 or $ 06 per share for the year ended September 30, 1989 The change in accounting estimate reduced depreciation expense by approximately $517 000 and increased net income by $355,000 or $ 11 per share for the year ended September 30 1988 22 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 3 - Property, Plant, and Equipment Property plant, and equipment at September 30 1989 and 1988 consists of the following 1989 1988 Estimated usefnllives Land Building and improvements $ 160 000 964 000 160 000 1079 000 25 ears Production equipment Furniture and fixtures 11 738 000 9 539 000 5 to 10 years Transportation equipment 651000 131000 524 000 5 to 10 years Leasehold improvements 958 000 67 000 830 000 3 to 5 years Lease term $ 14 602 000 12 199 000 Deprecianon expense was $1,395 000 $1,083 000 and $1,259 000 for the years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 respectively 4 - Note Payable to Bank The company has a revolving line of credit available in the amount of $3 500 000 which expires on September 1, 1990 Interest is at prime (10 5% at September 30 1989) Total advances under the agreement are limited to the sum of 80% of eligible accounts receivable as defined in the agreement plus varying percentages of certain cash cash equivalents and short term investment balances There was $2 682 000 and $2,043 000 outstanding under this revolving line of credit at September 30 1989 and 1988 respectively The line of credit is on an unsecured basis until the occurrence of an event of default at which time at the option of the bank the line of credit shall be secured by certain assets of the Company The agreement requires the Company to maintain a working capital ratio of 15 to 10 a consolidated tangible net worth level of $10 500 000 a minimum cash cash equivalents and short term investments balance of $3,500 000 and specifies a maximum allowable debt to equity ratio of 15 to 10 In addition obligations for borrowed money from other parties may not exceed $250 000 23 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 5 - Long Term Debt Long term debt at September 30 1989 and 1988 consists of the following 1989 1988 $2 350 000 Industrial Revenue Bond with interest at 80% of the prune rate (8 4% at September 30,1989), secured by property plant and equipment due in monthly installments of $6 000 plus interest $ 628 000 829 000 $1.500 000 Industrial Revenue Bond with interest at 95 3% of the prune rate (10% at September 30 1989) secured by property plant and equipment, due in monthly install ments of $18 000 plus interest 898 000 1112000 Term loan - i/2% over prune (11% at September 30 1989) secured by the assets of Geonex Itech and Geonex Delta Aerial Surveys due in monthly installments of $30 000 plus interest 1800 000 1 800 000 Term loan - V2% over prime (11% at September 30,1989) secured by equipment, due in monthly installments of $17,000 plus interest 1000 000 - Other 14 000 22 000 Total long term debt 4 340 000 3 763 000 Less current installments 849 000 806 000 Long term debt, excluding current installments $ 3,491000 2 957 000 The aggregate maturities of long-term debt in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows Year Ending fgtember 30, 1990 $ 849 000 1991 845 000 1992 843 000 1993 841000 1994 667 000 Thereafter 295 000 lbtal $ 4,340 000 24 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 6 - Leases The Company leases certain office and production facilities and certain computer equipment under long term lease agreements The computer equipment leases have been treated as capital lease obligations for financial reporting purposes At September 30 1989, the carrying amount of the capitalized leased equipment included in property plant and equipment was $234 000 and related accumulated amortization of $68 000 was included in accumulated deprecia tion Amortization of capital leases is included in depreciation expense The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for capital leases and for operating leases (with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year) as of September 30,1989 YSep SeptembeCapita r 30, le"M leases 1990 $ 64 000 635 000 1991 42 000 248 000 1992 42 000 195 000 1993 39 000 132 000 1994 25 000 128 000 Thereafter - 20 000 Total mmunum lease payments 212 000 $ 1358 000 Less amount representing interest (at rates ranging from 12 7% to 13 9%) 46 000 Present value of net minmium lease payments $ 166 000 Rental expense was $580 000 $457 000 and $246,000 for the years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 respectively 25 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 7 - Income Taxes Income tax expense for the years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 consists of 1989 1988 1987 Current Federal $ 54 000 - - State 287 000 52 000 - 341000 52 000 - Deferred Federal 553 000 67 000 - State 33 000 35 000 - 586 000 102,000 - lbtal $ 927 000 154 000 - Income tax expense amounted to $927 000 for 1989 (an effective rate of 40%) $154 000 for 1988 (an effective rate of 31%) and zero for 1987 The actual eed al for corporate inco me tax rate of 34% in 1989 d 988 and 4466% in 198 ass years follows (computed by y applying the S 1989 1988 1987 Computed "expected" federal income tax expense $ 780,000 168 000 103 000 Increase (reduction) in federal income taxes resulting from state income taxes net of federal income tax benefit 211000 7100 00 _ (103 000) Nontaxable items and other 11 ) $ 927 000 154 000 - The sources of deferred income taxes and their tax effects are as follows "No 1988 1987 Increase (reduction) in deferred taxes attributed to Percentage of completion versus completed contract and PCM revenue recognition method Depreciation Deferred compensation and allowance for doubtful accounts State and federal net operating loss carryfowards Utilization of state and federal net operating loss carryforwards $ 145 000 369,000 (49000) 121000 - - $ 586 000 102,000 - 293 000 460 000 369,000 62 000 (18000) - (542,000) (522 000) 26 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 At September 30 1989 the Company has available for Federal income tax purposes unused net operating loss investment and newlobs tax credit carryforwards which may provide future tax benefits expiring as follows Year of Net operating Investment New jobs expiration loss tax credit tax credit 1994 $ - - 27 000 1995 - - 23 000 1996 - - 14 000 1997 - 9 000 28 000 1998 - 67 000 2000 1999 - 61000 - 2000 - 6000 - 2001 540 000 87 000 - 2002 1995 000 - 5 000 2003 1071000 - 43 000 2004 - - 21000 $ 3 606 000 230 000 163 000 The deferred income tax liability has been reduced by the aforementioned net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards since the tuning differences will reverse during the tax carryforward period 27 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 8 - Stock Plans In 1986 the Company adopted a stock option plan in which 400 000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted to officers and key employees The number of reserved shares was increased to 600 000 in 1989 The plan provides that the option price will be determined by the Board of Directors but will not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant Options granted are exercisable in the third fourth and fifth years after the date of grant, with one thud of the total options exercisable after each of such years The options expire five to ten years after the date of grant Option transactions and other information relating to the plan since inception are as follows Number of shares Option price under option per share Outstanding at September 30 1986 165 000 $425 4 68 Granted 57,000 7 50 1000 Cancelled (8000) 4 25 Outstanding at September 30 1987 214 000 4 25 1000 Granted 266,000 2 88 3 50 Cancelled (82 000) 2 88 10 00 Outstanding at September 30,1988 398 000 2 88 10 00 Granted 55,000 6 25 7 38 Exercised (5000) 4 25 Cancelled (28000) 2 88 4 25 Outstanding at September 30,1989 420,000 $ 288 1000 In 1987 the Company adopted an employee stock purchase plan for which 400 000 shares were reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted to qualified employees The plan provides that on the first day of the calendar quarter qualified and participating employees are granted an option to purchase shares of common stock through employee salary deductions Each, option is exercisable on the last day of the calendar quarter at an exercise price equal to the lesser of 90% of the closing price of the common stock on the offering date or 90% of the closing price of the common stock on the exercise date The plan, unless extended, shall terminate on December 31, 1990 Tice number of shares issued and total compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan was 9,000 shares and $4 000 in 1989 6 000 shares and $2 000 in 1988 and 4000 shares and $2,000 in 1987 9 - Earnings Per Share Earnings per share were computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock (3 258,000 in 1989, 3496 000 in 1988 and 3425,000 in 1987) and common stock equivalents (130,000 in 1989 34,000 m 1988 and 85,000 in 1987) outstanding during the year 28 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 10 - Commitments The Company has entered into employment contracts with certain key employees providing for base compensation in the aggregate for each of the years ended September 30 as follows 1990 $ 1490 000 1991 244 000 In addition the contracts provide for certain postredrement death disability and ter umation benefits The contracts can be terminated in their entirety by the Company resulting in a maximum liability of $1,323 000 in the aggregate for all contracts The Company had commitments to purchase $446 000 of equipment at September 30 1989 29 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 11- Segment Information The Company operates principally in two industries - mapping and analysts and testing The mapping segment gathers and interprets remotely sensed data and related information to compile maps The maps are generated using classical cartographic techniques as well as computer aided drafting and design equipment and techniques Analysis and testing applications include environmental compliance testing of hazardous and other waste for private industry and government as well as analysis of oil used in engines primarily aircraft engines to determine wear and facilitate preventive maintenance Information concerning the Companys operations indifferent industries for the years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 follows 1989 1988 1987 Revenues from unaffiliated customers Mapping Analysts and testing Corporate Operating income (loss) Mapping Analysts and testing Corporate Identifiable assets Mapping Analysts and testing Corporate Eliminations Depreciation Mapping Analysts and testing Corporate Capital expenditures Mapping Analysts and testing Corporate $ 24 776 000 19 161000 15 143 000 2301000 1 919 000 1541000 578 000 - - $ 27 655 000 21080 000 16 684 000 2 287 000 320 000 (254 000) 399 000 354 000 319 000 (31000) - - $ 2 655 000 674 000 65 000 12 426 000 9 767 000 7 562 000 2 580 000 2 307 000 1905 000 11659 000 9 323 000 6 743 000 (1153000) (684 000) (312 000) $ 25 512 000 20 713 000 15 898 000 1181000 908 000 1111000 125 000 90 000 87 000 89 000 85 000 61000 $ 1395 000 1083 000 1259 000 2 860 000 3081000 2 759 000 201000 117 000 130 000 64 000 24 000 320 000 $ 3 125 000 3,222 000 3 209 000 30 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 Total revenues by industry includes only revenues reported in the Company's consolidated statements of income Revenues between segments are not material Operating income is revenues less production costs and selling general and administrative expenses Identifiable assets by industry are those assets that are used in the Companys operations in each industry Customers which accounted for 10% or more of the Company§ revenues during the years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 were 1989 1988 1987 United States Government Department of Defense $ 2 592 000 3 467 000 2 923 000 Department of the Interior 4 977 000 4 329 000 3 073 000 Department of Commerce 348 000 770 000 722,000 Department of Agriculture 42 000 58 000 - $ 7 959 000 8 624 000 6 718 000 Telecommunications (substantially all of which is BellSouth Corporation) $ 10 506 000 6 514 000 6 422 000 12 - Start-Up Costs During 1987 the Company began three major new programs which resulted in start up costs of $1,400 000 These costs are not expected to be of a recurring nature 13 - Related Party Transactions The Company leases its Baltimore Maryland, office and laboratory facilities from an officer The lease expires in December 1989 Rental expense for this operating lease amounted to $57 000 $63 000 and $64 000 in the years ended September 30 1989 1988 and 1987 respectively In 1986 the Company began leasing certain production and transportation equipment from a partnership of which two officers are the sole partners The leases expired in January 1989 Rental expense for these operating leases amounted to $11000,$23 000 and $30,000 in the years ended September 30,1989 1988 and 1987 respectively In 1989 the Company began leasing its Newbury Park, California office facilities from an officer The lease expues in September 1994 Rental expense for this operating lease was $21,000 in the year ended September 30 1989 The Company began leasing office facilities in Anchorage Alaska, and certain aircraft from an officer in 1989 The office lease expires in June 1992 and the aircraft lease expires in December 1990 Rental expense for these operating leases was $11000 in the year ended September 30,1989 31 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 14 - Acquisitions On October 3 1988 the Company acquired Conversion Graphics Inc (Graphics) a scanting and conversion services firm The cost of Graphics was $65,000 cash plus a percentage of Graphics earned revenue beginning October L 1988 and ending September 30 1990 (the Earnout) Earnout amounts are expensed as incurred as they directly relate to earnings on which they were incurred Future amounts incurred under the Ear lout will also be expensed On November 9 1988 the Company acquired General Travel Services Inc a travel agency for $29 000 cash During 1989 General Travels name was changed to Persons Landsee Travel, Inc On February 28 1989, the Company acquired the remauung 49% of Verde Technologies, Inc (Verde) for $50 000 cash On May 19 1989 the Company acquired Vara Systems Inc (Vara) a photogrammetric services firm for $197,000 cash plus the assumption of $386 000 of habilities On August 2 1989 the Company acquired Kean and Associates (Kean) a sole proprietorship located in the state of Alaska for $117 000 cash plus the assumption of $173 000 of liabilities The acquisition expanded on Geonexs conventional and cadastral survey capabilities Each acquisition during the year ended September 30 1989 was accounted for as a purchase The results of operations of the acquired companies are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income since the respective date of acquisition The cost of these acquisitions was as follows Assumption of habiluties $ 559 000 Cash 458,000 $ 1,017,000 The total purchase price was allocated as follows Current assets $ 130 000 Property plant and equipment 676,000 Other assets 211000 $ 1017 000 Unaudited supplemental information on the results of operations for the current period as though the companies had combined at the beginning of the period and for the preceding period are as follows Net income Earnings per share $ 1,327 000 $ 39 249 000 08 The unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of either the results of operations that would have occurred had the transactions been effected October 1, 1987 or of future results of operations of the combined companies 32 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GEONEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES September 30 1989 and 1988 15 - Subsequent Events Subsequent to September 30,1989 the Company purchased land and an office building in St Petersburg, Florida for $2,125,000 A term loan of up to $3,125,000 was obtained to finance the purchase of the property and for future improve ments The loan bears interest at prune plus V2% and is to be repaid monthly over fifteen years with a $500 000 balloon payment due at maturity In October 1989 the Company acquired Cartwright Aerial Surveys for $1,200 000 cash and 22 000 shares of common stock with an assigned value of $150 000 A five year note for $1,500 000 was obtained to fund the purchase The note bears interest at prune plus V2% The acquisition will be accounted for as a purchase In conjunction with the acquisition the Company also paid $1,100 000 cash to obtain a non-compete agreement from the former owners of Cartwright Aerial Surveys Effective October 1, 1989 a nonqualified deferred compensation plan was adopted which covers certain key employees of the Company Participants in the plan can defer the lesser of $3 500 or 5% of their annual compensation The Company will make matching 50% or 75% contributions which vest over a period of six years 33 OFFICERS OF GEONEX SUBSIDIARIES Geonex Cartwright Aerial Survey, Inc Gary Willdson Executive Vice President Geonex Chicago Aerial Survey, Inc RandyJ Vaughan, PhD President Joseph P Plnello Vice President Geonex Delta Aerial Surveys, Inc Robert E Crawford Vice President Geonex Itech, Inc. John F Bloodgood Executive Vice President James W Crabtree Vice President Steven A. Jones Vice President Geonex Martel, Inc J Gary Reed President Carl B Sylvester Senior Vice President William LeFever Vice President Geonex Technical Services, Inc James D Russell President RobertJ Hanson Vice President Scott F Lydiard Vice President Geonex Vara, Inc John V Brock President Geonex Verde Technologies, Inc Randall A Brady Vice President Martel Laboratory Services Inc Joseph C Woltkill, II President Stuart A. Whitlock Vice President 34 GEONEX CORPORATION OFFICERS Harold F Flynn President B S Pennsylvania Military College Judith C Flynn Executive Vice President & Secretary B A Grove City College M A Brown University M B A University of South Florida Douglas R Saporta, CMA Corporate Controller and Treasurer B S Eastern Michigan University BOARD OF DIRECTORS James L D Roser, Chairman of the Board + Private Investor Director Griffin Technology Inc Director Medical Electronics Corporation of America Harold F Flynn - + President and Chief Executive Officer of Geonex Corporation Judith C Flynn Executive Vice President of Geonex Corporation Daniel P Lynch Senior Vice President of MAST Resources Inc Ronald J Ondrejka Aerospace Mapping Technology Consultant Litton Industries Steven J Sullivan * General Manager, Diagnostics Division Abbott Laboratories J Gary Reed Senior Vice President of Geonex Corporation President of Geonex Martel Inc Legend Founder * Member of Audit Committee + Member of Executive Commttee - Member of Compensation Committee J Gary Reed Senior Vice President B S Virginia Polytechnic Institute M B A Keller School of Management James D Russell Vice President B S Johns Hopkins University 35 GOMM CORPORATION 301 Fourth Street North St Petersburg, FL 33701 (813) 823-3300 (800) 345-9773 SUBSIDIARIES Geonex Cartwright Aerial Survey, Inc 5979 Freeport Boulevard Sacramento CA 95822 Geonex Technical Services, Inc 301 Fourth Street North St Petersburg FL 33701 Geonex Chicago Aerial Survey, Inc 2140 Wolf Road Des Plaines IL 60018 Geonex Delta Aerial Survey, Inc 1225 South Huron Denver CO 80223 Geonex Itech, Inc 1215 South Huron Denver CO 80223 3127 Commercial Drive Anchorage AK 99501 Geonex Martel, Inc 7100 30th Avenue North (Main Bldg ) St Petersburg FL 33710 3917 Corporation Circle Charlotte NC 28216 Geonex Vara, Inc 2530 Calcite Circle Newbury Park CA 91320 615 Second Avenue Suite 340 Seattle WA 98104 Geonex Verde Technologies, Inc 5979 Freeport Boulevard Sacramento CA 95822 Martel Laboratory Services, Inc 1025 Cromwell Bridge Road Baltimore MD 21204 AFFILIATES Brazil Philippines Colombia Saudi Arabia Egypt United Kingdom Kuwait West Germany Nigeria 36 GE =S=EX 5 0 OTHER MATERIALS Included to this section are two documents 1) Geonex introductory brochure, 2) Sample copy of our proposed insurance certificate showing important paper insurance 109 of 110 Gw= olLon i ALEXANDER INC ASHLEY DRIVE 33602 PHDNNRI3-229-0027 INSURED GEONEX CORPORATION, ETAL GEONEX MARTE40 INC P O BOX 47 49 ST PETERSBURG, FL 33702 NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY LETTER A RELIANCE INSURANCE GROUP COMPANY LETTER B COMPANY LETTER C COMPANY LETTER D COMPANY LETTER E COVERAGES <mammameaaavaaamaaaaaasaasaaaaaeaasaaaaasoma".aemaeamaaaamsavaaaaaaaamariasasaamaasaamaasaaaavaaavaaamaaaaaaaevea THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL TERMS, EXCLUSIONS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS CO TYPE OF INSURANCE TR GENERAL LIABILITY A X7 COMMERCIAL GEN LIABILITY I I ( 7 CLAIMS MADE OCC I I OWNER'S L CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE [7 AUTOMOBILE LIAR A X7 ANY AUTO I I ALL OWNED AUTOS [ I SCHEDULED AUTOS KI HIRED AUTOS X] NON OWNED AUTOS I I GARAGE LIABILITY II EXCESS LIABILITY A KI UMBRELLA FORM I I OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM WORKERS' COMP AND EMPLOYERSJ' LIAR OTHER VALUABLE PAPERS POLICY NUMBER XB 8254745 XB 8234745 QU 8254745 XC 8254743 SHE ATTACHED POLICY EFF DATE 10/01/90 10/01/90 10/01/90I 10/01/901 POLICY EXP DATE 10/01/91 10/01/91 10/01/91 10/01/91 ALL LIMITS IN THOUSANDS GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODS COMP/OPS AGG PERS i ADVG INJURY EACH OCCURRENCE FIRE DAMAGE (ANY ONE FIRE) MEDICAL EXPENSE (ANY ONE PERSON) CSL BODILY INJURY (PER PERSON) BODILY INJURY (PER ACCIDENT) PROPERTY 2000 2000 1000 1000 1000 5 1000 EACH OCC AGGREGATE 100001 10000 STATUTORY 500 EACH Acc 500 DISEASE POLICY LIMIT 500 DISEASE EACH EMPLOYEE DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS ADDITIONAL INSUREDt CHESTERFIELD COUNTY RE: ORTHO PHOTO MAPPING AND STREET CENTERLINE ATTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE HOLDER <ameeeaeasmaaasaaaaaaaaaaaaavaaa> CANCELLATION <aaamaaaaasaaasaaaaasaaasaaaaaaaamaaaaaevaaaaavaaavaaamaama<c' • SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EX • PIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT BUT • FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF • ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANYV~ITS AGERTS OR REPRESENTATIVES • AUTHORIZED REPRESENTAyF4~0-( :ORD 25-S (3188 GEONEX CORPORATION, ETAL VALUABLE PAPERS Reliance Insurance Company Policy No M0501463 Effective 10-1-90 Premises Covered Blanket while at locations owned and/or operated by the insured Property Covered Aerial surveys, Film, Cartographic Documents Amount of Insurance $6,000,000 Blanket Amount Warranted Receptacle Not specified GE- -1 EX 6 0 SAMPLE CONTRACT The following contract is one recently assembled for an enhanced E-9-1-1 geographic Information System for the South East Texas Regional Planning Commission Any questions regarding this contract can be directed to Mr Bob Dickinson (409) 727-2384 110 of 110.• o/sow AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT for services and materials is entered into between Geonex Martel, Inc ("Geonex") and South East Texas Regional Planning Commission ("Client" or "SETRPC") IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises of the parties, IT IS AGREED The Client proposes to develop the Project described in the Request for Proposals (attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by reference) Further, Geonex's Proposal dated April 19, 1990 is incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement 2 Geonex shall perform all services and furnish all materials, equipment, labor and other things to complete the "Work" described in Schedule of Work (attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and incorporated herein by reference), and/or in the Client's Request for Proposal (Exhibit "A") Geonex shall promptly commence the Work upon the Client's notification to proceed and shall diligently continue the Work so as to progress with the Work in compliance with the defined times set forth to Geonex's proposal and with the completion date as shown in the Schedule of Work, except as provided herein In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit "A" and the terms and conditions of paragraphs 1 through 22 hereof (including Exhibit "B"), then the terms and conditions of Exhibit "A" shall control, unless such contrary agreement is specifically set forth herein 4 Upon reasonable written request from Client's designated person, Geonex shall provide a written progress report regarding the status of delivery of items and completion of work to be performed and an explanation of any problems or delays that have been or are expected to be encountered, plus any other information reasonably requested by Client 5 Geonex warrants that the services and/or materials purchased hereunder meets all requirements set forth in Exhibit "A " 6 Geonex agrees that the warranties and representations made by it in its Proposal and herein are effective as of the date of the execution of thus Agreement, and further shall survive the execution hereof 7 The Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas Venue shall be in Jefferson County, Texas 8 SETRPC agrees to provide source maps for mcorporated cities, county highway maps and telephone exchanges from Public Utilities Commission (PUC), and will assist GEONEX in locating unincorporated community extent maps SETRPC agrees to assist GEONEX in acquiring telephone exchange maps from each individual telephone company SETRPC and GEONEX will jointly review the exchange maps (PUC and individual telephone company maps) to determine the most suitable map 10 AML descriptions are contained in Exhibit "C" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference AML development should be included in the Scope of Work as requested in Item 3 on page 29 of the Request for Proposal This item requests that Vendors supply maintenance procedures for the database 11 Definition of final map layers Hydrology, public and private roads, road names, city limits, county lines, ESN boundaries, telephone exchange boundaries, Hurricane Levees, driveway symbols, railroads, addresses, grid, high and low address MSAG attributes at intersections and appropriate boundary lines, and road terminations shall be represented in composite form See Exhibit "D" sample plot attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference 12 A Pilot project has been included in the scope of the contract and described in Exhibit "E", attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference 13 SETRPC will assist GEONEX in obtaining any source materials necessary to complete this project SETRPC will supply the following A Mylar photomaps for the three counties B Diapositives for aerial photography for Hardin and Orange Counties (that include pugged control) C Contact prints of Hardin and Orange Counties showing and describing control points and photo number D Calibration report of aerial camera used to take photography E Digital ASCII file and hard copy listing of control point coordinates used for aerotnangulation F Listing of the aerotnangulation program output (required to assess the quality of the aerotnangulatton results) G Digital coverages from Jefferson County Appraisal District in ARC/INFO export format based on photo sheets delivered on 1/2" 9-track tapes SETRPC will assist in acquiring the following A Unincorporated community extent maps and individual telephone company exchange maps B Postal rural route and box number listings C Address listings from telephone companies (format and content to be defined by GEONEX in conjunction with the telephone companies) D Existing addresses for urban areas E Postal service rural route boundaries F Utility company customer service maps Address listings from telephone companies, utility companies, and existing addresses for the urban area, stall need to be confirmed as being available from the information provider 14 SETRPC will provide office space and access to its facilities for the duration of the contract period GEONEX will provide the services of at least one (1) technician to act as the local representative of GEONEX at SETRPC The technician and the tasks and duties will be identified during the Pilot project Upon successful completion and acceptance of the Pilot project, the technician will remain on site at the provided office until final completion of the contract 15 Contract payments will be based on a Pilot and Post Pilot on a county-by-county basis for cost that are described on page 8-2 of GEONEX proposal as restated below Pilot Project Cost. 0 Creation of Computerized Addressed Base Map $42,565.5 Creation of MSAG 324.00 Field Checlang 9.055.00 Cross Reference 252.00 Total Pilot Project Cost $ 52.196.50 Post Pilot Prniect - County by CounU Cost Creation of computerized, addressed base map Creation of MSAG Field Checlang HARDIN COUNTY REMAINING COST $ 42.56.50 JEFFERSON COUNTY TOTAL COST 104.279.00 ORANGE COUNTY TOTAL COST 55.522.00 HARDIN COUNTY REMAINING COST $ 324.00 JEFFERSON COUNTY TOTAL COST 1.436.00 ORANGE COUNTY TOTAL COST 232.00 HARDIN COUNTY REMAINING COST $-9,Q55& JEFFERSON COUNTY TOTAL COST 40.102.00 ORANGE COUNTY TOTAL COST 6.468.00 Cross Reference HARDIN COUNTY REMAINING COST $ 252.00 JEFFERSON COUNTY TOTAL COST 1.116.00 ORANGE COUNTY TOTAL COST 180.00 TOTAL POST PILOT PROJECT COST (without computer hardware) TOTAL CONTRACT COST (with pilot without hardware) Hardware Sparestation 1 (if purchased) 1044 GT Plotter (cut sheet) Calcomp 24"x36" Model 91362 Application Training two persons Support Total hardware, training and support Total contract cost with all hardware, training, and support $261.531.50 $46,24900 Payment for the pilot project will be made upon acceptance of all pilot activities The pilot project billing will account for 50 % of those costs associated for Hardin County excluding any Hardware, Mining, and support Pilot project fee $52,19650 For each county, 50 percent of cost for creation of computerized addressed map, creation of MSAG, field checking will be made upon delivery of one-half of the check plot map sheets for the individual county (Hardin $26.098.25, Jefferson $23,466.50 and Orange $31.201.001 Of the remaining 50 percent, 25 percent of the cost for creation of computerized addressed map, creation of MSAG, field checking will be made upon the complete delivery of all check plot map sheets for the individual county (Hardin $x,049.13, Jefferson $351,733.25 and Orange $1L600.M The remaining 25 percent of the cost (Hardin $13 -049.12, Jefferson $36.733.25) and Orange $15,600.301 for creation of computerized addressed map, creation of MSAG, field checking, cost for the cross reference category, will be paid upon delivery of all products as requued by contract making the total contract payment of $313.728.00 for all services as agreed to under this contract (without computer hardware) 16 The hardware cost will be invoiced upon purchase Total hardware, training and support Hardware to be delivered and mstalled* 4/65C-8-P3 SUN Sparestatton 1 Plus, 19" 1024x768 RGM momtor, Internal 104 MB drive 144 MB, 3 5" floppy drive X104H 2 - 4 MB Expansion Memory X563H 2 - 669 MB hard disks X660H 1/4" Q150 tape drive X551H 2 - Internal 104 MB SCSI drive 1025 1044 GT plotter w/continuous sheet attachment and narrow continuous adaptor 91362 24"x36" backht Calcomp digitizer 16 button cursor, 9100 series, Model 91362 SS-09 System Documentation SYSI.2 Sun System Software X301H Sun USA Country Package $46,24900 Kernel pre-mstalled on Sun station 17 *Hardware and software configured at Geonex Martel, Inc facilities and set up at SETRPC facilities under direct supervision of Geonex's technician SETRPC has revised the layers to clanfy any conflicts with the Merrick data (See Exhibit "F", attached hereto and incorporated herem by reference ) 18 Protection of source material Geonex provides valuable papers insurance to $6,500,000 which covers the restoration of any maps, photography, plans, drawings, computer tapes, computer programs, or any other data or reports relating to services provided under this contract in the event or their loss or destruction while in the Geonex Martel's possession as included in Exhibit "G", attached hereto and incorporated herem by reference 19 IGLFONT Graphic symbol set will be used for annotation and line types Annotation font types and line types will closely represent those that are used by the Texas Highway Department and those used by the U S Geological Survey on quadrangle maps 20 The following standard ARCANFO attribute data types will be related to their associated graphic features (Exhibit "H", attached hereto and incorporated herem by reference from GEONEX July 17, 1990 letter) 21 THIS AGREEMENT contains the entire agreement between the Client and Geonex (which includes all documents stated in Paragraph 1 of this Agreement) Any agreement for additional work or additional terms shall be in writing and subscribed to by both parties 22 Not withstanding anything herem to the contrary, the following indemnification provisions shall apply to this Agreement INDEMNIFICATION - Vendor shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, and regulations in connection with the services of Vendor and shall exonerate, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its elected officials, officers, agents and all employees from any and all liability, loss or damage ansing out of noncompliance with such laws, rules and regulations, without limitation, Vendor shall assume full responsibility for payments of Federal, State and Local taxes or contributions imposed or required under the Social Security, Worker's Compensation, and Income Tax laws with respect to Vendor's employees Further, Vendor shall exonerate, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its elected officials, officers, agents and all employees from any and all liability, loss, damages, expenses, or claims on account of , ansing from or resulting, directly or indirectly, from the work and/or services to be performed under this Agreement, including but not limited to those of bodily injury, death or property damage arising from or resulting, directly or indirectly, from the sole negligence of Vendor or any subcontractor of Vendor, and/or any of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, or by the concurrent negligence or any combination of Vendor, any subcontractor of Vendor and/or any of their respective officers, directors, employees and/or agents, or where strict liability or liability without fault is imposed upon Vendor solely by reason of Vendor's operations under this Agreement To the extent coverage is afforded under Vendor's insurance policies as required by this Agreement, Vendor will further indemnify Purchaser for all liability, loss, damages, expenses or claims for bodily injury or death occurring to officers, directors, agents or employees of Vendor or to officers, directors, agents or employees of subcontractors of Vendor which occur during the course of and as a result of operations conducted by Vendor or its subcontractors under this agreement, specifically including, but not limited to, liability, loss, damage, expenses or claims attributable to, ansing out of, or resulting from the sole or concurrent fault of negligence of Purchaser, when such liability, loss, damage, expenses cr claims is attributable to, arises out of, or results from the sole or concurrent fault or negligence of Purchaser, Vendor and/or any subcontractor of Vendor, or any of their respective elected officials, officers, directors, agents or employees, or from theories of strict liability by operation of law With the exception of Vendor itself or any subcontractors to Vendor or its subcontractors, contractors or subcontractors who contract directly with Purchaser or with a contractor of Purchaser shall not be deemed to be subcontractors of Vendor Further, Vendor shall exonerate, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its elected officials, officers, agents, and all employees from any and all liability, loss, damages, expenses or claims for infringement of any copyright or patent ansing out of the use of any plans, designs, drawings, or specifications furnished by Vendor in the performance of this Agreement 23 The main purpose of the rural addressing project is to compile a complete set of inhabitable structures, business, free standing phone booths, dwelling addresses for the three county area for emergency service response It is the understanding and intent of the parties to this Contract that the new and converted addresses for the SETRPC U911 project will be in a format and contain content such that such addresses shall be acceptable for use by the U S Postal Service for marl delivery Contractor agrees to use its best efforts and to take all reasonable actions necessary to mitigate any discrepancies between mail delivery addressing needs and E-911 service delivery needs In the event it is determined by the Contractor that any such discrepancies cannot be so mitigated, the Contractor shalt give immediate notice of and the reasons for such discrepancies to the SETRPC Following its review of such notice, SETRPC may (1) reject the addresses if such are not sufficient for E•911 service delivery, (2) reject the addresses if Contractor has not used his best efforts and taken all reasonable actions necessary to mitigate any such discrepancies, (3) issue a Change Order hereunder in accordance with Paragraph 24 hereof, or (4) accept the addresses with such discrepancies 24 SETRPC may at any time, including, without limitation, following the completion of and delivery to SETRPC of all deliverables for the Pilot Project, by written order, and without notice to the sureties, if any, make changes within the general scope of this Contract in any one or more of the following (1) Description of services to be performed (2) Time of performance (i a hours of day, days of the week, etc ) (3) Place of performance of the services If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work under this Contract, whether or not changed by the order, the SETRPC shall make an equitable adjustment int eh contract price, the delivery schedule, or both, and shall modify the Contract in writing accordingly The Contractor must submit any "proposal for adjustment" (hereafter referred to as proposal) under this clause within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the written order However, if the SETRPC decides that the facts justify it, the SETRPC may receive and act upon a proposal submitted before final payment of the Contract If the Contractor's proposal includes the cost of property made obsolete or excess by the change, the SETRPC shall have the right to prescribe the manner of the disposition of the property 25 Nome of Termination The performance of services under the Contract may be terminated by SETRPC in accordance with this Article Whenever the Contractor shall default in performance of the Contract in accordance with its terms (included in the term "default" is any such failure by the Contractor to make progress in the prosecution of the Services hereunder as endangers the timely completion of the Services) and shall fail to proceed within a period of ten (10) days (or such longer period as SETRPC may allow) after receipt from SETRPC of a written notice specifying the default to cure expeditiously such default, or 2 Following the completion of and delivery to SETRPC of all deliverables for the Pilot Project, allowing for a reasonable period of time for inspection, review and implementation of such deliverables by SETRPC, in the event SETRPC determines that such termination is in the best interest of SETRPC Any such termination shall be accomplished by delivery to the Contractor of a written Notice of Termination specifying whether termination is for default of the Contractor or for the convenience of SETRPC and the date upon which such termination becomes effective 26 Implementation by the Contractor After receipt of a Notice of Termination and except as otherwise directed by SETRPC, the Contractor shall Stop services under the Contract on the date specified in the Nonce of Termination, Place no further orders or subcontracts or orders for materials, services, or facilities, 3 Terminate all orders and subcontracts, 4 Settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims ansing out of such termination of orders and subcontracts, Transfer title to SETRPC and deliver to SETRPC a Services in progress, completed services, supplies or other materials produced as a part of or acquired in respect to the performance of the services terminated by the Nonce of Termination, b The completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would be required to be furnished to SETRPC, c Any other material, drawings, or equipment acquired for the performance of the Contract, 6 Take such action as may be necessary or as SETRPC may direct for the protection and preservation of property related to the Contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which SETRPC has acquired an interest, and, 7 Proceed immediately with the performance of the above obligations notwithstanding any delay in determining or adjusting the amount of the compensation and reimbursement as defined in this Contract 27 Clam After receipt of a Notice of Termmation, the Contractor shall submit to SETRPC its termination claim 28 NIUMmant The Contractor and SETRPC may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid and SETRPC will pay to the Contractor an amount determined as follows There will be included therein all costs and expenses reimbursable or payable in accordance with the Contract not previously paid the Contractor for performance of the Contract prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination and such of those costs as may continue to be incurred for a reasonable time thereafter, with the approval of or as directed by SETRPC, provided, however, that the Contractor shall proceed as rapidly as possible to discontinue such costs, There will be included therein, so far as not included under section entitled Settlement, paragraph 1 above, the cost of demobilization and of settling and paying claims ansing out of the termination of services, under subcontracts or orders as provided under the section entitled Implementation by the Contractor There will be included therein the reasonable costs of settlement including, without limitation, accounting, legal, clerical and other expenses reasonably necessary for the preparation of settlement claims and supporting data with respect to the terminated contract and for the termination and settlement of subcontracts hereunder together with reasonable storage, transportation and other costs incurred in connection with the protection and disposition of the termination inventory, if any, provided, however, that if the termination is for default of the Contractor there will not be included any amounts for the presentation of the Contractor's settlement proposal, 4 In arriving at the amount to be paid the Contractor under this Article then will be deducted any claims which SETRPC may have against the Contractor as set forth in this Contract, pending disposition thereof THIS AGREEMENT is executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be original for all purposes and shall be binding upon and mure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto EFFECTIVE DATE This12A''vNday of October, 1990 SOUTIi EAST TEXAS REGIONAL PLANNING COMMISSION ("Client") GEONEX MARTEL, INC by Lo4V Don Kelly, Executive Director b G Reed, 66ident Signed October , 1990 GE - NNE X APPENDIX B The following standards will be maintained during all ARC/INFO digitizing Segmentation Digital representation of linear elements will reflect the visual network structure of the data structure There will not be undue segmentation. Each arc represents a data record The arc's coordinate structure networks it to other records and must therefore be ensured To ensure proper segmentation, drophne plots depicting node errors will be generated and checked against the source Connectiveness and smoothness will also be reviewed to guarantee the topographical accuracy of the record Additionally, automated procedures acting on the tolerance files will snap records to the same coordinate position and accurately chain arcs so that they network internally (in the data file) as well as visually Polygon Closure and Centroids Polygons will close perfectly and each polygon will have a single, unique centroid to which attributes can be associated Polygon closure is related to arc connecnveness and is handled in the same manner, through digitizing snap distances and tolerance files ARC/INFO automatically calculates the polygon centroid and labels that point with the create labels command Once the label has been created, it is permanently associated with the polygon and may be used to store any number of items to that polygon record Polygon Coverages and Exclusiveness Polygons of a single data layer will cover the area of interest completely and will contain no holes and no overlaps within that area. Holes and overlaps in a polygon coverage are generated from node errors in the linear features of that coverage Because of the requirement that lines which overlay each other between layers have the same coordinates, it is imperative that they be digitized only once and then copied to each subsequent layer To ensure that all arcs are both topographically registered between layers and form polygons exclusive to individual layers that have neither holes nor overlaps, arcs from all layers will be digitized in one master coverage and reselected to form the individual data layers _ry 1 All point features will be digitized as a single x,y coordinate pair ARC/INFO defines label points as single x,y coordinate pans Label points will be digitized in the visual center of the feature as delineated on the source map Line Criteria All lines will be digitized as solid line arcs with end points and intersection nodes The CLEAN command will be used to automatically calculate node points at the intersection of arcs and insure topological structure Spatial Continuity The conversion of parcels and related data for this project will result in a spatially continuous database Artificial boundaries such as sheet edges will not inhibit the execution of GIS functions Geonex understands that the only exception to this requirement for continuity will be open water bodies Point Duplication Points will not be duplicated along a given data string in any layer This situation is prevented by maintaining an adequate weeding tolerance during digitizing and subsequent processing to generalize hnework as necessary Connectiveness Wherever graphic elements visually meet, they will also digitally meet. With this capability connectivity can be easily checked by the digitizer at the table and rechecked by the editor from the edit plot The NOERRORS command in ARC/INFO will be utilized to identify all nodes which do not connect to other nodes Line Quality Linear graphic features will be smooth and will not contain extraneous non-visible data. Cul- de-sacs and block fillets will be dtgttized with the arc type circle command of ARC Edit. Any segment which appears to be straight on the source map will be digitized with a beginning and ending node Any arcs which connect to the arc will be overlapped during digitizing and nodes will be established during clean. Sphmng and generalization routines will be developed as necessary to minimize angular inflection in curvilinear lines Control points Field Control Point Aereotnangulation point Street Edge of Road Centerlines Classification Primary arterial Secondary arterial Collector Residential Interstate Highway Public Alleys Private Roads Estate Roads Points of Interest Major Buildings Hospitals Buildings Hydrology (Water Features) Stream Centerlines Stream Edges Sborelme Miscellaneous Plammetry Railroads Mayor Bridges Airport Major Parkmg lots Transmission Towers GKIIINIPIEK FEATURE LIST B All of list A plus Parks (golf courses, sw m nmg pools and playfields) Apparent fence lines Storm drainage conduits open Airports/Runways Cemetaries Parking Lots & Paved Areas Communication Towers Any targeted features .uN ^aw FEATURE LIST C All of list B plus Traffic Signals Utility Poles Traffics signals Storage Tanks Street Light Standards Water Pump Stations Communication Towers Drainage visible manholes inlets drop structures head walls wing walls visible circular or box culverts culverts Any targeted features i~ ri x ~i W 0 W - cto N W - T a r 0 - - M - T Q c c L Q V ~ S S o, 8 a CL c ~ a~°- o o ~ c 3 U a FL a a Y U EXHIBIT "C" PHOTOGRAMMETRIC FEATURES PAGE 11 Exhibit "C" PHOTOGRAMMETRIC FEATURES CHART A 5' ACCURACY LANDBASE CONTROL POINTS STREET CENTERLINES STREETS MISCELLANEOUS PLAN POINTS-OF-INTEREST HYDROLOGY ELECTRIC SUBSTATIONS TRANSMISSION TOWERS WATER STORAGE TANKS DRAINAGE OPEN CHANNEL PLANNING BUILDINGS EXHIBIT "D" "GEONEX MARTEL DELIVERABLES" PAGE 12 v U) ro a p 41 A A x w L N N (a 4) 0) U. O C V v Y C L CI J c y m Lo L m ° N ~c (D U a c w g r 5cn g c, `J g, c o a c. a c m a -8 E .j E a` N a ° v v W 0 ,O 4) Z a c ~ 3 3 c Z Z c C1 O O O N Z CL o 3 E O eco CO c m Q 0 y U O e Of v, cn a c O D o _o eco a E O d _N O ui a 0 y r o a' O N N w o m If II = T Q N N ro P4 A 4J A .a k W 4) 3 a m Cl) m a N c m 3 E c Q a c 3 E V Lll z 1. d (Q .Q J ° a W z a d o Y g I z U. L 0 OF L ` Z~ Q c W Q w C'3 a ~ 0